Rules of Practice for Trials Before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board and Judicial Review of Patent Trial and Appeal Board Decisions, 6879-6914 [2012-2525]
Download as PDF
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(D) Limiting the copying of confidential
information to a reasonable number of copies
needed for conduct of the proceeding and
maintaining a record of the locations of such
copies.
4. Persons receiving confidential
information shall use the following
procedures to maintain the confidentiality of
the information:
(A) Documents and Information Filed With
the Board.
(i) A party may file documents or
information with the Board under seal,
together with a non-confidential description
of the nature of the confidential information
that is under seal and the reasons why the
information is confidential and should not be
made available to the public. The submission
shall be treated as confidential and remain
under seal, unless, upon motion of a party
and after a hearing on the issue, or sua
sponte, the Board determines that the
documents or information does not qualify
for confidential treatment.
(ii) Where confidentiality is alleged as to
some but not all of the information submitted
to the Board, the submitting party shall file
confidential and non-confidential versions of
its submission, together with a Motion to
Seal the confidential version setting forth the
reasons why the information redacted from
the non-confidential version is confidential
and should not be made available to the
public. The nonconfidential version of the
submission shall clearly indicate the
locations of information that has been
redacted. The confidential version of the
submission shall be filed under seal. The
redacted information shall remain under seal
unless, upon motion of a party and after a
hearing on the issue, or sua sponte, the Board
determines that some or all of the redacted
information does not qualify for confidential
treatment.
(B) Documents and Information Exchanged
Among the Parties.
Information designated as confidential that
is disclosed to another party during
discovery or other proceedings before the
Board shall be clearly marked as
‘‘PROTECTIVE ORDER MATERIAL’’ and
shall be produced in a manner that maintains
its confidentiality.
(k) Standard Acknowledgement of
Protective Order. The following form may be
used to acknowledge the protective orders
and gain access to information covered by a
protective order:
[CAPTION]
Standard Acknowledgment for Access to
Protective Order Material
I _____________, affirm that I have read the
Protective Order; that I will abide by its
terms; that I will use the confidential
information only in connection with this
proceeding and for no other purpose; that I
will only allow access to support staff who
are reasonably necessary to assist me in this
proceeding; that prior to any disclosure to
such support staff I informed or will inform
them of the requirements of the Standing
Protective Order; that I am personally
responsible for the requirements of the terms
of the Standing Protective Order and I agree
to submit to the jurisdiction of the Office and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Virginia for purposes of
enforcing the terms of the Protective Order
and providing remedies for its breach.
[Signature]
Dated: January 31, 2012.
David J. Kappos,
Under Secretary of Commerce for Intellectual
Property and Director of the United States
Patent and Trademark Office.
[FR Doc. 2012–2523 Filed 2–8–12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–16–P
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
Patent and Trademark Office
37 CFR Parts 42 and 90
[Docket No. PTO–P–2011–0082]
RIN 0651–AC70
Rules of Practice for Trials Before the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board and
Judicial Review of Patent Trial and
Appeal Board Decisions
United States Patent and
Trademark Office, Commerce.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.
AGENCY:
The United States Patent and
Trademark Office (Office or USPTO)
proposes new rules of practice to
implement the provisions of the LeahySmith America Invents Act that provide
for trials before the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board (Board). The proposed
rules would provide a consolidated set
of rules relating to Board trial practice
for inter partes review, post-grant
review, the transitional program for
covered business method patents, and
derivation proceedings. The proposed
rules would also provide a consolidated
set of rules to implement the provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
related to seeking judicial review of
Board decisions.
DATES: The Office solicits comments
from the public on this proposed
rulemaking. Written comments must be
received on or before April 9, 2012 to
ensure consideration.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be sent
by electronic mail message over the
Internet addressed to:
patent_trial_rules@uspto.gov.
Comments may also be submitted by
postal mail addressed to: Mail Stop
Patent Board, Director of the United
States Patent and Trademark Office,
P.O. Box 1450, Alexandria, VA 22313–
1450, marked to the attention of ‘‘Lead
Judge Michael Tierney, Patent Trial
Proposed Rules.’’
Comments may also be sent by
electronic mail message over the
SUMMARY:
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6879
Internet via the Federal eRulemaking
Portal. See the Federal eRulemaking
Portal Web site (https://
www.regulations.gov) for additional
instructions on providing comments via
the Federal eRulemaking Portal.
Although comments may be
submitted by postal mail, the Office
prefers to receive comments by
electronic mail message over the
Internet because sharing comments with
the public is more easily accomplished.
Electronic comments are preferred to be
submitted in plain text, but also may be
submitted in ADOBE® portable
document format or MICROSOFT
WORD® format. Comments not
submitted electronically should be
submitted on paper in a format that
facilitates convenient digital scanning
into ADOBE® portable document
format.
The comments will be available for
public inspection at the Board of Patent
Appeals and Interferences, currently
located in Madison East, Ninth Floor,
600 Dulany Street, Alexandria, Virginia.
Comments also will be available for
viewing via the Office’s Internet Web
site (https://www.uspto.gov). Because
comments will be made available for
public inspection, information that the
submitter does not desire to make
public, such as an address or phone
number, should not be included in the
comments.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Michael Tierney, Lead Administrative
Patent Judge, Scott Boalick, Lead
Administrative Patent Judge, Robert
Clarke, Administrative Patent Judge,
and Joni Chang, Administrative Patent
Judge, Board of Patent Appeals and
Interferences, by telephone at (571) 272–
9797.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On
September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act was enacted into
law (Pub. L. 112–29, 125 Stat. 284
(2011)). The purpose of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act and these proposed
regulations is to establish a more
efficient and streamlined patent system
that will improve patent quality and
limit unnecessary and
counterproductive litigation costs. The
preamble of this notice sets forth in
detail the procedures by which the
Board will conduct trial proceedings.
The USPTO is engaged in a transparent
process to create a timely, cost-effective
alternative to litigation. Moreover, the
rulemaking process is designed to
ensure the integrity of the trial
procedures. See 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(b). The
proposed rules would provide a
consolidated set of rules relating to
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6880
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Board trial practice for inter partes
review, post-grant review, the
transitional program for covered
business method patents, and derivation
proceedings. See 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(b).
This notice proposes rules to
implement the provisions of the LeahySmith America Invents Act that provide
for trials to be conducted by the Board.
In particular, the proposed rules would
provide a consolidated set of rules
relating to Board trial practice for inter
partes review, post-grant review,
derivation proceedings, and the
transitional program for covered
business method patents by adding a
new part 42 including a new subpart A
to title 37 of the Code of Federal
Regulations. The proposed rules would
also provide a consolidated set of rules
to implement the provisions of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
related to seeking judicial review of
Board decisions by adding a new part 90
to title 37 of the Code of Federal
Regulations.
Additionally, the Office in separate
rulemakings proposes to add a new
subpart B to 37 CFR part 42 (RIN 0651–
AC71) to provide rules specific to inter
partes review, a new subpart C to
37 CFR part 42 (RIN 0651–AC72) to
provide rules specific to post-grant
review, a new subpart D to 37 CFR part
42 (RIN 0651–AC73; RIN 0651–AC75) to
provide rules specific to the transitional
program for covered business method
patents, and a new subpart E to 37 CFR
part 42 (RIN 0651–AC74) to provide
rules specific to derivation proceedings.
For the proposed rules, the Office also
developed a Trial Practice Guide (which
will be revised accordingly when the
Office implements the final rules). The
notices of proposed rulemaking and the
Trial Practice Guide are published in
this issue and the next issue (February
10, 2012) of the Federal Register.
The instant notice refers to the
proposed rules in subparts B through E
of part 42 set forth in the other notices.
Moreover, rather than repeating the
statutory provisions set forth in the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act for
the implementation of inter partes
review, post-grant review, transitional
program covered business method
patents, and derivation that are
provided in the other notices of
proposed rulemaking, the instant notice
only summarizes the provisions related
to the Board and judicial review of
Board decisions that are not provided in
the other notices.
Patent Trial and Appeal Board
Section 7 of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C. 6 and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
provides for the constitution and duties
of the Patent Trial and Appeal Board. 35
U.S.C. 6(a), as amended, provides that
the Patent Trial and Appeal Board
members will include the Director,
Deputy Director, Commissioner for
Patents, Commissioner for Trademarks,
and administrative patent judges. 35
U.S.C. 6(a), as amended, further
provides that ‘‘administrative patent
judges shall be persons of competent
legal knowledge and scientific ability
and are appointed by the Secretary, in
consultation with the Director.’’ 35
U.S.C. 6(b), as amended, specifies that
the duties of the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board are to: (1) Review adverse
decisions of examiners upon an
application for patent; (2) review
appeals of reexaminations pursuant to
section 134(b); (3) conduct derivation
proceedings pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 135;
and (4) conduct inter partes reviews and
post-grant reviews pursuant to chapters
31 and 32 of title 35, United States
Code. Further, § 7 of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C.
6 by adding paragraphs (c) and (d). New
paragraph (c) of 35 U.S.C. 6 provides
that each appeal, derivation proceeding,
post-grant review including covered
business method patent review, and
inter partes review shall be heard by at
least 3 members of the Board, who shall
be designated by the Director.
Judicial Review of Patent Trial and
Appeal Board Decisions
The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
amends title 35, United States Code, to
provide for certain changes to the
provisions for judicial review of Board
decisions, such as amending 35 U.S.C.
134, 141, 145, 146, and 306 to change
the Board’s name to ‘‘Patent Trial and
Appeal Board’’ and to provide for
judicial review of the final decisions of
the Board in inter partes reviews, postgrant reviews, covered business method
patent reviews, and derivation
proceedings. The Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act also revises the provisions
related to filing an appeal or
commencing a civil action in
interferences under 35 U.S.C. 141 or
146, respectively.
In particular, § 3(j) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act eliminates
references to interferences. Section
3(j)(1) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act amends each of 35 U.S.C.
145 and 146 by striking the phrase
‘‘Board of Patent Appeals and
Interferences’’ each place it appears and
inserting ‘‘Patent Trial and Appeal
Board.’’ Section (3)(j)(2)(A) of the LeahySmith America Invents Act amends 35
U.S.C. 146 by: (i) Striking ‘‘an
interference’’ and inserting ‘‘a
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
derivation proceeding;’’ and (ii) striking
‘‘the interference’’ and inserting ‘‘the
derivation proceeding.’’ Section (3)(j)(3)
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
amends the section heading for 35
U.S.C. 134 to read as follows: ‘‘§ 134.
Appeal to the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board.’’ Section (3)(j)(4) of the LeahySmith America Invents Act amends the
section heading for 35 U.S.C. 146 to
read as follows: ‘‘§ 146. Civil action in
case of derivation proceeding.’’ Section
(3)(j)(6) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act amends the item relating to
35 U.S.C. 146 in the table of sections for
chapter 13 of title 35, United States
Code, to read as follows: ‘‘146. Civil
action in case of derivation proceeding.’’
Section 6(f)(3)(C) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act provides that the
authorization to appeal or have remedy
from derivation proceedings in 35
U.S.C. 141(d) and 35 U.S.C. 146, as
amended, and the jurisdiction to
entertain appeals from derivation
proceedings under 28 U.S.C.
1295(a)(4)(A), as amended, shall be
deemed to extend to any final decision
in an interference that is commenced
before the effective date (the date that is
one year after the enactment date) and
that is not dismissed pursuant to
§ 6(f)(3)(A) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act.
Section 6(h)(2)(A) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C.
306 by striking ‘‘145’’ and inserting
‘‘144.’’
Section 7(c)(1) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C.
141, entitled ‘‘Appeal to Court of
Appeals for the Federal Circuit.’’ 35
U.S.C. 141(a), as amended, will provide
that an applicant who is dissatisfied
with the final decision in an appeal to
the Patent Trial and Appeal Board
under 35 U.S.C. 134(a) may appeal the
Board’s decision to the United States
Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.
35 U.S.C. 141(a), as amended, will
further provide that, by filing an appeal
to the United States Court of Appeals for
the Federal Circuit, the applicant waives
his or her right to proceed under 35
U.S.C. 145.
Section 7(c)(1) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C.
141(b) to make clear that a patent owner
who is dissatisfied with the final
decision in an appeal of a reexamination
to the Patent Trial and Appeal Board
under 35 U.S.C. 134(b) may appeal the
Board’s decision only to the United
States Court of Appeals for the Federal
Circuit.
Section 7(c)(1) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C.
141(c) to provide that a party to an inter
partes review or a post-grant review
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
In an ex parte case, the Director shall
submit to the court in writing the grounds for
the decision of the Patent and Trademark
Office, addressing all of the issues raised in
the appeal. The Director shall have the right
to intervene in an appeal from a decision
entered by the Patent Trial and Appeal Board
in a derivation proceeding under section 135
or in an inter partes or post-grant review
under chapter 31 or 32
Section 7(c)(3) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act further amends 35
U.S.C. 143 by striking the last sentence.
Section 7(e) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act provides that the
amendments made by § 7 of the Leahy-
Smith America Invents Act shall take
effect upon the expiration of the 1-year
period beginning on the date of the
enactment of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act and shall apply to
proceedings commenced on or after that
effective date, with the following
exceptions. First, that the extension of
jurisdiction to the United States Court of
Appeals for the Federal Circuit to
entertain appeals of decisions of the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board in
reexaminations under the amendment
made by § 7(c)(2) shall be deemed to
take effect on the date of the enactment
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
and shall extend to any decision of the
Board of Patent Appeals and
Interferences with respect to a
reexamination that is entered before, on,
or after the date of the enactment of this
Act. Second, that the provisions of 35
U.S.C. 6, 134, and 141, in effect on the
day before the effective date of the
amendments made by § 7 of the LeahySmith America Invents Act shall
continue to apply to inter partes
reexaminations requested under 35
U.S.C. 311 before such effective date.
Third, that the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board may be deemed to be the Board
of Patent Appeals and Interferences for
purposes of appeals of inter partes
reexaminations requested under 35
U.S.C. 311 before the effective date of
the amendments made by § 7 of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act. And
finally, that the Director’s right under
the fourth sentence of 35 U.S.C. 143, as
amended by § 7(c)(3) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act, to intervene in an
appeal from a decision entered by the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board shall be
deemed to extend to inter partes
reexaminations requested under 35
U.S.C. 311 before the effective date of
the amendments made by § 7 of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act.
Section 9(a) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C.
32, 145, 146, 154(b)(4)(A), and 293 by
striking ‘‘United States District Court for
the District of Columbia’’ each place
that term appears and inserting ‘‘United
States District Court for the Eastern
District of Virginia.’’ Section 9(b) of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
provides that amendments made by § 9
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
shall take effect on the date of the
enactment of this Act and shall apply to
any civil action commenced on or after
that date.
Discussion of Specific Rules
The proposed rules would provide a
consolidated set of rules relating to
Board trial practice for inter partes
review, post-grant review, derivation
who is dissatisfied with the final written
decision of the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board under 35 U.S.C. 318(a) or 328(a)
may appeal the Board’s decision only to
the United States Court of Appeals for
the Federal Circuit.
Section 7(c)(1) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C.
141(d) to provide that a party to a
derivation proceeding who is
dissatisfied with the final decision of
the Patent Trial and Appeal Board in the
proceeding may appeal the decision to
the United States Court of Appeals for
the Federal Circuit, but such appeal
shall be dismissed if any adverse party
to such derivation proceeding, within
20 days after the appellant has filed
notice of appeal in accordance with 35
U.S.C. 142, files notice with the Director
that the party elects to have all further
proceedings conducted as provided in
35 U.S.C. 146, as amended. 35 U.S.C.
141(d), as amended, will also provide
that if the appellant does not, within 30
days after the filing of such notice by
the adverse party, file a civil action
under 35 U.S.C. 146, the Board’s
decision shall govern the further
proceedings in the case.
Section 7(c)(2) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act amends 28 U.S.C.
1295(a)(4)(A) to read as follows:
‘‘(A) the Patent Trial and Appeal Board of
the United States Patent and Trademark
Office with respect to a patent application,
derivation proceeding, reexamination, postgrant review, or inter partes review under
title 35, at the instance of a party who
exercised that party’s right to participate in
the applicable proceeding before or appeal to
the Board, except that an applicant or a party
to a derivation proceeding may also have
remedy by civil action pursuant to section
145 or 146 of title 35; an appeal under this
subparagraph of a decision of the Board with
respect to an application or derivation
proceeding shall waive the right of such
applicant or party to proceed under section
145 or 146 of title 35;’’
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Section 7(c)(3) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C.
143 by striking the third sentence and
inserting the following:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6881
proceedings, and the transitional
program for covered business method
patents by adding a new part 42
including a new subpart A to title 37 of
the Code of Federal Regulations.
Interference proceedings would not be
covered by a new part 42 and the rules
in part 41 governing contested cases and
interferences would continue to remain
in effect so as to not disrupt ongoing
interference proceedings. Additionally,
the proposed rules would also provide
a consolidated set of rules to implement
the provisions of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act relating to filing
appeals from Board decisions by adding
a new part 90 to title 37 of Code of
Federal Regulations.
Title 37 of the Code of Federal
Regulations, Parts 42 and 90, are
proposed to be added as follows:
Part 42—Trial Practice Before the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board
General
Section 42.1: Proposed § 42.1 would
set forth general policy considerations
for part 42.
Proposed § 42.1(a) would define the
scope of the rules.
Proposed § 42.1(b) would provide a
rule of construction for all the rules in
proposed part 42. The proposed rule
would mandate that all the Board’s rules
be construed to achieve the just, speedy,
and inexpensive resolution of Board
proceedings. This proposed rule reflects
considerations identified in 35 U.S.C.
316(b) and 326(b), which state that the
Office is to take into account the
integrity of the patent system, the
efficient administration of the Office,
and the ability of the Office to complete
timely the proceedings in promulgating
regulations.
Proposed § 42.1(c) would require that
decorum be exercised in Board
proceedings, including dealings with
opposing parties. Board officials would
be similarly expected to treat parties
with courtesy and decorum.
Proposed § 42.1(d) would provide that
the default evidentiary standard for each
issue in a Board proceeding is a
preponderance of the evidence. This
proposed rule implements the statute,
which directs that unpatentability
issues must be proven by a
preponderance of the evidence. 35
U.S.C. 316(e), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 326(e). The proposed rule is also
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(b), which
provides that the Director shall establish
regulations requiring sufficient evidence
to prove and rebut a claim of derivation.
See Price v. Symsek, 988 F.2d 1187,
1193 (Fed. Cir. 1993).
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6882
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Section 42.2: Proposed § 42.2 would
set forth definitions for Board
proceedings under proposed part 42.
The proposed definition of affidavit
would provide that affidavit means
affidavits or declarations under § 1.68.
The proposed definition also provides
that a transcript of an ex parte
deposition or a declaration under 28
U.S.C. 1746 may be used as an affidavit.
The proposed definition of Board
would rename ‘‘the Board of Patent
Appeals and Interferences’’ to ‘‘the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board.’’ The
proposed definition would also provide
that Board means a panel of the Board
or a member or employee acting with
the authority of the Board, consistent
with 35 U.S.C. 6(b), as amended.
The proposed definition of business
day would provide that business day
means a day other than a Saturday,
Sunday, or Federal holiday within the
District of Columbia.
The proposed definition of
confidential information would provide
that confidential information means
trade secret or other confidential
research, development or commercial
information. The proposed definition
would be consistent with Federal Rule
of Civil Procedure 26(c)(1)(G), which
provides for protective orders for trade
secret or other confidential research,
development, or commercial
information.
The proposed definition of final
would provide that final means final for
purposes of judicial review. The
proposed definition would also provide
that a decision is final only if it disposes
of all necessary issues with regard to the
party seeking judicial review, and does
not indicate that further action is
required.
The proposed definition of hearing
would make it clear that a hearing is a
consideration of the issues involved in
the trial.
The proposed definition of involved
would provide that involved means an
application, patent, or claim that is the
subject of the proceeding.
The proposed definition of judgment
would provide that judgment means a
final written decision by the Board. The
proposed definition is consistent with
the requirement under 35 U.S.C. 318(a)
and 328(a), as amended, that the Board
issue final written decisions for reviews
that are instituted and not dismissed.
The proposed definition is also
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(d), as
amended, which provides for final
decisions of the Board in derivation
proceedings.
The proposed definition of motion
would clarify that motions are requests
for remedies but that the term motion
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
does not include petitions seeking to
institute a trial.
The proposed definition of Office
would provide that Office means the
United States Patent and Trademark
Office.
The proposed definition of panel
would provide that a panel is at least
three members of the Board. The
proposed definition is consistent with
35 U.S.C. 6(c), as amended, that each
derivation proceeding, inter partes
review, post-grant review, covered
business method patent review
proceeding shall be heard by at least
three members of the Board.
The proposed definition of party
would include at least the petitioner
and the patent owner, as well as any
applicant in a derivation proceeding.
The proposed definition of petition
would provide that a petition is a
request that a trial be instituted and is
consistent with the requirements of 35
U.S.C. 135(a) and 311, as amended, 35
U.S.C. 321.
The proposed definition of petitioner
would provide that a petitioner is a
party requesting a trial be instituted.
This proposed definition is consistent
with the requirements of 35 U.S.C.
135(a) and 311(a), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 321(a), which provide that
persons seeking the institution of a trial
may do so by filing a petition.
The proposed definition of
preliminary proceeding would provide
that a preliminary proceeding begins
with the filing of a petition for
instituting a trial and ends with a
written decision as to whether a trial
will be instituted.
The proposed definition of
proceeding would provide that a
proceeding means a trial or preliminary
proceeding. This proposed definition
would encompass both the portion of
the proceeding that occurs prior to
institution of a trial and the trial itself.
The proposed definition of rehearing
would provide that rehearing means
reconsideration.
The proposed definition of trial
would provide that a trial is a contested
case instituted by the Board based upon
a petition. This proposed definition
would encompass all contested cases
before the Board, except for
interferences. The proposed definition
would exclude interferences so that
interferences would continue, without
disruption, to use the rules provided in
part 41. The existence of a contested
case would be a predicate for
authorizing a subpoena under 35 U.S.C.
24. As with part 41, inter partes
reexaminations under 35 U.S.C. 134(c)
are not considered contested cases for
the purposes of proposed part 42.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Similarly, written requests to make a
settlement agreement available would
not be considered contested cases.
Section 42.3: Proposed § 42.3 would
set forth the jurisdiction of the Board in
a Board proceeding.
Proposed § 42.3(a) would provide the
Board with jurisdiction over
applications and patents involved in a
Board proceeding. This is consistent
with 35 U.S.C. 6(b), as amended, which
provides that the Board is to conduct
derivation proceedings, inter partes
reviews, and post-grant reviews.
Additionally, the proposed rule is
consistent with the Board’s role in
conducting the transitional program for
covered business method patent reviews
pursuant to § 18 of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act, as covered
business method patent reviews are
subject to 35 U.S.C. 326(c), which
provides that the Board conduct the
review.
Proposed § 42.3(b) would provide that
a petition to institute a trial must be
filed with the Board in a timely manner.
Section 42.4: Proposed § 42.4 would
provide for notice of trial.
Proposed § 42.4(a) would specifically
delegate the determination to institute a
trial to an administrative patent judge.
Proposed § 42.4(b) would provide that
the Board will send a notice of a trial
to every party to the proceeding.
Proposed § 42.4(c) would provide that
the Board may authorize additional
modes of notice. Note that the failure to
maintain a current correspondence
address may result in adverse
consequences. Ray v. Lehman, 55 F.3d
606, 610 (Fed. Cir. 1995) (finding notice
of maintenance fee provided by the
Office to an obsolete, but not updated,
address of record to have been
adequate).
Section 42.5: Proposed § 42.5 would
set forth the conduct of the trial.
Proposed §§ 42.5(a) and (b) would
permit administrative patent judges
wide latitude in administering the
proceedings to balance the ideal of
precise rules against the need for
flexibility to achieve reasonably fast,
inexpensive, and fair proceedings. The
decision to waive a procedural
requirement, for example default times
for taking action, would be committed
to the discretion of the administrative
patent judge. By permitting the judges to
authorize relief under parts 1, 41, and
42, the proposed rule avoids delay and
permits related issues to be resolved in
the same proceeding in a uniform and
efficient manner.
Proposed § 42.5(c) would provide that
the Board may set times by order. The
proposed rule also provides that good
cause must be shown for extensions of
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
time and to excuse late actions. Late
action will also be excused by the Board
if it concludes that doing so is in the
interests of justice. This proposed
requirement to show good cause to
extend times and to file belated papers
is consistent with the requirements of
35 U.S.C. 316(a)(11), as amended, and
35 U.S.C. 326(a)(11), which provide that
the Board issue a final decision not less
than 1 year after institution of the
review, extendable for good cause
shown. The proposed rule is also
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(b), as
amended, which provides that the
Director shall prescribe regulations
setting forth standards for the conduct
of derivation proceedings.
Proposed § 42.5(d) would prohibit ex
parte communications about a
proceeding with a Board member or
Board employee actually conducting the
proceeding. Under the proposed rule,
the initiation of an ex parte
communication could result in
sanctions against the initiating party.
The prohibition would include
communicating with any member of a
panel acting in the proceeding or
seeking supervisory review in a
proceeding without including the
opposing party in the communication.
In general, under these proposed rules,
it would be wisest to avoid substantive
discussions of a pending trial with a
Board member or Board employee. The
prohibition on ex parte communications
would not extend to: (1) Ministerial
communications with support staff (for
instance, to arrange a conference call);
(2) hearings in which opposing counsel
declines to participate; (3) informing the
Board in one proceeding of the
existence or status of a related Board
proceeding; or (4) reference to a pending
case in support of a general proposition
(for instance, citing a published opinion
from a pending case or referring to a
pending case to illustrate a systemic
problem).
Section 42.6: Proposed § 42.6 would
set forth the procedure for filing
documents, including exhibits, and
service.
Proposed § 42.6(a) would provide
guidance for the filing of papers. Under
proposed § 42.6(a), papers to be filed
would be required to meet standards
similar to those required in patent
prosecution, § 1.52(a), and in the filings
at the Federal Circuit under Fed. R.
App. P. 32. The proposed prohibition
against incorporation by reference
would minimize the chance that an
argument would be overlooked and
would eliminate abuses that arise from
incorporation and combination. In
DeSilva v. DiLeonardi, 181 F.3d 865,
866–67 (7th Cir. 1999), the court
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
rejected ‘‘adoption by reference’’ as a
self-help increase in the length of the
brief and noted that incorporation is a
pointless imposition on the court’s time
as it requires the judges to play
archeologist with the record. The same
rationale applies to Board proceedings.
Cf. Globespanvirata, Inc. v. Tex.
Instruments, Inc., 2005 WL 3077915, *1
(D. N.J. 2005) (Defendants provided
cursory statements in motion and
sought to make their case through
incorporation of expert declaration and
a claim chart. Incorporation by reference
of argument not in motion was held to
be a violation of local rules governing
page limitations and was not permitted
by the court); S. Indus., Inc. v. JL Audio,
Inc., 29 F. Supp. 2d 878, 881–82 (N.D.
Ill. 1998) (Parties should not use line
spacing, font size, or margins to evade
page limits).
Proposed § 42.6(b) would set
electronic filing as the default manner
in which documents in a proceeding are
filed with the Board. The procedures for
electronic filings in the proposed rule
would be consistent with the
procedures for submission of electronic
filings set forth in § 2.126(b). Section
2.126(b) is a rule of the Trademark Trial
and Appeal Board (TTAB) which
provides that submissions may be made
to the TTAB electronically according to
parameters established by the Board and
published on the Web site of the Office.
The use of electronic filing, such as
that used with the Board’s Interference
Web Portal, facilitates public
accessibility and is consistent with the
requirements of 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(1), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(1),
which state that the files of a proceeding
are to be made available to the public,
except for those documents filed with
the intent that they be sealed. Where
needed, a party may file by means other
than electronic filing but a motion
explaining such a need must accompany
the non-electronic filing. In determining
whether alternative filing methods
would be authorized, the Office would
consider the entity size and the ability
of the party to file electronically.
Proposed § 42.6(c) would require that
exhibits be filed with the first document
in which the exhibit is cited so as to
allow for uniformity in citing to the
record.
Proposed § 42.6(d) would prohibit the
filing of duplicate documents absent
Board authorization.
Proposed § 42.6(e) would require
service simultaneous with the filing of
the document, as well as require
certificates of service. Additional
procedures to be followed when filing
documents may be provided via a
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6883
standing order of the Board. See In re
Sullivan, 362 F.3d 1324 (Fed. Cir. 2004).
Section 42.7: Proposed § 42.7 would
provide that the Board may vacate or
hold in abeyance unauthorized papers
and would limit the filing of duplicate
papers. This proposed rule would
provide a tool for preventing abuses that
can occur in filing documents and
would ensure that the parties and the
Board are consistent in their citation to
the underlying record.
Section 42.8: Proposed § 42.8 would
provide for certain mandatory notices to
be provided by the parties, including
identification of the real parties in
interest, related matters, lead and backup counsel, and service information.
The proposed rule would require the
identification of lead and back-up
counsel and service information. The
mandatory notices concerning real
parties in interest and related matters
are consistent with the requirements of
35 U.S.C. 315, as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 325. These statutes describe the
relationship between the trial and other
related matters and authorize, among
other things, suspension of other
proceedings before the Office on the
same patent and lack of standing for real
parties in interest that have previously
filed civil actions against a patent for
which a trial is requested. Mandatory
notices are also needed to judge any
subject matter estoppel triggered by a
prior Board, district court, or U.S.
International Trade Commission
proceeding.
Examples of related administrative
matters that would be affected by a
decision in the proceeding include
every application and patent claiming,
or which may claim, the benefit of the
priority of the filing date of the party’s
involved patent or application as well as
any ex parte and inter partes
reexaminations for an involved patent.
The need for identification of the real
party in interest helps identify potential
conflicts of interests for the Office. In
the case of the Board, a conflict would
typically arise when an official has an
investment in a company with a direct
interest in a Board proceeding. Such
conflicts can only be avoided if the
parties promptly provide information
necessary to identify potential conflicts.
The identity of a real party-in-interest
might also affect the credibility of
evidence presented in a proceeding. The
Board would consider, on a case-by case
basis, relevant case law to resolve a real
party in interest or privy dispute that
may arise during a proceeding. Further,
in inter partes and post-grant review
proceedings before the Office, the
petitioner (including any real party-ininterest or privy of the petitioner) is
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6884
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
estopped from relitigating any ground
that was or reasonably could have been
raised. See 35 U.S.C. 315(e)(1), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 325(e)(1). What
constitutes a real party-in-interest or
privy is a highly fact-dependent
question. See generally 18A Wright &
Miller Fed. Prac. & Proc. §§ 4449, 4451;
Taylor v. Sturgell, 553 U.S. 880 (2008).
While many factors can lead to a
determination that a petitioner was a
real party-in-interest or privy in a
previous proceeding, actual control or
the opportunity to control the previous
proceeding is an important clue that
such a relationship existed. See, e.g.,
Taylor, 553 U.S. at 895; see generally
18A Wright & Miller § 4451. Factors for
determining actual control or the
opportunity to control include existence
of a controlling interest in the
petitioner.
Section 42.9: Proposed § 42.9 would
permit action by an assignee to the
exclusion of an inventor. Orders
permitting an assignee of a partial
interest to act to the exclusion of an
inventor or co-assignee would rarely be
granted, and such orders would
typically issue only when the partial
assignee was in a proceeding against its
co-assignee. Ex parte Hinkson, 1904
Comm’r. Dec. 342.
Section 42.10: Proposed § 42.10(a)
would provide that the Board may
require a party to designate a lead
counsel. The proposed rule would
remind parties to designate back-up
counsel who can conduct business on
behalf of the lead counsel as instances
arise where lead counsel may be
unavailable.
Proposed § 42.10(b) would provide
that a power of attorney must be filed
for counsel not of record in the party’s
involved patent or application.
Proposed § 42.10(c) would allow for
pro hac vice representation before the
Board subject to such conditions as the
Board may impose. The Board may
recognize counsel pro hac vice during a
proceeding upon a showing of good
cause. Proceedings before the Office can
be technically complex. For example, it
is expected that amendments to a patent
will be sought. Consequently, the grant
of a motion to appear pro hac vice is a
discretionary action taking into account
the specifics of the proceedings.
Similarly, the revocation of pro hac vice
is a discretionary action taking into
account various factors, including
incompetence, unwillingness to abide
by the Office’s Rules of Professional
Conduct, and incivility.
The proposed rule, if adopted, would
allow for this practice in the new
proceedings authorized by the LeahySmith America Invents Act.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
Proposed § 42.10(d) would provide a
limited delegation to the Board under 35
U.S.C. 2(b)(2) and 32 to regulate the
conduct of counsel in Board
proceedings. The proposed rule would
delegate to the Board the authority to
conduct counsel disqualification
proceedings while the Board has
jurisdiction over a proceeding. The rule
would delegate to the Chief
Administrative Patent Judge the
authority to make final a decision to
disqualify counsel in a proceeding
before the Board for the purposes of
judicial review. This delegation would
not derogate from the Director the
prerogative to make such decisions, nor
would it prevent the Chief
Administrative Patent Judge from
further delegating authority to an
administrative patent judge.
Proposed § 42.10(e) provides that
counsel may not withdraw from a
proceeding before the Board unless the
Board authorizes such withdrawal.
Section 42.11: Proposed § 42.11
would remind parties, and individuals
associated with the parties, of their duty
of candor and good faith to the Office
as honesty before the Office is essential
to the integrity of the proceeding.
Section 42.12: Proposed § 42.12
would provide rules for sanctions in
trial proceedings before the Board. 35
U.S.C. 316(a)(6), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 326(a)(6) require that the Director
prescribe sanctions for abuse of
discovery, abuse of process, and any
other improper use of the proceeding in
inter partes review, post-grant review,
and covered business method patent
review proceedings. The proposed rule
is also consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(b),
as amended, which provides that the
Director shall prescribe regulations
setting standards for the conduct of
derivation proceedings.
Proposed § 42.12(a) would identify
types of misconduct for which the
Board may impose sanctions. The
proposed rule would explicitly provide
that misconduct includes failure to
comply with an applicable rule, abuse
of discovery, abuse of process, improper
use of the proceeding and
misrepresentation of a fact. An example
of a failure to comply with an applicable
rule includes failure to disclose a prior
relevant inconsistent statement.
Proposed § 42.12(b) would recite the
list of sanctions that may be imposed by
the Board.
Section 42.13: Proposed § 42.13
would provide a uniform system of
citation to authority. The proposed rule
would codify existing Board practice
and extends it to trial proceedings.
Under the proposed rule, a citation to a
single source, in the priority order set
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
out in the rule, would be sufficient, thus
minimizing the citation burden on the
public.
Section 42.14: Proposed § 42.14
would provide that the record of a
proceeding be made available to the
public, except as otherwise ordered. An
exception to public availability would
be those documents or things
accompanied by a motion to seal the
document or thing. The proposed rule
reflects the provisions of 35 U.S.C.
316(a)(1), as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
326(a)(1), which require that inter partes
review and post-grant review files be
made available to the public, except that
any petition or document filed with the
intent that it be sealed, if accompanied
by a motion to seal, be treated as sealed
pending the outcome of the ruling on
the motion to seal.
Fees
Sections 10(d) and (e) of the LeahySmith America Invents Act set out a
process that must be followed when the
Office is using its authority under
section 10(a) to set or adjust patent fees.
See Public Law 112–29, 125 Stat. at
317–18. This process does not feasibly
permit the fees described herein to be in
place by September 16, 2012 (the
effective date of many of the Board
procedures required by the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act and described
herein). Therefore, the Office is setting
these fees pursuant to its authority
under 35 U.S.C. 41(d)(2) in this rule
making, which provides that fees for all
processing, services, or materials
relating to patents not specified in 35
U.S.C. 41 are to be set at amounts to
recover the estimated average cost to the
Office of such processing, services, or
materials. See 35 U.S.C. 41(d)(2).
The Office is also in the process of
developing a proposal to adjust patent
fees under section 10 of the LeahySmith America Invents Act. The fees
proposed in this notice will be revisited
in furtherance of the Director’s fee
setting efforts in this area.
Section 42.15: Proposed § 42.15
would set fees for the new trial
proceedings.
Proposed § 42.15(a) would set the fee
for a petition to institute an inter partes
review of a patent based upon the
number of challenged claims, and
reflects the requirements of 35 U.S.C.
311 and 312(a), as amended, that the
Director set fees for the petition and that
the petition be accompanied by
payment of the fee established. Basing
the fees on the number of claims
challenged allows for ease of calculation
and reduces the chance of insufficient
payment. Further, the proposed fees are
generally reflective of the complexity of
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
the case because the number of claims
often impacts the complexity of the
petition and increases the demands
placed on the patent owner as well as
the deciding officials. Cf. In re Katz
Interactive Call Processing Patent Litig.,
639 F.3d 1303, 1309 (Fed. Cir. 2011)
(limiting number of asserted claims is
appropriate to efficiently manage a
case).
To understand the scope of a
dependent claim, the claims from which
the dependent claim depends must be
construed along with the dependent
claim. Accordingly, for fee calculation
purposes, each claim challenged will be
counted as well as any claim from
which a claim depends, unless the
parent claim is also separately
challenged. The following examples are
illustrative.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Example 1: Claims 1–30 are challenged
where each of claims 2–30 are dependent
claims and depend only upon claim 1. There
are 30 claims challenged for purposes of fee
calculation.
Example 2: Claims 20–40 are challenged
where each of claims 20–40 are dependent
claims and depend only upon claim 1. As
claims 20–40 depend from claim 1, claim 1
counts toward the total number of claims
challenged. Thus, there are 21 claims
challenged for fee calculation purposes.
Example 3: Claims 1, 11–20, and 31–40 are
challenged. Each of claims 1 and 31–40 are
independent claims. Each of claims 11–20
are dependent claims and depend upon
claim 9, which in turn depends upon claim
8, which in turn depends upon claim 1. As
claims 11–20 depend upon parent claims 8
and 9, claims 8 and 9 would count as
challenged claims towards the total number
of claims challenged. As claim 1 is separately
challenged, it would not count twice towards
the total number of claims challenged. Thus,
there are 23 claims challenged for fee
calculation purposes.
Example 4: Claims 1, 11–20, and 31–40
are challenged. Each of claims 1 and 31–40
are independent claims. Claim 11 depends
upon claim 1 and claims 12–20 depend upon
claim 11. As each of the challenged claims
is based on a separately challenged
independent claim, we need not include any
further claims for fee calculations purposes.
Thus, there are 21 challenged claims.
Proposed § 42.15(b) would set the fee
for a petition to institute a post-grant
review or a covered business method
patent review of a patent based upon the
number of challenged claims, and
would reflect the requirements of 35
U.S.C. 321, as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
322(a) that the Director set fees for the
petition and that the petition be
accompanied by payment of the fee
established. The analysis of the number
of claims challenged for fee calculation
purposes would be the same as for
proposed § 42.15(a).
Item (C) of the Rulemaking
Considerations section of this notice,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
infra, provides the Office’s analysis of
the cost to provide the services
requested for each of the proceedings.
Proposed § 42.15(c) would set the fee
for a petition to institute a derivation
proceeding in the amount of $400.
Derivation proceedings concern
allegations that an inventor named in an
earlier application, without
authorization, derived the claimed
invention from an inventor named in
the petition. The fee is set to recover the
treatment of the petition as a request to
transfer jurisdiction from the examining
corps to the Board and not the costs of
instituting and performing the
derivation trial which is necessary to
complete the examination process for
the applicant seeking the derivation.
Proposed § 42.15(d) would set the fee
for filing written requests to make a
settlement agreement available in the
amount of $400.
Petition and Motion Practice
Section 42.20: Proposed § 42.20(a)
would provide that relief, other than a
petition to institute a trial, must be in
the form of a motion. The proposed rule
is consistent with the requirements of
35 U.S.C. 316(a)(1) and 316(d), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(1) and
326(d) which provide that requests to
seal a document and requests to amend
the patent be filed in the form of a
motion.
Proposed § 42.20(b) would provide
that motions will not be entered absent
Board authorization, and authorization
may be provided in an order of general
applicability or during the proceeding.
Generally, the Board expects that
authorization would follow the current
Board practice where a conference call
would be required before an opposed
motion is filed as quite often the relief
requested in such motions can be
granted (or denied) in a conference call.
This practice has significantly increased
the speed and reduced the costs in
contested cases.
Proposed § 42.20(c) would place the
burden of proof on the moving party. A
motion that fails to justify the relief on
its face could be dismissed or denied
without regard to subsequent briefing.
Proposed § 42.20(d) would provide
that the Board may order briefing on any
issue appropriate for a final written
determination on patentability.
Specifically, 35 U.S.C. 318(a), as
amended, and 328(a) require that where
a review is instituted and not dismissed
the Board shall issue a final written
decision with respect to the
patentability of any patent claim
challenged by the petitioner and any
new claim added. The proposed rule
would provide for Board ordered
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6885
briefing where appropriate in order to
efficiently and effectively render its
final decision on patentability.
Section 42.21: Proposed § 42.21(a)
would provide that the Board may
require a party to file a notice stating the
relief it requests and the basis for that
relief in Board proceedings. The
proposed rule would make clear that a
notice must contain sufficient detail to
serve its notice function. The proposed
rule would provide an effective
mechanism for administering cases
efficiently and placing opponents on
notice.
Proposed § 42.21(b) would state the
effect of a notice. The proposed rule
would make it clear that failure to state
a sufficient basis for relief would
warrant a denial of the request.
Proposed § 42.21(c) would permit
correction of a notice after the time set
for filing the notice, but would set a
high threshold for entry of the
correction, i.e., if the entry was in the
interests of justice. The proposed rule is
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(11), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(11),
which require good cause be shown to
extend the time for entering a final
decision. In determining whether good
cause is shown, the Board would be
permitted to consider the ability of the
Board to complete timely the
proceeding should the request be
granted. Hence, requests made at the
outset of a proceeding would be more
likely to demonstrate good cause than
requests made later in the proceeding.
Section 42.22: Proposed § 42.22
concerns the general content of motions.
Proposed § 42.22(a) would require
that each petition or motion be filed as
a separate paper to reduce the chance
that an argument would be overlooked
and reduce the complexity of any given
paper. Proposed § 42.22(a)(1)–(3) would
provide for a statement of precise relief
requested, a statement of material facts,
and statement of the reasons for relief.
Vague arguments and generic citations
to the record are fundamentally unfair
to an opponent and do not provide
sufficient notice to an opponent and
creates inefficiencies for the Board.
Proposed § 42.22(b) would require the
movant to make showings ordinarily
required for the requested relief in other
parts of the Office. Many actions,
particularly corrective actions like
changes in inventorship, filing reissue
applications, and seeking a retroactive
foreign filing license, are governed by
other rules of the Office. By requiring
the same showings the proposed rule
would keep practice uniform
throughout the Office.
Proposed § 42.22(c) would provide
that a petition or motion shall contain
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6886
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
a statement of facts with specific
citations to the portions of the record
that support a particular fact. Providing
specific citations to the record gives
notice to an opponent of the basis for
the fact and provides the Board the
information necessary for effective and
efficient administration of the
proceeding.
Proposed § 42.22(d) would allow the
Board to order additional showings or
explanations as a condition for
authorizing a motion. Experience has
shown that placing conditions on
motions helps provide guidance to the
parties as to what issues and facts are of
particular importance and ensures that
the parties are aware of controlling
precedent that should be addressed in a
particular motion.
Section 42.23: Proposed § 42.23
would provide that oppositions and
replies must comply with the content
requirements for a motion and that a
reply may only respond to arguments
raised in the corresponding opposition.
Oppositions and replies may rely upon
appropriate evidence to support the
positions asserted. Reply evidence,
however, must be responsive and not
merely new evidence that could have
been presented earlier to support the
movant’s motion.
Section 42.24: Proposed § 42.24
would provide page limits for petitions,
motions, oppositions, and replies. 35
U.S.C. 316(b), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 326(b) provide considerations
that are to be taken into account when
prescribing regulations, including the
integrity of the patent system, the
efficient administration of the Office,
and the ability to timely complete the
trials. The page limits proposed in this
rule are consistent with these
considerations.
Federal courts routinely use page
limits in managing motions practice as
‘‘[e]ffective writing is concise writing.’’
Spaziano v. Singletary, 36 F.3d 1028,
1031 n.2 (11th Cir. 1994). Many district
courts restrict the number of pages that
may be filed in a motion including, for
example, the District of Delaware, the
District of New Jersey, the Eastern
District of Texas, the Northern, Central,
and Southern Districts of California, and
the Eastern District of Virginia.
Federal courts have found that page
limits ease the burden on both the
parties and the courts, and patent cases
are no exception. Eolas Techs., Inc. v.
Adobe Sys., Inc., No. 6:09–CV–446, at 1
(E.D. Tex. Sept. 2, 2010) (‘‘The Local
Rules’ page limits ease the burden of
motion practice on both the Court and
the parties.’’); Blackboard, Inc. v.
Desire2Learn, Inc., 521 F. Supp. 2d 575,
576 (E.D. Tex. 2007) (The parties ‘‘seem
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
to share the misconception, popular in
some circles, that motion practice exists
to require federal judges to shovel
through steaming mounds of pleonastic
arguments in Herculean effort to
uncover a hidden gem of logic that will
ineluctably compel a favorable ruling.
Nothing could be farther from the
truth.’’); Broadwater v. Heidtman Steel
Prods., Inc., 182 F. Supp. 2d 705, 710
(S.D. Ill. 2002) (‘‘Counsel are strongly
advised, in the future, to not ask this
Court for leave to file any memoranda
(supporting or opposing dispositive
motions) longer than 15 pages. The
Court has handled complicated patent
cases and employment discrimination
cases in which the parties were able to
limit their briefs supporting and
opposing summary judgment to 10 or 15
pages.’’ (Emphasis omitted)).
The Board’s experience with page
limits in interference motions practice is
consistent with that of the federal
courts. The Board’s use of page limits
has shown it to be beneficial without it
being unduly restrictive for the parties.
Page limits have encouraged the parties
to focus on dispositive issues, easing the
burden of motions practice on the
parties and on the Board.
The Board’s experience with page
limits in interference practice is
informed by its use of different
approaches over the years. In the early
1990s, page limits were not routinely
used for motions, and the practice
suffered from lengthy and unacceptable
delays. To reduce the burden on the
parties and on the Board and thereby
reduce the time to decision, the Board
instituted page limits in the late 1990s
for every motion. Page limit practice
was found to be effective in reducing
the burdens on the parties and
improving decision times at the Board.
In 2006, the Board revised the page limit
practice and allowed unlimited findings
of fact and generally limited the number
of pages containing argument. Due to
abuses of the system, the Board recently
reverted back to page limits for the
entire motion (both argument and
findings of fact).
Proposed § 42.24(a) would provide
specific page limits for petitions and
motions. The proposed rule would set a
limit of 50 pages for petitions requesting
inter partes reviews and derivation
proceedings, 70 pages for petitions
requesting post-grant review and
covered business method patent
reviews, and 15 pages for motions.
The Board’s current practice in
interferences is to limit motions for
judgment on priority of invention to 50
pages, miscellaneous motions to 15
pages and other motions to 25 pages.
Hence, non-priority motions for
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
judgment of unpatentability are
currently limited to 25 pages. The
Board’s current page limits are
consistent with the 25 page limits in the
Northern, Central, and Southern
Districts of California, and the Middle
District of Florida and exceed the limits
in the District of Delaware (20), the
Northern District of Illinois (15), the
District of Massachusetts (20), the
Eastern District of Michigan (20), the
Southern District of Florida (20), and
the Southern District of Illinois (20).
In a typical proceeding before the
Board, a party may be authorized to file:
A single motion for unpatentability
based on prior art; a single motion for
unpatentability based upon failure to
comply with 35 U.S.C. 112, lack of
written description and/or enablement;
and potentially another motion for lack
of compliance with 35 U.S.C. 101,
although a 35 U.S.C. 101 motion may be
required to be combined with the 35
U.S.C. 112 motion. Each of these
motions is currently limited to 25 pages
in length, unless good cause is shown
that the page limits are unduly
restrictive for a particular motion.
A petition requesting the institution
of a trial proceeding would be similar to
motions currently filed with the Board.
Specifically, petitions to institute a trial
seek a final written decision that the
challenged claims are unpatentable,
where derivation is a form of
unpatentability. Accordingly, a petition
to institute a trial based on prior art
would under current practice be limited
to 25 pages, and by consequence, a
petition raising unpatentability based on
prior art and unpatentability under 35
U.S.C. 101 and/or 112 would be limited
to 50 pages.
Under the proposed rules, an inter
partes review petition would be based
upon any grounds identified in 35
U.S.C. 311(b), as amended, i.e., only a
ground that could be raised under 35
U.S.C. 102 or 103 and only on the basis
of patents or printed publications.
Generally, under current practice, a
party is limited to filing single prior art
motions, limited to 25 pages in length.
The proposed rule would provide up to
50 pages in length for a motion
requesting inter partes review. Thus, as
the proposed page limit doubles the
default page limit currently set for a
motion before the Board, a 50 page limit
is considered sufficient in all but
exceptional cases and is consistent with
the considerations provided in 35 U.S.C.
316(b), as amended.
Under the proposed rules, a post-grant
review petition would be based upon
any grounds identified in 35 U.S.C.
321(b), e.g., failure to comply with 35
U.S.C. 101, 102, 103, and 112 (except
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
best mode). Under current practice, a
party would be limited to filing two or
three motions, each limited to 25 pages,
for a maximum of 75 pages. Where there
is more than one motion for
unpatentability based upon different
statutory grounds, the Board’s
experience is that the motions contain
similar discussions of technology and
claim constructions. Such overlap is
unnecessary where a single petition for
unpatentability is filed. Thus, the 70
proposed page limit is considered
sufficient in all but exceptional cases.
Covered business method patent
review is similar in scope to that of
post-grant review as there is substantial
overlap in the statutory grounds
permitted for review. Thus, the
proposed page limit for proposed
covered business method patent reviews
of 70 pages is the same as that proposed
for post-grant review.
Petitions to institute derivation
proceedings raise a subset of the issues
that are currently raised in interferences
in a motion for judgment on priority of
invention. Currently, motions for
judgment on priority of invention,
including issues such as conception,
corroboration, and diligence, are
generally limited to 50 pages in length.
Thus, the 50 proposed page limit is
considered sufficient in all but
exceptional cases.
The proposed rule would provide that
petitions to institute a trial must comply
with the stated page limits but may be
accompanied by a motion that seeks to
waive the page limits. The petitioner
must show in the motion how a waiver
of the page limits is in the interests of
justice. A copy of the desired non-page
limited petition must accompany the
motion. Generally, the Board would
decide the motion prior to deciding
whether to institute the trial.
Current Board practice provides a
limit of 25 pages for other motions and
15 pages for miscellaneous motions. The
Board’s experience is that such page
limits are sufficient for the filing parties
and do not unduly burden the opposing
party and the Board. Petitions for
instituting a trial would generally
replace the current practice of filing
motions for unpatentability. Most
motions for relief are expected to be
similar to the current interference
miscellaneous motion practice.
Accordingly, the proposed rule would
provide a 15 page limit for motions as
this is considered sufficient for most
motions but may be adjusted where the
limit is determined to be unduly
restrictive for the relief requested. A
party may contact the Board and arrange
for a conference call to discuss the need
for additional pages for a particular
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
motion. Except for a motion to waive
the page limit accompanying a petition
seeking review, any motion to waive a
page limit must be granted in advance
of filing a motion, opposition or reply
for which the waiver is necessary.
Proposed § 42.24(b) would provide
page limits for oppositions. Current
interference practice provides an equal
number of pages for an opposition as its
corresponding motion. This is generally
consistent with motions practice in
federal courts. The proposed rule would
continue the current practice.
Proposed § 42.24(c) would provide
page limits for replies. Current
interference practice provides a 15-page
limit for priority motion replies, a 5
page limit for miscellaneous
(procedural) motion replies, and a 10
page limit for all other motions. The
proposed rule is consistent with current
interference practice for procedural
motions. The proposed rule would
provide a 15 page limit for reply to
petitions requesting a trial, which the
Office believes is sufficient based on
current practice. Current interference
practice has shown that such page limits
do not unduly restrict the parties and,
in fact, provide sufficient flexibility to
parties to not only reply to the motion
but also help to focus on the issues.
Section 42.25: Proposed § 42.25
would provide default times for filing
oppositions and replies. The
expectation, however, is that the Board
would tailor times appropriate to each
case as opposed to relying upon the
default times set by rule.
Testimony and Production
The proposed rules would provide
limitations for discovery and testimony.
Unlike in proceedings under the Federal
Rules of Civil Procedure, the burden of
justifying discovery in Board
proceedings would lie with the party
seeking discovery.
Proceedings before the Board differ
from most civil litigation in that the
proponent of an argument before the
Board generally has access to relevant
evidence that is comparable to its
opponent’s access. Consequently, the
expense and complications associated
with much of discovery can be avoided.
For instance, since rejections are
commonly based on the contents of the
specification or on publicly available
references, there is no reason to
presume that the patent owner has
better access to evidence of
unpatentability on these grounds than
the petitioner. Exceptions occur
particularly when the ground of
unpatentability arises out of conduct,
particularly conduct of a purported
inventor. In such cases, discovery may
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6887
be necessary to prove such conduct, in
which case the proponent of the
evidence may move for additional
discovery. The Board may impose
conditions on such discovery to prevent
abuse.
Section 42.51: Proposed § 42.51(a)
would provide for limited discovery in
the trial consistent with the goal of
providing trials that are timely,
inexpensive, and fair. The proposed rule
is consistent with 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(5), as
amended, and 326(a)(5), which provide
for discovery of relevant evidence but
limit the scope of the discovery, and 35
U.S.C. 135(b), as amended, which
provides that the Director shall
prescribe regulations setting forth
standards for the conduct of derivation
proceedings.
Proposed § 42.51(b)(1) and (b)(2)
would provide for routine discovery of
exhibits cited in a paper or testimony
and provide for cross examination of
affidavit testimony without the need to
request authorization from the Board.
The proposed rule would eliminate
many routine discovery requests and
disputes. The rule would not require a
party to create materials or to provide
materials not cited.
Proposed § 42.51(b)(3) would ensure
the timeliness of the proceedings by
requiring that parties, and individuals
associated with the parties, provide
information that is inconsistent with a
position advanced by the patent owner
or petitioner during the course of the
proceeding. The Office recognizes that
this requirement may differ from the
proposed changes to § 1.56. But, Board
experience has shown that the
information covered by proposed
42.51(b)(3) is typically sought through
additional discovery and that such
information leads to the production of
relevant evidence. However, this
practice of authorizing additional
discovery for such information risks
significant delay to the proceeding and
increased burdens on both the parties
and the Office. To avoid these issues,
and to reduce costs and insure the
integrity and timeliness of the
proceeding, the proposed rule makes the
production of such information routine.
Similarly, while the Office recognizes
that some parties may be hesitant to use
the new proceedings because of this
requirement, the benefit of the
requirement outweighs any impact on
participation. Lastly this requirement
does not override legally-recognized
privileges such as attorney-client or
attorney work product.
The proposed rule would require that
the information be provided as a
petition, motion, opposition, reply,
preliminary patent owner response, or
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6888
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
patent owner response to petition. The
proposed rule would also require that
the party submitting the information
specify the relevance of the document,
where the relevant information appears
in the document and, where applicable,
how the information is pertinent to the
claims. This information aids the Board
in rendering decisions in trial
proceedings within statutory
timeframes. See 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(11)
and 318(a), as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
326(a)(11) and 328(a). The identification
of portions of the document relied upon
and the pertinence of the information
aids the Board’s efficient and effective
administration of the proceeding by
making the information accessible to the
Board as opposed to having the Board
play archeologist with the record. See
DeSilva v. DiLeonardi, 181 F.3d at 866–
67.
Proposed § 42.51(c) would provide for
additional discovery. Additional
discovery increases trial costs and
increases the expenditures of time by
the parties and the Board. To promote
effective discovery, the proposed rule
would require a showing that the
additional discovery sought in a
proceeding other than a post-grant
review is in the interests of justice,
which would place an affirmative
burden upon a party seeking the
discovery to show how the proposed
discovery would be productive. A
separate rule (§ 42.224) governs
additional discovery in post-grant
proceedings. The Board’s interference
experience, however, is that such
showings are often lacking and
authorization for additional discovery is
expected to be rare.
The proposed interests-of-justice
standard for additional discovery is
consistent with considerations
identified in 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as
amended, including the efficient
administration of the Board and the
Board’s ability to complete timely trials.
Further, the proposed interests-ofjustice standard is consistent with 35
U.S.C. 316(a)(5), as amended, which
states that discovery other than
depositions of witnesses submitting
affidavits and declarations be what is
otherwise necessary in the interests of
justice.
While the Board will employ an
interests-of-justice standard in granting
additional discovery in inter partes
reviews and derivation proceedings,
new subpart C will provide that a good
cause standard will be employed in
post-grant reviews, and by consequence,
in covered business method patent
reviews. Good cause and interests of
justice are closely related standards, but
the interests-of-justice standard is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
slightly higher than good cause. While
a good cause standard requires a party
to show a specific factual reason to
justify the needed discovery, under the
interests-of-justice standard, the Board
would look at all relevant factors.
Specifically, to show good cause, a party
would be required to make a particular
and specific demonstration of fact.
Under the interests-of-justice standard,
the moving party would also be required
to show that it was fully diligent in
seeking discovery and that there is no
undue prejudice to the non-moving
party. In contrast, the interests-of-justice
standard covers considerable ground,
and in using such a standard, the Board
expects to consider whether the
additional discovery is necessary in
light of the totality of the relevant
circumstances.
Proposed § 42.52 would provide
procedures for compelling testimony.
Under 35 U.S.C. 23, the Director may
establish rules for affidavit and
deposition testimony. Under 35 U.S.C.
24, a party in a contested case may
apply for a subpoena to compel
testimony in the United States, but only
for testimony to be used in the contested
case. Proposed § 42.52(a) would require
the party seeking a subpoena to first
obtain authorization from the Board;
otherwise, the compelled evidence
would not be admitted in the
proceeding. Proposed § 42.52(b) would
impose additional requirements on a
party seeking testimony or production
outside the United States because the
use of foreign testimony generally
increases the cost and complexity of the
proceeding for both the parties and the
Board. The Board would give weight to
foreign deposition testimony to the
extent warranted in view of all the
circumstances, including the laws of the
foreign country governing the
testimony.
Section 42.53: Proposed § 42.53
would provide for the taking of
testimony. To minimize costs, direct
testimony would generally be taken in
the form of an affidavit. Crossexamination testimony and redirect
testimony would generally come in the
form of a deposition transcript. If the
nature of the testimony makes direct
observation of witness demeanor
necessary or desirable, the Board might
authorize or even require that the
testimony be presented live or be videorecorded in addition to filing of the
required transcript. Cf. Applied
Research Sys. ARS Holdings N.V. v. Cell
Genesys Inc., 68 USPQ2d 1863 (B.P.A.I.
2003) (non-precedential). The
proponent of the witness would be
responsible for the cost of producing the
witness for the deposition. The parties
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
would have latitude in choosing the
time and place for the deposition,
provided the location is in the United
States and the time falls within a
prescribed testimony period.
Proposed § 42.53(c)(2) would provide
for the time period for crossexamination and would set a norm for
the conference proposed in § 42.53(c)(1).
A party seeking to move the deposition
outside this period would need to show
good cause.
Proposed § 42.53(d) would require
that the party calling the witness initiate
a conference with the Board at least five
business days before a deposition with
an interpreter is taken. Board experience
suggests that the complexity of foreign
language depositions can be so great
that in many cases the resulting
testimony is not useful to the factfinder. To avoid a waste of resources in
the production of an unhelpful record,
the proposed rules would require that
the Board approve of the deposition
format in advance. Occasionally the
Board will require live testimony where
the Board considers the demeanor of a
witness critical to assessing credibility.
Proposed § 42.53(e) would provide for
the manner of taking testimony.
Proposed § 42.53(e)(1) would require
that each witness before giving
deposition testimony be duly sworn
according to law by the officer before
whom the deposition is to be taken.
Proposed § 42.53(e)(1) would also
require that the officer be authorized to
take testimony under 35 U.S.C. 23.
Proposed § 42.53(e)(2) would require
that testimony be taken in answer to
interrogatories with any questions and
answers recorded in their regular order
by the officer, or by some other
disinterested person in the presence of
the officer, unless the presence of the
officer is waived on the record by
agreement of all parties.
Proposed § 42.53(e)(3) would require
that any exhibits used during the
deposition be numbered as required by
§ 42.63(b), and must, if not previously
served, be served at the deposition.
Proposed § 42.53(e)(3) would also
provide that exhibits objected to be
accepted pending a decision on the
objection.
Proposed § 42.53(e)(4) would require
that all objections be made at the time
of the deposition to the qualifications of
the officer taking the deposition, the
manner of taking it, the evidence
presented, the conduct of any party, and
that any other objection to the
deposition be noted on the record by the
officer.
Proposed § 42.53(e)(5) would require
the witness to read and sign (in the form
of an affidavit) a transcript of the
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
deposition after the testimony has been
transcribed, unless the parties otherwise
agree in writing, the parties waive
reading and signature by the witness on
the record at the deposition, or the
witness refuses to read or sign the
transcript of the deposition.
The certification of proposed
§ 42.53(e)(6)(vi) would provide a
standard for disqualifying an officer
from administering a deposition. The
use of financial interest as a
disqualification, however, would be
broader than the employment interest
currently barred. Payment for ordinary
services rendered in the ordinary course
of administering the deposition and
preparing the transcript would not be a
disqualifying financial interest. An
interest acknowledged by the parties on
the record without objection would not
be a disqualifying interest.
Proposed § 42.53(e)(7) would require
the proponent of the testimony to file
the transcript of the testimony. If the
original proponent of the testimony
declined to file the transcript (for
instance, because that party no longer
intended to rely on the testimony), but
another party wished to rely on the
testimony, the party that wishes to file
the testimony would become the
proponent and would be permitted to
file the transcript as its own exhibit.
Section 42.54: Proposed § 42.54
would provide for protective orders. 35
U.S.C. 316(a)(7), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 326(a)(7) require that the Director
prescribe rules that provide for
protective orders governing the
exchange and submission of
confidential information. Proposed
§ 42.54 would provide such protective
orders and follows the procedure set
forth in the Federal Rule of Civil
Procedure 26(c)(1).
Section 42.55: Proposed § 42.55
would allow a petitioner filing
confidential information to file,
concurrently with the filing of the
petition, a motion to seal as to the
confidential information. The petitioner
must serve the patent owner the
confidential information and may do so
under seal. The patent owner may
access the confidential information
prior to institution of a trial by agreeing
to the terms of the proposed protective
order contained in the motion to seal.
The institution of the trial would
constitute a grant of the motion to seal
unless otherwise ordered by the Board.
The proposed rule seeks to streamline
the process of seeking protective orders
prior to the institution of the review
while balancing the need to protect
confidential information against an
opponent’s need to access information
used to challenge the opponent’s claims.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
Section 42.56: Confidential
information that is subject to a
protective order ordinarily would
become public 45 days after denial of a
petition to institute a trial or 45 days
after final judgment in a trial. Proposed
§ 42.56 would allow a party to file a
motion to expunge from the record
confidential information prior to the
information becoming public. Proposed
§ 42.56 reflects the considerations
identified in 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(b), which
state that the Office is to take into
account the integrity of the patent
system in promulgating regulations. The
proposed rule balances the needs of the
parties to submit confidential
information with the public interest in
maintaining a complete and
understandable file history for public
notice purposes. Specifically, there is an
expectation that information be made
public where the existence of the
information is referred to in a decision
to grant or deny a request to institute a
review or identified in a final written
decision. As such, the proposed rule
would encourage parties to redact
sensitive information, where possible,
rather than seeking to seal entire
documents.
Section 42.61: Proposed § 42.61
would provide for the admissibility of
evidence. Proposed § 42.61(a) would
make the failure to comply with the
rules a basis for challenging
admissibility of evidence. Proposed
§ 42.61(b) would not require
certification as a condition for
admissibility when the evidence is a
record of the Office that is accessible to
all parties. This proposed rule would
avoid disputes on what otherwise
would be technical noncompliance with
the rules. Proposed § 42.61(c) would
provide that the specification and
drawings are admissible only to prove
what the specification and drawings
describe. This proposed rule would
address a recurring problem in which a
party mistakenly relies on a
specification to prove a fact other than
what the specification says. This
proposed rule would make clear that a
specification of an application or patent
involved in a proceeding is admissible
as evidence only to prove what the
specification or patent describes. If there
is data in the specification upon which
a party intends to rely to prove the truth
of the data, an affidavit by an individual
having first-hand knowledge of how the
data was generated (i.e., the individual
who performed an experiment reported
as an example in the specification) must
be filed. Wojciak v. Nishiyama, 61
USPQ2d 1576, 1581 (B.P.A.I. 2001).
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6889
Section 42.62: Proposed § 42.62
would adopt a modified version of the
Federal Rules of Evidence. The
proposed rule would adopt the more
formal evidentiary rules used in district
courts in view of the adversarial nature
of the proceedings before the Board. The
Federal Rules of Evidence embrace a
well-developed body of case law and are
familiar to the courts charged with
reviewing Board decisions in contested
cases.
Section 42.63: Proposed § 42.63
would provide that all evidence is to be
submitted as an exhibit. For instance,
the proposed rule would provide that an
exhibit filed with the petition must
include the petition’s name and a
unique exhibit number, for example:
POE EXHIBIT 1001. For exhibits not
filed with the petition, the proposed
rule would require the exhibit label to
include the party’s name followed by a
unique exhibit number, the names of the
parties, and the trial number, in the
format of the following example:
OWENS EXHIBIT 2001, Poe v. Owens
and Trial IPR2011OCT–00001.
Section 42.64: Proposed § 42.64
would provide procedures for
challenging the admissibility of
evidence. In a district court trial, an
opponent may object to evidence, and
the proponent may have an opportunity
to cure the basis of the objection. The
proposed rule offers a similar, albeit
limited, process for objecting and curing
in a trial at the Board.
Proposed § 42.64(a) would provide
that objections to the admissibility of
deposition evidence must be made
during the deposition. Proposed
§ 42.64(b) would provide guidance as to
objections and supplemental evidence
for evidence other than deposition
testimony. The default time for serving
an objection to evidence other than
testimony would be ten business days
after service of the evidence for
evidence in the petition and five
business days for subsequent objections,
and the party relying on evidence to
which an objection was timely served
would have ten business days after
service of the objection to cure any
defect in the evidence. The Board would
not ordinarily address an objection
unless the objecting party filed a motion
to exclude under proposed § 42.64(c)
because the objection might have been
cured or might prove unimportant in
light of subsequent developments.
Proposed § 42.64(d) would permit a
party to file a motion in limine to obtain
a ruling on admissibility.
Section 42.65: Proposed § 42.65
would provide rules for expert
testimony, tests, and data.
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
6890
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Proposed § 42.65(a) would remind
parties that unsupported expert
testimony may be given little or no
weight. Rohm & Haas Co. v. Brotech
Corp., 127 F.3d 1089, 1092 (Fed. Cir.
1997). United States patent law is not an
appropriate topic for expert testimony
before the Board, and expert testimony
pertaining thereto would not be
admitted under the proposed rule.
Proposed § 42.65(b) would provide
guidance on how to present tests and
data. A party should not presume that
the technical competence of the trier-offact extends to a detailed knowledge of
the test at issue.
Oral Argument, Decision and
Settlement
Section 42.70: Proposed § 42.70
would provide guidance on oral
arguments.
Proposed § 42.70(a) would provide
that a party may request oral argument
on an issue raised in a paper. The time
for requesting oral argument would be
set by the Board.
Proposed § 42.70(b) would provide
that a party serve demonstrative exhibits
at least five business days before the
oral argument. Experience has shown
that parties are more effective in
communicating their respective
positions at oral argument when
demonstrative exhibits have been
exchanged prior to the hearing.
Cumbersome exhibits, however, tend to
detract from the user’s argument and
would be discouraged. The use of a
compilation with each demonstrative
exhibit separately tabbed would be
encouraged, particularly when a court
reporter is transcribing the oral
argument because the tabs provide a
convenient way to record which exhibit
is being discussed. It is helpful to
provide a copy of the compilation to
each member of the panel hearing the
argument so that the judges may better
follow the line of argument presented.
Section 42.71: Proposed § 42.71
would provide for decisions on
petitions and motions.
Proposed § 42.71(a) would provide
that a petition or motion may be taken
up in any order so that issues may be
addressed in a fair and efficient manner.
This rule is consistent with 35 U.S.C.
316(b), as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
326(b), which state that, among other
things, that the Director shall consider
the efficient administration of the Office
in prescribing regulations. Further, such
a practice was noted with approval in
Berman v. Housey, 291 F.3d 1345, 1352
(Fed. Cir. 2002).
Proposed § 42.71(b) would provide for
interlocutory decisions. The proposed
rule would make clear that a decision
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
short of judgment is not final, but a
decision by a panel would govern the
trial. Experience has shown that the
practice of having panel decisions bind
further proceedings has eliminated
much of the uncertainty and added cost
that result from deferring any final
decision until the end of the proceeding.
In such instances, a party dissatisfied
with an interlocutory decision on
motions should promptly seek rehearing
rather than waiting for a final judgment.
A panel could, when the interests of
justice require it, reconsider its decision
at any time in the proceeding prior to
final judgment. A belated request for
rehearing would rarely be granted,
however, because its untimeliness
would detract from the efficiencies that
result from making interlocutory
decisions binding.
Proposed § 42.71(c) would provide for
rehearings and would set times for
requesting rehearing. Since 35 U.S.C.
6(b), as amended, requires a panel
decision for finality, a party should
request rehearing by a panel to preserve
an issue for judicial review. The panel
would then apply the deferential abuseof-discretion standard to decisions on
rehearing.
Section 42.72: Proposed § 42.72
would provide for termination of a trial
pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 317(a), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 327(a), which
provide for termination of a trial with
respect to a petitioner upon joint request
of the petitioner and the patent owner,
unless the Office has decided the merits
of the proceeding before the request for
termination is filed.
Section 42.73: Proposed § 42.73
would provide for judgment.
Proposed § 42.73(a) would provide
that a judgment disposes of all issues
that were, or by motion could have
been, properly raised and decided.
Proposed § 42.73(b) would provide
guidance as to the conditions under
which the Board would infer a request
for adverse judgment.
Proposed § 42.73(c) would provide for
recommendations for further action by
an examiner or the Director.
Proposed § 42.73(d) would provide for
estoppel.
Proposed § 42.73(d)(1) would apply to
non-derivation proceeding trials and is
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 315(e)(1), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 325(e)(1),
which provide for estoppel in
proceedings before the Office where a
final written decision was entered under
35 U.S.C. 318(a), as amended, or 35
U.S.C. 328(a).
Proposed § 42.73(d)(2) would provide
estoppel provisions in derivation
proceedings. The proposed rule would
also be consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(d),
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
as amended, which provides for the
effect of a final decision in a derivation
proceeding. Proposed § 42.73(d)(2)
differs from proposed § 42.73(d)(1) to
take into account the differences in
statutory language between 35 U.S.C.
135(d) and 315(e)(1), as amended, and
35 U.S.C. 325(e)(2).
Proposed § 42.73(d)(3) would apply
estoppel against a party whose claim
was cancelled or who requested an
amendment to the specification or
drawings that was denied.
Section 42.74: Proposed § 42.74
would provide guidance on settling
proceedings before the Board. 35 U.S.C.
135(e) and 317, as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 327 will govern settlement of
Board trial proceedings but do not
expressly govern pre-institution
settlement.
Proposed § 42.74(a) would reflect that
the Board is not a party to a settlement
agreement and may take any necessary
action, including determination of
patentability notwithstanding a
settlement. This proposed rule is
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(e), as
amended, where the Board is not
required to follow the settlement
agreement if it is inconsistent with the
evidence. The proposed rule is also
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 317, as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 327, which
provide that the Board may proceed to
a final written decision even if no
petitioner remains in the proceeding.
Proposed § 42.74(b) would provide
that settlement agreements must be in
writing and filed with the Board prior
to termination of the proceeding. This
proposed rule is consistent with 35
U.S.C. 317(b), as amended, and 327(b),
which require the agreement to be in
writing and filed before termination of
the proceeding. The proposed rule is
also consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(e), as
amended, which provides that parties
may seek to terminate the derivation
proceeding by filing a written statement.
Proposed § 42.74(c) would provide
that a party to a settlement may request
that the settlement be kept separate from
an involved patent or application. The
proposed rule is consistent with the
requirements of 35 U.S.C. 135(e) and
317(b), as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
327(b).
Certificate
Section 42.80: Proposed § 42.80
provides for issuance and publication of
a certificate after the Board issues a final
decision and the time for appeal has
expired or an appeal has terminated.
The proposed rule would be consistent
with 35 U.S.C. 318, as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 328.
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Part 90—Judicial Review of Patent
Trial and Appeal Board Decisions
The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
amends chapter 13 of title 35, United
States Code, to provide for certain
changes to the provisions for judicial
review of Board decisions. A new part
90 of title 37, Code of Federal
Regulations is proposed to be added to
permit consolidation of rules relating to
court review of Board decisions and to
simplify reference to such practices. The
proposed rules in part 90 would also
implement the provisions of the LeahySmith America Invents Act associated
with judicial review of agency actions
addressed by the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act.
Current §§ 1.301 through 1.304, which
relate to rules of practice in patent
cases, would be removed from part 1
and relocated to part 90. Paraphrasing of
the statute in those rules would be
eliminated in the proposed new rules in
favor of directing the reader to the
relevant statutory provisions. This
change would avoid the need for the
Office to amend the rules when
statutory amendments are made. It
would also avoid undue public reliance
on the Office’s paraphrase of statutory
text. The proposed rules in part 90
would better state the existing practice
and are not intended to change the
existing practice except as explicitly
provided.
Section 90.1: Proposed § 90.1 would
clarify the scope of the proposed rules
in part 90. The proposed rules in part
90 would be limited to rules governing
the procedure by which a party
dissatisfied with the final decision in an
appeal to the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board under 35 U.S.C. 134 may seek
judicial review of the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board decision pursuant to
Chapter 13 of title 35, United States
Code. This would include judicial
review of the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board decisions arising out of ex parte
prosecution. The proposed rules in part
90 would not apply to other avenues for
judicial review of Office decisions that
may be available, such as appeals from
Trademark Trial and Appeal Board
decisions pursuant to § 2.145, civil
actions brought pursuant to the
Administrative Procedure Act, or
mandamus actions. The title of part 90
would indicate that this part would
apply only to judicial review of Patent
Trial and Appeal Board decisions.
Proposed § 90.1 would clarify that the
rules in effect on July 1, 2012, would
continue to govern appeals from inter
partes reexamination proceedings.
Section 7(e) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act maintains the statutory
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
provisions governing inter partes
reexaminations requested under 35
U.S.C. 311, and the review provision of
35 U.S.C. 141 for Board decisions
arising out of such reexaminations, as
they existed at the time the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act was enacted.
Accordingly, the Office will continue to
apply the regulations as they existed
when the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act was enacted (or as subsequently
modified prior to July 1, 2012) for those
proceedings. Further, § 3(n)(2) of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
provides that the provisions of 35 U.S.C.
135 ‘‘as in effect on the day before the
effective date set forth in paragraph (1)
of this subsection’’ shall apply to certain
applications. Thus, interference
proceedings will still be available for a
limited period for certain applications
under the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act. Regarding judicial review of Board
decisions arising out of such
interferences, § 7(c) and (e) of the LeahySmith America Invents Act makes
review by the Federal Circuit available
under 35 U.S.C. 141 only for
proceedings commenced before
September 16, 2012. Similarly, § 3 of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
makes review of interference decisions
by a district court under 35 U.S.C. 146
available only if the provisions of
§ 3(n)(1) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act are not satisfied. That is
because if the involved application
contains a claim satisfying the terms of
§ 3(n)(1) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act (e.g., a continuation-in-part
application), then § 3(j) of the LeahySmith America Invents Act—changing
35 U.S.C. 146 from review of ‘‘an
interference’’ to review of ‘‘a derivation
proceeding’’—applies, and district court
review of a decision arising out an
interference proceeding under 35 U.S.C.
135 will not be available. To the extent
that an interference proceeding under
35 U.S.C. 135 is available and judicial
review of that decision is available, the
Office will continue to apply the
regulations as they existed when the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act was
enacted (or as subsequently modified
prior to July 1, 2012) to those
proceedings. Lastly, note that certain
interferences may be deemed to be
eligible for judicial review as though
they were derivation proceedings. See
§ 6(f)(3) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act.
Section 90.2: Proposed § 90.2 would
address notice and service requirements
associated with notices of appeal and
civil actions seeking judicial review of
Board decisions. The proposed rule
would combine the notice and service
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6891
requirements of current §§ 1.301, 1.302,
and 1.303 for proceedings addressed by
those rules. Paraphrasing of the statute
in those rules would be eliminated in
proposed § 90.2 in favor of directing the
reader to the relevant statutory
provisions to streamline the rules and
prevent confusion. The proposed rule
would also include references to
pertinent statutory provisions or court
rules that apply in such court
proceedings. Proposed § 90.2 would
further add provisions associated with
judicial review of Board decisions in
inter partes reviews, post-grant reviews,
covered business method patent
reviews, and derivation proceedings.
Proposed § 90.2 would require parties
filing an appeal under 35 U.S.C. 141,
initiating a civil action pursuant to 35
U.S.C. 146, or electing under 35 U.S.C.
141(d) to proceed under 35 U.S.C. 146,
to file a copy of the notice of appeal,
complaint, or notice of election,
respectively, with the Board in the
appropriate manner provided in
§ 41.10(a), 41.10(b), or 42.6(b). The
proposed rule would also require that a
complaint under 35 U.S.C. 146 be filed
with the Board no later than five
business days after filing the complaint
in district court. These requirements
would ensure that the Board is aware of
such proceedings and would prevent
further action within the Office
consistent with the Board decision at
issue in the appeal or civil action.
Proposed § 90.2 would further require
that the complaint be filed with the
Office pursuant to § 104.2 within the
same five business day time period.
That requirement similarly assures that
the Office has adequate notice of the
pending judicial review proceeding.
Section 90.3: Proposed § 90.3 would
address the time for filing a notice of
appeal under 35 U.S.C. 142 and a notice
of election under 35 U.S.C. 141(d), as
amended, and the commencement of a
civil action.
Proposed § 90.3(a) would address the
time for filing a notice of appeal or a
civil action seeking judicial review of a
Board decision. The proposed rule
would extend the period for filing a
notice of appeal or a civil action under
§ 1.304 to sixty-three (63) days. This
proposed change would avoid confusion
regarding that period, which was two
months except when the two-month
period included February 28, in which
case the period was two months and one
day. The proposed sixty-three (63) day
period would result in the deadline for
filing a notice of appeal or a civil action
falling on the same day of the week as
the Board decision. Thus, the proposed
rule would minimize calculations
regarding extensions of time pursuant to
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
6892
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
35 U.S.C. 21(b), which applies when the
time period ends on a Saturday,
Sunday, or Federal holiday in the
District of Columbia, by eliminating the
possibility that a Saturday or Sunday
would be the final day of the period.
Proposed § 90.3(a) would also remove
language regarding the time for crossappeals from § 1.304. Instead, the
proposed rule would refer to the
pertinent rules in the Federal Rules of
Appellate Procedure and the Rules for
the United States Court of Appeals for
the Federal Circuit to avoid confusion or
inconsistency. The proposed rule would
also add a reference to 35 U.S.C. 141(d)
for both the relevant time for filing a
notice of election under that statute and
the relevant time for commencing a civil
action pursuant to a notice of election
under that statute.
Proposed § 90.3(b) and (c) would
incorporate provisions from current
§ 1.304 addressing computation of time
and extensions of time.
Rulemaking Considerations
A. Administrative Procedure Act
(APA): This notice proposes rules of
practice concerning the procedure for
requesting an inter partes review, postgrant review, covered business method
patent review, or a derivation, and the
trial process after initiation of such a
review. The notice also proposes
changes to the rule of practice to
consolidate the procedure for appeal of
a decision by the Board and to require
that a copy of the notice of appeal,
notice of election, and complaint be
provided to the Board. The changes
being proposed in this notice do not
change the substantive criteria of
patentability. These proposed changes
involve rules of agency practice and
procedure and/or interpretive rules. See
Bachow Commc’ns Inc. v. FCC, 237 F.3d
683, 690 (D.C. Cir. 2001) (rules
governing an application process are
procedural under the Administrative
Procedure Act); Inova Alexandria Hosp.
v. Shalala, 244 F.3d 342, 350 (4th Cir.
2001) (rules for handling appeals were
procedural where they did not change
the substantive standard for reviewing
claims); Nat’l Org. of Veterans’
Advocates v. Sec’y of Veterans Affairs,
260 F.3d 1365, 1375 (Fed. Cir. 2001)
(rule that clarifies interpretation of a
statute is interpretive).
Accordingly, prior notice and
opportunity for public comment are not
required pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b) or
(c) (or any other law), and thirty-day
advance publication is not required
pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d) (or any other
law). See Cooper Techs. Co. v. Dudas,
536 F.3d 1330, 1336–37 (Fed. Cir. 2008)
(stating that 5 U.S.C. 553, and thus 35
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
U.S.C. 2(b)(2)(B), does not require notice
and comment rule making for
‘‘interpretative rules, general statements
of policy, or rules of agency
organization, procedure, or practice’’)
(quoting 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(A)). The Office,
however, is publishing these changes
and the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Act
analysis, below, for comment as it seeks
the benefit of the public’s views on the
Office’s proposed implementation of
these provisions of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act: The
Office estimates that 460 petitions for
inter partes review, 50 petitions for
post-grant review and covered business
method patent review combined, and 50
petitions for derivation proceedings will
be filed in fiscal year 2013. This will be
the first fiscal year in which review
proceedings will be available for an
entire fiscal year, and derivation
proceedings will be available for more
than 6 months. The estimate for inter
partes review petitions is partially based
on the number of inter partes
reexamination requests under 37 CFR
1.915 that have been filed in fiscal years
2010 and 2011.
The Office received 281 requests for
inter partes reexamination in fiscal year
2010. See Table 13B of the United States
Patent and Trademark Office
Performance and Accountability Report
for Fiscal Year 2010, available at
https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/
ar/2010/USPTOFY2010PAR.pdf.
The Office received 374 requests for
inter partes reexamination in fiscal year
2011. See Table 14B of the United States
Patent and Trademark Office
Performance and Accountability Report
for Fiscal Year 2011, available at
https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/
ar/2011/USPTOFY2011PAR.pdf.
Additionally, the Office takes into
consideration the recent growth rate in
the number of requests for inter partes
reexamination, the projected growth due
to an expansion in the number of
eligible patents under the inter partes
review provisions of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act (see § 6(c)), and the
more restrictive filing time period in 35
U.S.C. 315(b) as amended by the LeahySmith America Invents Act.
In fiscal year 2013, it is expected that
no post-grant review petitions will be
received, other than those filed under
the transitional program for covered
business method patents. Thus, the
estimated number of post-grant review
petitions including covered business
method patent review petitions is based
on the number of inter partes
reexamination requests filed in fiscal
year 2011 for patents having an original
classification in class 705 of the United
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
States Patent Classification System.
Class 705 is the classification for patents
directed to data processing in the
following areas: financial, business
practice, management, or cost/price
determination. See https://
www.uspto.gov/web/patents/
classification/uspc705/sched705.pdf.
The following is the class definition
and description for Class 705:
This is the generic class for apparatus and
corresponding methods for performing data
processing operations, in which there is a
significant change in the data or for
performing calculation operations wherein
the apparatus or method is uniquely
designed for or utilized in the practice,
administration, or management of an
enterprise, or in the processing of financial
data.
This class also provides for apparatus and
corresponding methods for performing data
processing or calculating operations in which
a charge for goods or services is determined.
This class additionally provides for subject
matter described in the two paragraphs above
in combination with cryptographic apparatus
or method.
Subclasses 705/300–348 were established
prior to complete reclassification of all
project documents. Documents that have not
yet been reclassified have been placed in
705/1.1. Until reclassification is finished a
complete search of 705/300–348 should
include a search of 705/1.1. Once the project
documents in 705/1.1 have been reclassified
they will be moved to the appropriate
subclasses and this note will be removed.
Scope of the Class
1. The arrangements in this class are
generally used for problems relating to
administration of an organization,
commodities or financial transactions.
2. Mere designation of an arrangement as
a ‘‘business machine’’ or a document as a
‘‘business form’’ or ‘‘business chart’’ without
any particular business function will not
cause classification in this class or its
subclasses.
3. For classification herein, there must be
significant claim recitation of the data
processing system or calculating computer
and only nominal claim recitation of any
external art environment. Significantly
claimed apparatus external to this class,
claimed in combination with apparatus
under the class definition, which perform
data processing or calculation operations are
classified in the class appropriate to the
external device unless specifically excluded
therefrom.
4. Nominally claimed apparatus external to
this class in combination with apparatus
under the class definition is classified in this
class unless provided for in the appropriate
external class.
5. In view of the nature of the subject
matter included herein, consideration of the
classification schedule for the diverse art or
environment is necessary for proper search.
See Classification Definitions (Feb.
2011) available at https://www.uspto.gov/
web/patents/classification/uspc705/
defs705.htm.
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Accordingly, patents subject to
covered business method patent review
are anticipated to be typically
classifiable in Class 705. It is anticipated
that the number of patents in Class 705
that do not qualified as covered
business method patents would
approximate the number of patents
classified in other classes that do
qualify.
The Office received 20 requests for
inter partes reexamination of patents
classified in Class 705 in fiscal year
2011. The Office in estimating the
number of petitions for covered
business method patent review to be
higher than 20 requests due to an
expansion of grounds for which review
may be requested including subject
matter eligibility grounds, the greater
coordination with litigation, and the
provision that patents will be eligible
for the proceeding regardless of filing
date of the application which resulted
in the patent. It is not anticipated that
any post-grant review petitions will be
received in fiscal year 2013 as only
patents issuing based on certain
applications filed on or after March 16,
2013, or certain applications involved in
an interference proceeding commenced
before September 12, 2012, are eligible
for post-grant review. See Pub. L. 112–
29, § 6(f), 125 Stat. 284, 311 (2011).
The Office expects the number of
newly declared interferences to decrease
as some parties file inter partes review
petitions rather than file reissue
applications of their own earlier filed
patents. Parties filing such reissue
applications often seek a review of
another party’s issued patent in an
interference proceeding.
The Office has reviewed the entity
status of patents for which inter partes
reexamination was requested from
October 1, 2000, to September 23, 2011.
This data only includes filings granted
a filing date in the particular year rather
6893
than filings in which a request was
received in the year. The first inter
partes reexamination was filed on July
27, 2001. A summary of that review is
provided in Table 1 below. As shown by
Table 1, patents known to be owned by
a small entity represented 32.79% of
patents for which inter partes
reexamination was requested. Based on
an assumption that the same percentage
of patents owned by small entities will
be subject to inter partes review, postgrant review, covered business method
patent review, and derivation
proceedings, it is estimated that 151
petitions for inter partes review, 16
petitions for post-grant and covered
business method patent review
combined, and 16 petitions for
derivation proceedings would be filed to
seek review of patents owned by a small
entity in fiscal year 2013, the first full
fiscal year that these proceedings will be
available.
TABLE 1—Inter partes REEXAMINATION REQUESTS FILED WITH PARENT ENTITY TYPE *
[* Small entity status determined by reviewing preexamination small entity indicator for the parent patent]
Inter partes
reexamination
requests filed
Fiscal year
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
2001
Number filed
where parent
patent is small
entity type
Percent small
entity type of
total
329
255
240
155
127
61
59
26
21
4
1
1,278
123
94
62
52
35
17
18
5
12
1
0
419
37.39
36.86
25.83
33.55
27.56
27.87
30.51
19.23
57.14
25.00
0.00
32.79
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
Based on the number of patents
issued during fiscal years 1995 through
1999 that paid the small entity third
stage maintenance fee, the number of
patents issued during fiscal years 2000
through 2003 that paid the small entity
second stage maintenance fee, the
number of patents issued during fiscal
years 2004 through 2007 that paid the
first stage maintenance fee, and the
number of patents issued during fiscal
years 2008 through 2011 that paid a
small entity issue fee, there are no less
than 375,000 patents owned by small
entities in force as of October 1, 2011.
Furthermore, the Office recognizes
that there would be an offset to this
number for patents that expire earlier
than 20 years from their filing date due
to a benefit claim to an earlier
application or due to a filing of a
terminal disclaimer. The Office likewise
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
recognizes that there would be an offset
in the opposite manner due to the
accrual of patent term extension and
adjustment. The Office, however, does
not maintain data on the date of
expiration by operation of a terminal
disclaimer. Therefore, the Office has not
adjusted the estimate of 375,000 patents
owned by small entities in force as of
October 1, 2011. While the Office
maintains information regarding patent
term extension and adjustment accrued
by each patent, the Office does not
collect data on the expiration date of
patents that are subject to a terminal
disclaimer. As such, the Office has not
adjusted the estimated of 375,000
patents owned by small entities in force
as of October 1, 2011, for accrual of
patent term extension and adjustment,
because in view of the incomplete
terminal disclaimer data issue, would be
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
incomplete and any estimate adjustment
would be administratively burdensome.
Thus, it is estimated that the number of
small entity patents in force in fiscal
year 2013 will be at least 375,000.
Based on the estimated number of
patents in force, the number of small
entity owned patents impacted by inter
partes review in fiscal year 2013 (151
patents) would be less than 0.05% (151/
375,000) of all patents in force that are
owned by small entities. Moreover,
post-grant and covered business method
patent review and derivation would
have a smaller impact. The USPTO
nonetheless has undertaken an Initial
Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis of
the proposed rule.
1. Description of the Reasons That
Action by the Office Is Being
Considered: On September 16, 2011, the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act was
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6894
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
enacted into law (Pub. L. 112–29, 125
Stat. 284 (2011)). Section 6 of the LeahySmith America Invents Act amends
chapter 31 of title 35, United States
Code, to create a new inter partes review
proceeding which will take effect on
September 16, 2012, one year after the
date of enactment, and eliminate inter
partes reexamination (except for
requests filed before the effective date of
September 16, 2012). Section 6 of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
further amends title 35, United States
Code, by adding chapter 32 to create a
new post-grant review proceeding.
Section 18 of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act provides for a transitional
program for covered business method
patents which will employ the
standards and procedures of the postgrant review proceeding with a few
exceptions. Additionally, § 3(i) of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
amends 35 U.S.C. 135 to provide for
derivation proceedings and eliminate
the interference practice as to
applications and patents that have an
effective filing date on or after March
16, 2013 (with a few exceptions). For
the implementation, §§ 6(c) and 6(f) of
the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
requires that the Director issue
regulations to carry out chapter 31, as
amended, and chapter 32 of title 35,
United States Code, within one year
after the date of enactment. Public Law
112–29, §§ 6(c) and 6(f), 125 Stat. 284,
304 and 311 (2011). Moreover, 35 U.S.C.
135(b), as amended, requires that the
Director prescribe regulations to set
forth the standards for conducting
derivation proceedings, including
requiring parties to provide sufficient
evidence to prove and rebut a claim of
derivation.
2. Succinct Statement of the
Objectives of, and Legal Basis for, the
Proposed Rules: The proposed rules
seek to implement inter partes review,
post-grant review, the transitional
program for covered business method
patents, and derivation proceedings as
authorized by the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act. The Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act requires that the Director
prescribe rules for the inter partes, postgrant, and covered business method
patent reviews that result in a final
determination not later than one year
after the date on which the Director
notices the institution of a proceeding.
The one-year period may be extended
for not more than 6 months if good
cause is shown. See 35 U.S.C.
316(a)(11), as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
326(a)(11). The Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act also requires that the
Director, in prescribing rules for the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
inter partes, post-grant, and covered
business method patent reviews,
consider the effect of the rules on the
economy, the integrity of the patent
system, the efficient administration of
the Office, and the ability of the Office
to complete timely the instituted
proceedings. See 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(b).
Consistent with the time periods
provided in 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(11), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(11), the
proposed rules are designed to, except
where good cause is shown to exist,
result in a final determination by the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board within
one year of the notice of initiation of the
review. This one-year review will
enhance the effect on the economy, and
improve the integrity of the patent
system and the efficient administration
of the Office.
3. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Affected Small Entities: The
Small Business Administration (SBA)
small business size standards applicable
to most analyses conducted to comply
with the Regulatory Flexibility Act are
set forth in 13 CFR 121.201. These
regulations generally define small
businesses as those with fewer than a
specified maximum number of
employees or less than a specified level
of annual receipts for the entity’s
industrial sector or North American
Industry Classification System (NAICS)
code. As provided by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act, and after consultation
with the Small Business
Administration, the Office formally
adopted an alternate size standard as the
size standard for the purpose of
conducting an analysis or making a
certification under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act for patent-related
regulations. See Business Size Standard
for Purposes of United States Patent and
Trademark Office Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis for Patent-Related Regulations,
71 FR 67109 (Nov. 20, 2006), 1313 Off.
Gaz. Pat. Office 60 (Dec. 12, 2006). This
alternate small business size standard is
SBA’s previously established size
standard that identifies the criteria
entities must meet to be entitled to pay
reduced patent fees. See 13 CFR
121.802. If patent applicants identify
themselves on a patent application as
qualifying for reduced patent fees, the
Office captures this data in the Patent
Application Location and Monitoring
(PALM) database system, which tracks
information on each patent application
submitted to the Office.
Unlike the SBA small business size
standards set forth in 13 CFR 121.201,
the size standard for USPTO is not
industry-specific. The Office’s
definition of a small business concern
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
for Regulatory Flexibility Act purposes
is a business or other concern that: (1)
Meets the SBA’s definition of a
‘‘business concern or concern’’ set forth
in 13 CFR 121.105; and (2) meets the
size standards set forth in 13 CFR
121.802 for the purpose of paying
reduced patent fees, namely an entity:
(a) Whose number of employees,
including affiliates, does not exceed 500
persons; and (b) which has not assigned,
granted, conveyed, or licensed (and is
under no obligation to do so) any rights
in the invention to any person who
made it and could not be classified as
an independent inventor, or to any
concern which would not qualify as a
non-profit organization or a small
business concern under this definition.
See Business Size Standard for Purposes
of United States Patent and Trademark
Office Regulatory Flexibility Analysis for
Patent-Related Regulations, 71 FR at
67112 (Nov 20, 2006), 1313 Off. Gaz.
Pat. Office at 63 (Dec. 12, 2006).
As discussed above, it is anticipated
that 460 petitions for inter partes
review, 50 petitions for post-grant
review and covered business method
patent review combined, and 50
petitions for derivation proceedings will
be filed in fiscal year 2013. The Office
has reviewed the percentage of patents
for which inter partes reexamination
was requested from October 1, 2000 to
September 23, 2011. A summary of that
review is provided in Table 1 above. As
demonstrated by Table 1, patents known
to be owned by a small entity represent
32.79% of patents for which inter partes
reexamination was requested. Based on
an assumption that the same percentage
of patents owned by small entities will
be subject to the new review
proceedings, it is estimated that 151
patents owned by small entities would
be affected by inter partes review, and
that 16 patents owned by small entities
would be affected by a post-grant or
covered business method patent review.
For derivation proceedings, the Office
has reviewed the percentage of
applications and patents for which an
interference was declared in fiscal year
2011. Applications and patents known
to be owned by a small entity represent
19.62% of applications and patents for
which interference was declared in FY
2011. Based on the assumption that the
same percentage of applications and
patents owned by small entities will be
involved in a derivation proceeding, 20
small entity owned applications or
patents would be affected by derivation
proceeding.
The USPTO estimates that 2.5% of
patent owners will file a request for
adverse judgment prior to a decision to
institute and that another 2.5% will file
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
a request for adverse judgment or fail to
participate after initiation. Specifically,
an estimated 21 patent owners will file
a request for adverse judgment or fail to
participate after institution in inter
partes review, and an estimated 2 patent
owners will do so in post-grant and
covered business method proceedings
combined. Based on the percentage of
small entity owned patents that were
the subject of inter partes reexamination
(32.79%) from October 1, 2000 to
September 23, 2011, it is estimated that
7 small entities will file such requests
or fail to participate in inter partes
review proceedings, and an estimated 1
small entity will do so in post-grant or
covered business method patent review
combined.
Under the proposed rules, prior to
determining whether to institute a
review, the patent owner may file an
optional patent owner preliminary
response to the petition. Given the new
time period requirements to file a
petition for review before the Board
relative to patent enforcement
proceedings and the desire to avoid the
cost of a trial and delays to related
infringement actions, it is anticipated
that 90% of petitions, other than those
for which a request for adverse
judgment is filed, will result in the
filing of a patent owner preliminary
response. Where an inter partes review
petition is filed close to the expiration
of the one-year period set forth in 35
U.S.C. 315(b), as amended, a patent
owner would likely be advantaged by
filing a successful preliminary response.
In view of these considerations, it is
anticipated that 90% patent owners will
file a preliminary response. Specifically,
the Office estimates that 406 patent
owners will file a preliminary response
to an inter partes review petition, and
an estimated 45 patent owners will file
a preliminary response to a post-grant or
covered business method petition.
Based on the percentage of small entity
owned patents that were the subject of
inter partes reexamination (32.79%), it
is estimated that 133 small entities will
file a preliminary response to an inter
partes review petition, and 15 small
entities will file a preliminary response
to a post-grant or covered business
method patent review petition in fiscal
year 2013.
Under the proposed rules, the Office
will determine whether to institute a
trial within three months after the
earlier of: (1) The submission of a patent
owner preliminary response, (2) the
waiver of filing a patent owner
preliminary response, or (3) the
expiration of the time period for filing
a patent owner preliminary response. If
the Office decides not to institute a trial,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
the petitioner may file a request for
reconsideration of the Office’s decision.
In estimating the number of requests for
reconsideration, the Office considered
the percentage of inter partes
reexaminations that were denied
relative to those that were ordered (24
divided by 342, or 7%) in fiscal year
2011. See Reexaminations—FY 2011,
https://www.uspto.gov/patents/
Reexamination_operational_statistic_
through_FY2011Q4.pdf. The Office also
considered the impact of: (1) Patent
owner preliminary responses under
newly authorized in 35 U.S.C. 313, as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 323, (2) the
enhanced thresholds for instituting
reviews set forth in 35 U.S.C. 314(a), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 324(a), which
would tend to increase the likelihood of
dismissing a petition for review, and (3)
the more restrictive time period for
filing a petition for review in 35 U.S.C.
315(b), as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
325(b), which would tend to reduce the
likelihood of dismissing a petition.
Based on these considerations, it is
estimated that 10% of the petitions for
review (50 divided by 498) would be
dismissed.
The Office predicts that it will
institute 10 derivation proceedings
based on petitions seeking derivation
filed in fiscal year 2013. This estimate
is based on the low number of
interference proceedings declared, as
well as the limited number of eligible
applications.
During fiscal year 2011, the Office
issued 21 decisions following a request
for reconsideration of a decision on
appeal in inter partes reexamination.
The average time from original decision
to decision on reconsideration was 4.4
months. Thus, the decisions on
reconsideration were based on original
decisions issued from July 2010 until
June 2011. During this time period, the
Office mailed 63 decisions on appeals in
inter partes reexamination. See BPAI
Statistics—Receipts and Dispositions by
Technology Center, https://
www.uspto.gov/ip/boards/bpai/stats/
receipts/index.jsp (monthly data).
Based on the assumption that the
same rate of reconsideration (21 divided
by 63 or 33.333%) will occur, the Office
estimates that 19 requests for
reconsideration will be filed. Based on
the percentage of small entity owned
patents that were the subject of inter
partes reexamination (32.79%) and the
percentage of small entity owned patent
applications or patents that were the
subject of an interference declared in
fiscal year 2010 (19.62%), it is estimated
that 6 small entities will file a request
for a reconsideration of a decision
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6895
dismissing the petition for review or
derivation in fiscal year 2013.
The Office reviewed motions,
oppositions, and replies in a number of
contested trial proceedings before the
trial section of the Board. The review
included determining whether the
motion, opposition, and reply were
directed to patentability grounds and
non-priority non-patentability grounds.
Based on the review, it is anticipated
that: (1) Inter partes reviews will have
an average of 6.92 motions, oppositions,
and replies per trial after institution, (2)
post-grant and covered business method
patent reviews will have an average of
8.89 motions, oppositions, and replies
per trial after institution, and (3)
derivation proceedings will have an
average of 23.4 motions, oppositions,
and replies per trial after institution.
Settlement is estimated to occur in 20%
of instituted trials at various points of
the trial. In trials that are settled, it is
estimated that only 50% of the noted
motions, oppositions, and replies would
be filed.
After a trial has been instituted but
prior to a final written decision, parties
to a review or derivation proceeding
may request an oral hearing. It is
anticipated that 466 requests for oral
hearings will be filed based on the
number of requests for oral hearings in
inter partes reexamination, the stated
desirability for oral hearings during the
legislative process, and the public input
received prior to this notice of proposed
rulemaking. Based on the percentage of
small entity owned patents that were
the subject of inter partes reexamination
(32.79%), it is estimated that 153 small
entities will file a request for oral
hearing in the reviews and derivations
instituted in fiscal year 2013.
Parties to a review or derivation
proceeding may file requests to treat a
settlement as business confidential, and
requests for adverse judgment. A written
request to make a settlement agreement
available may also be filed. Parties to
derivation proceedings may also file
arbitration agreements and awards.
Given the short time period set for
conducting trials, it is anticipated that
the alternative dispute resolution
options will be infrequently used. The
Office estimates that 20 requests to treat
a settlement as business confidential;
103 requests for adverse judgment,
default adverse judgment, or settlement
notices; and 2 arbitration agreements
and awards will be filed. The Office also
estimates that 20 requests to make a
settlement available will be filed. Based
on the percentage of small entity owned
patents that were the subject of inter
partes reexamination (32.79%) and the
percentage of small entity owned patent
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6896
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
applications or patents that were the
subject of an interference declared in
fiscal year 2010 (19.62%), it is estimated
that 7 small entities will file a request
to treat a settlement as business
confidential, 34 small entities will file a
request for adverse judgment, default
adverse judgment notices, or settlement
notices, and 1 small entity will file an
arbitration agreement and award in the
reviews and derivations instituted in
fiscal year 2013.
Parties to a review or derivation
proceeding may seek judicial review of
the final decision of the Board.
Historically, 33% of examiner’s
decisions in inter partes reexamination
proceedings have been appealed to the
Board. It is anticipated that 16% of final
decisions of the Board would be
appealed. The reduction in appeal rate
is based on the higher threshold for
institution, the focused process, and the
experience of the Board in conducted
contested cases. Therefore, it is
estimated that 56 parties would seek
judicial review of the final decisions of
the Board in reviews and derivations
instituted in fiscal year 2013. In
addition, appeals in other final
decisions of the Board are anticipated to
continue at the same rate, but with a
higher base rate of final decisions. Based
on this expectation, it is estimated that
138 parties would seek judicial review
of other final decisions of the Board.
Furthermore, based on the percentage of
small entity owned patents that were
the subject of inter partes reexamination
(32.79%) and the percentage of small
entity owned patent applications or
patents that were the subject of an
interference declared in fiscal year 2010
(19.62%), it is estimated that 18 small
entities would seek judicial review of
final decisions of the Board in the
reviews and derivations instituted in
fiscal year 2013.
4. Description of the Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements of the Proposed Rule,
Including an Estimate of the Classes of
Small Entities Which Will Be Subject to
the Requirement and the Type of
Professional Skills Necessary for
Preparation of the Report or Record:
Based on the filing trends of inter partes
reexamination requests, it is anticipated
that petitions for review will be filed
across all technologies with
approximately 50% being filed in
electrical technologies, approximately
30% in mechanical technologies, and
the remaining 20% in chemical
technologies and design. However,
covered business method patent reviews
would be limited to business method
patents that are not patents for
technological inventions. Under the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
proposed rules, a person who is not the
owner of a patent may file a petition to
institute a review of the patent, with a
few exceptions. Given this, it is
anticipated that a petition for review is
likely to be filed by an entity practicing
in the same or similar field as the
patent. Therefore, it is anticipated that
50% of the petitions for review will be
filed in the electronic field, 30% in the
mechanical field, and 20% in the
chemical or design fields.
Based on the trends of declared
contested cases in fiscal year 2011, it is
anticipated that petitions for derivation
will be filed across all technologies with
approximately 16% in electrical
technologies, approximately 17% in
mechanical technologies, and the
remaining 67% in chemical
technologies and design. A derivation
petition is likely to be filed by an entity
practicing in the same or similar field as
the patent. Therefore, it is anticipated
that 16% of the petitions for review will
be filed in the electronic field, 17% in
the mechanical field, and 67% in the
chemical or design fields.
Preparation of the petition would
require analyzing the patent claims,
locating evidence supporting arguments
of unpatentability, and preparing the
petition seeking review of the patent.
This notice provides the proposed
procedural requirements that are
common for the new trials. Additional
requirements are provided in
contemporaneous trial specific
proposed rulemaking. The procedures
for petitions to institute an inter partes
review are proposed in §§ 42.5, 42.6,
42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22,
42.24(a)(1), 42.63, 42.65, and 42.101
through 42.105. The procedures for
petitions to institute a post-grant review
are proposed in §§ 42.5, 42.6, 42.8,
42.11, 42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22,
42.24(a)(2), 42.63, 42.65, and 42.201
through 42.205. The procedures for
petitions to institute a covered business
method patent review are proposed in
§§ 42.5, 42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.20,
42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(3), 42.63, 42.65,
42.203, 42.205, and 42.302 through
42.304. The procedures for petitions to
institute a derivation proceeding are
proposed in §§ 42.5, 42.6, 42.8, 42.11,
42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22,
42.24(a)(4),42.63, 42.65, and 42.402
through 42.406.
The skills necessary to prepare a
petition for review and to participate in
a trial before the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board would be similar to those
needed to prepare a request for inter
partes reexamination, to represent a
party in an inter partes reexamination,
and to represent a party in an
interference proceeding before the
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Patent Trial and Appeal Board. The
level of skill is typically possessed by a
registered patent practitioner having
devoted professional time to the
particular practice area, typically under
the supervision of a practitioner skilled
in the particular practice area. Where
authorized by the Board, a nonregistered practitioner may be admitted
pro hac vice, on a case-by-case basis
based on the facts and circumstances of
the trial and party, as well as the skill
of the practitioner.
The cost of preparing a petition for
inter partes review is anticipated to be
the same as the cost for preparing a
request for inter partes reexamination.
The American Intellectual Property Law
Association’s AIPLA Report of the
Economic Survey 2011 reported that the
average cost of preparing a request for
inter partes reexamination was $46,000.
Based on the work required to prepare
and file such a request, the Office
considers the reported cost as a
reasonable estimate. Accordingly, the
Office estimates that the cost of
preparing a petition for inter partes
review would be $46,000 (including
expert costs).
The cost of preparing a petition for
post-grant or covered business method
patent review is estimated to be
33.333% higher than the cost of
preparing a petition for inter partes
review because the petition for postgrant or covered business method patent
review may seek to institute a
proceeding on additional grounds such
as subject matter eligibility. Therefore,
the Office estimates that the cost of
preparing a petition for post-grant or
covered business method patent review
would be $61,333. It is expected that
petitions for derivation would have the
same complexity and cost as a petition
for post-grant review because derivation
proceedings raise issues of conception
and communication, which have similar
complexity to the issues that can be
raised in a post-grant review, i.e., public
use, sale and written description. Thus,
the Office estimates that the cost of
preparing a petition for derivation
would also be $61,333.
The filing of a petition for review
would also require payment by the
petitioner of the appropriate petition fee
to recover the aggregate cost for
providing the review. The appropriate
petition fee would be determined by the
number of claims for which review is
sought and the type of review. The
proposed fees for filing a petition for
inter partes review are: $27,200 for
requesting review of 20 or fewer claims,
$34,000 to request review of 21 to 30
claims, $40,800 to request review of 31
to 40 claims, $54,400 to request review
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
of 41 to 50 claims, $68,000 to request
review of 51 to 60 claims, and an
additional $27,200 to request review of
additional groups of 10 claims. The fees
for filing a petition for post-grant or
covered business method patent review
would be: $35,800 to request review of
20 or fewer claims, $44,750 to request
review of 21 to 30 claims, $53,700 to
request review of 31 to 40 claims,
$71,600 to request review of 41 to 50
claims, $89,500 to request review of 51
to 60 claims, and an additional $35,800
to request review of additional groups of
10 claims.
In setting fees, the estimated
information technology cost to establish
the process and maintain the filing and
storage system through 2017 is to be
recovered by charging each petition an
IT fee that has a base component of
$1,705 for requests to review 20 or fewer
claims. The IT component fees would be
$2,122 for requesting review of 21–30
claims, $2,557 for requesting review of
31–40 claims, $3,409 for requesting
review of 41–50 claims, $4,267 for
requesting review of 51–60 claims, and
an additional $1,705 for requesting
review of additional groups of 10
claims. The remainder of the fee is to
recover the cost for judges to determine
whether to institute a review and
conduct the review, together with a
proportionate share of indirect costs,
e.g., rent, utilities, additional support,
and administrative costs. Based on the
direct and indirect costs, the fully
burdened cost per hour for judges to
decide a petition and conduct a review
is estimated to be $258.32.
For a petition for inter partes review
with 20 or fewer challenged claims, it is
anticipated that 98.7 hours of judge time
would be required. For 21 to 30
challenged claims, an additional 24.7
hours is anticipated for a total of 123.4
hours of judge time. For 31 to 40
challenged claims, an additional 49.3
hours is anticipated for a total of 148
hours of judge time. For 41 to 50
challenged claims, an additional 98.7
hours is anticipated for a total of 197.4
hours of judge time. For 51 to 60 claims,
an additional 148 hours is anticipated
for a total of 246.7 hours of judge time.
The increase in adjustment reflects the
added complexity that typically occurs
as more claims are in dispute.
For a petition for post-grant or
covered business method patent review
with 20 or fewer challenged claims, it is
anticipated that 132 hours of judge time
will be required. For 21 to 30 challenged
claims, an additional 33 hours is
anticipated for a total of 165 hours of
judge time. For 31 to 40 challenged
claims, an additional 66 hours is
anticipated for a total of 198 hours of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
judge time. For 41 to 50 challenged
claims, an additional 132 hours is
anticipated for a total of 264 hours of
judge time. For 51 to 60 challenged
claims, an additional 198 hours is
anticipated for a total of 330 hours of
judge time. The increase in adjustment
reflects the added complexity that
typically occurs as more claims are in
dispute.
The proposed rules would permit the
patent owner to file a preliminary
response to the petition setting forth the
reasons why no review should be
initiated. The procedures for a patent
owner to file a preliminary response as
an opposition are proposed in §§ 42.6,
42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.21, 42.23,
42.24(b), 42.51, 42.52, 42.53, 42.54,
42.63, 42.64, 42.65, 42.107, 42.120,
42.207, and 42.220. The patent owner is
not required to file a preliminary
response. The Office estimates that the
preparation and filing of a patent owner
preliminary response would require 100
hours of professional time and cost
$34,000 (including expert costs). The
AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey
2011 reported that the average cost for
inter partes reexamination including of
the request ($46,000), the first patent
owner response, and third party
comments was $75,000 (see I–175) and
the median billing rate for professional
time of $340 per hour for attorneys in
private firms (see 8). Thus, the cost of
the first patent owner reply and the
third party statement is $29,000. The
Office finds these costs to be reasonable
estimates. The patent owner reply and
third party statement, however, occur
after the examiner has made an initial
threshold determination and made only
the appropriate rejections. Accordingly,
it is anticipated that filing a patent
owner preliminary response to a
petition for review would cost more
than the initial reply in a reexamination,
an estimated $34,000 (including expert
costs).
The Office will determine whether to
institute a trial within three months
after the earlier of: (1) The submission
of a patent owner preliminary response,
(2) the waiver of filing a patent owner
preliminary response, or (3) the
expiration of the time period for filing
a patent owner preliminary response. If
the Office decides not to institute a trial,
the petitioner may file a request for
reconsideration of the Office’s decision.
It is anticipated that a request for
reconsideration will require 80 hours of
professional time to prepare and file, for
a cost of $27,200. This estimate is based
on the complexity of the issues and
desire to avoid time bars imposed by 35
U.S.C. 315(b), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 325(b).
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6897
Following institution of a trial, the
parties may be authorized to file various
motions, e.g., motions to amend and
motions for additional discovery. Where
a motion is authorized, an opposition
may be authorized, and where an
opposition is authorized, a reply may be
authorized. The procedures for filing a
motion are proposed in §§ 42.6, 42.8,
42.11, 42.13, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(5),
42.51, 42.52, 42.53, 42.54, 42.63, 42.64,
42.65, 42.121, 42.221, 42.123, and
42.223. The procedures for filing an
opposition are proposed in §§ 42.6, 42.8,
42.11, 42.13, 42.21, 42.23, 42.24(b),
42.51, 42.52, 42.53, 42.54, 42.63, 42.64,
42.65, 42.107, 42.120, 42.207, and
42.220. The procedures for filing a reply
are proposed in §§ 42.6, 42.8, 42.11,
42.13, 42.21, 42.23, 42.24(c), 42.51,
42.52, 42.53, 42.54, 42.63, and 42.65. As
discussed previously, the Office
estimates that the average inter partes
review will have 6.92 motions,
oppositions, and replies after
institution. The average post-grant or
covered business method patent review
will have 8.89 motions, oppositions,
and replies after institution. The average
derivation proceeding is anticipated to
have 23.4 motions, oppositions, and
replies after institution.
The AIPLA Report of the Economic
Survey 2011 reported that the average
cost in contested cases before the trial
section of the Board prior to the priority
phase was $322,000 per party. Because
of the overlap of issues in patentability
grounds, it is expected that the cost per
motion will decline as more motions are
filed in a proceeding. It is estimated that
a motion, opposition, or reply in a
derivation would cost $34,000
(including expert costs) which is
estimated by dividing the total public
cost for all motions in current contested
cases divided by the estimated number
of motions in derivations under 35
U.S.C. 135, as amended. The cost of a
motion, opposition, or reply in a postgrant review is estimated at $44,200
(including expert costs), reflecting the
reduction in overlap between motions
relative to derivation. The cost of a
motion, opposition or reply in an inter
partes review would be $47,600
(including expert costs). Based on the
work required to file and prepare such
briefs, the Office considers the reported
cost as a reasonable estimate.
After a trial has been instituted but
prior to a final written decision, parties
to a review or derivation proceeding
may request an oral hearing. The
procedure for filing requests for oral
argument is proposed in § 42.70. The
AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey
2011 reported that the third quartile cost
of an ex parte appeal with an oral
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6898
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
argument is $12,000, while the third
quartile cost of an ex parte appeal
without an oral argument is $6,000. In
view of the reported costs, which the
Office finds reasonable, and the
increased complexity of an oral hearing
with multiple parties, it is estimated
that the cost per party for oral hearings
would be $6,800 or $800 more than the
reported third quartile cost for an ex
parte oral hearing.
Parties to a review or derivation
proceeding may file requests to treat a
settlement as business confidential,
request for adverse judgment, and
arbitration agreements and awards. A
written request to make a settlement
agreement available may also be filed.
The procedures to file requests that a
settlement be treated as business
confidential are proposed in §§ 42.74(c)
and 42.409. The procedures to file
requests for adverse judgment are
proposed in § 42.73(b). The procedures
to file arbitration agreements and
awards are proposed § 42.410. The
procedures to file requests to make a
settlement agreement available are
proposed in § 42.74(c)(2). It is
anticipated that requests to treat a
settlement as business confidential will
require 2 hours of professional time or
$680. It is anticipated that requests for
adverse judgment will require 1 hour of
professional time or $340. It is
anticipated that arbitration agreements
and awards will require 4 hours of
professional time or $1,360. It is
anticipated that requests to make a
settlement agreement available will
require 1 hour of professional time or
$340. The requests to make a settlement
agreement available will also require
payment of a fee of $400 specified in
proposed § 42.15(d). The fee proposed
would be the same as currently set forth
in § 41.20(a) for petitions to the Chief
Administrative Patent Judge.
Parties to a review proceeding may
seek judicial review of the judgment of
the Board. The procedures to file notices
of judicial review of a Board decision,
including notices of appeal and notices
of election provided for in 35 U.S.C.
141, 142, 145, and 146, are proposed in
§§ 90.1 through 90.3. The submission of
a copy of a notice of appeal or a notice
of election is anticipated to require 6
minutes of professional time at a cost of
$34.
5. Description of Any Significant
Alternatives to the Proposed Rules
Which Accomplish the Stated
Objectives of Applicable Statutes and
Which Minimize Any Significant
Economic Impact of the Rules on Small
Entities:
Size of petitions and motions: The
Office considered whether to apply a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
page limit and what an appropriate page
limit would be. The Office does not
currently have a page limit on inter
partes reexamination requests. The inter
partes reexamination requests from
October 1, 2010 to June 30, 2011,
averaged 246 pages. Based on the
experience of processing inter partes
reexamination requests, the Office finds
that the very large size of the requests
has created a burden on the Office that
hinders the efficiency and timeliness of
processing the requests, and creates a
burden on patent owners. The quarterly
reported average processing time from
the filing of a request to the publication
of a reexamination certificate ranged
from 28.9 months to 41.7 months in
fiscal year 2009, from 29.5 months to
37.6 months in fiscal year 2010, and
from 31.9 to 38.0 months in fiscal year
2011. See Reexaminations—FY 2011,
https://www.uspto.gov/patents/
Reexamination_operational_statistic_
through_FY2011Q4.pdf.
By contrast, the Office has a page
limit on the motions filed in contested
cases, except where parties are
specifically authorized to exceed the
limitation. The typical contested case
proceeding is subject to a standing order
that sets a 50 page limit for motions and
oppositions on priority, a 15 page limit
for miscellaneous motions
(§ 41.121(a)(3)) and oppositions
(§ 41.122), and a 25 page limit for other
motions (§ 41.121(a)(2)) and oppositions
to other motions. In typical proceedings,
replies are subject to a 15 page limit if
directed to priority, 5 page limit for
miscellaneous issues, and 10 page limit
for other motions. The average contested
case was terminated in 10.1 months in
fiscal year 2009, in 12 months in fiscal
year 2010, and 9 months in fiscal year
2011. The percentage of contested cases
terminated within 2 years was 93.7% in
fiscal year 2009, 88.0% in fiscal year
2010, and 94.0% in fiscal year 2011. See
BPAI Statistics—Performance Measures,
https://www.uspto.gov/ip/boards/bpai/
stats/perform/index.jsp.
Comparing the average time period for
terminating a contested case, 10.0 to
12.0 months, with the average time
period, during fiscal years 2009 through
2011, for completing an inter partes
reexamination, 28.9 to 41.7 months,
indicates that the average interference
takes from 24% (10.0/41.7) to 42%
(12.0/28.9) of the time of the average
inter partes reexamination. While
several factors contribute to the
reduction in time, limiting the size of
the requests and motions is considered
a significant factor. Proposed § 42.24
would provide page limits for petitions,
motions, oppositions, and replies. 35
U.S.C. 316(b), as amended, and 35
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
U.S.C. 326(b) provide considerations
that are to be taken into account when
prescribing regulations including the
integrity of the patent system, the
efficient administration of the Office,
and the ability to complete timely the
trials. The page limits proposed in these
rules are consistent with these
considerations.
Federal courts routinely use page
limits in managing motions practice as
‘‘[e]ffective writing is concise writing.’’
Spaziano v. Singletary, 36 F.3d 1028,
1031 n.2 (11th Cir. 1994). Many district
courts restrict the number of pages that
may be filed in a motion including, for
example, the District of Delaware, the
District of New Jersey, the Eastern
District of Texas, the Northern, Central,
and Southern Districts of California, and
the Eastern District of Virginia.
Federal courts have found that page
limits ease the burden on both the
parties and the courts, and patent cases
are no exception. Eolas Techs., Inc. v.
Adobe Sys., Inc., No. 6:09–CV–446, at 1
(E.D. Tex. Sept. 2, 2010) (‘‘The Local
Rules’ page limits ease the burden of
motion practice on both the Court and
the parties.’’); Blackboard, Inc. v.
Desire2Learn, Inc., 521 F. Supp. 2d 575,
576 (E.D. Tex. 2007) (The parties ‘‘seem
to share the misconception, popular in
some circles, that motion practice exists
to require federal judges to shovel
through steaming mounds of pleonastic
arguments in Herculean effort to
uncover a hidden gem of logic that will
ineluctably compel a favorable ruling.
Nothing could be farther from the
truth.’’); Broadwater v. Heidtman Steel
Prods., Inc., 182 F. Supp. 2d 705, 710
(S.D. Ill. 2002) (‘‘Counsel are strongly
advised, in the future, to not ask this
Court for leave to file any memoranda
(supporting or opposing dispositive
motions) longer than 15 pages. The
Court has handled complicated patent
cases and employment discrimination
cases in which the parties were able to
limit their briefs supporting and
opposing summary judgment to 10 or 15
pages.’’ (Emphasis omitted)).
The Board’s contested cases
experience with page limits in motions
practice is consistent with that of the
federal courts. The Board’s use of page
limits has shown it to be beneficial
without being unduly restrictive for the
parties. Page limits have encouraged the
parties to focus on dispositive issues,
easing the burden of motions practice
on the parties and on the Board.
The Board’s contested cases
experience with page limits is informed
by its use of different approaches over
the years. In the early 1990s, page limits
were not routinely used for motions,
and the practice suffered from lengthy
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
and unacceptable delays. To reduce the
burden on the parties and on the Board
and thereby reduce the time to decision,
the Board instituted page limits in the
late 1990s for every motion. Page limit
practice was found to be effective in
reducing the burdens on the parties and
improving decision times at the Board.
In 2006, the Board revised the page limit
practice and allowed unlimited findings
of fact and generally limited the number
of pages containing argument. Due to
abuses of the system, the Board recently
reverted back to page limits for the
entire motion (both argument and
findings of fact).
The Board’s current page limits are
consistent with the 25 page limits in the
Northern, Central, and Southern
Districts of California, and the Middle
District of Florida and exceed the limits
in the District of Delaware (20), the
Northern District of Illinois (15), the
District of Massachusetts (20), the
Eastern District of Michigan (20), the
Southern District of Florida (20), and
the Southern District of Illinois (20).
In a typical proceeding before the
Board, a party may be authorized to file
a single motion for unpatentability
based on prior art, a single motion for
unpatentability based upon failure to
comply with 35 U.S.C. 112, lack of
written description, and/or enablement,
and potentially another motion for lack
of compliance with 35 U.S.C. 101,
although a 35 U.S.C. 101 motion may be
required to be combined with the 35
U.S.C. 112 motion. Each of these
motions is currently limited to 25 pages
in length, unless good cause is shown
that the page limits are unduly
restrictive for a particular motion.
A petition requesting the institution
of a trial proceeding would be similar to
motions currently filed with the Board.
Specifically, petitions to institute a trial
seek a final written decision that the
challenged claims are unpatentable,
where derivation is a form of
unpatentability. Accordingly, a petition
to institute a trial based on prior art
would, under current practice, be
limited to 25 pages, and by
consequence, a petition raising
unpatentability based on prior art and
unpatentability under 35 U.S.C. 101
and/or 112 would be limited to 50
pages.
Under the proposed rules, an inter
partes review petition would be based
upon any grounds identified in 35
U.S.C. 311(b), as amended, i.e., only a
ground that could be raised under 35
U.S.C. 102 or 103 and only on the basis
of patents or printed publications.
Generally, under current practice, a
party is limited to filing a single prior
art motion, limited to 25 pages in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
length. The proposed rule would
provide up to 50 pages in length for a
motion requesting inter partes review.
Thus, as the proposed page limit
doubles the default page limit currently
set for a motion before the Board, a 50
page limit is considered sufficient in all
but exceptional cases and is consistent
with the considerations provided in 35
U.S.C. 316(b), as amended.
Under the proposed rules, a post-grant
review petition would be based upon
any grounds identified in 35 U.S.C.
321(b), e.g., failure to comply with 35
U.S.C. 101, 102, 103, and 112 (except
best mode). Under current practice, a
party would be limited to filing two or
three motions, each limited to 25 pages,
for a maximum of 75 pages. Where there
is more than one motion for
unpatentability based upon different
statutory grounds, the Board’s
experience is that the motions contain
similar discussions of technology and
claim constructions. Such overlap is
unnecessary where a single petition for
unpatentability is filed. Thus, the
proposed 70 page limit is considered
sufficient in all but exceptional cases.
Covered business method patent
review is similar in scope to that of
post-grant review, as there is substantial
overlap in the statutory grounds
permitted for review. Thus, the
proposed page limit for proposed
covered business method patent reviews
is 70 pages, which is the same as that
proposed for post-grant review.
Petitions to institute derivation
proceedings raise a subset of issues that
are currently raised in interferences in
a motion for judgment on priority of
invention. Currently, motions for
judgment on priority of invention,
including issues such as conception,
corroboration, and diligence, are
generally limited to 50 pages. Thus, the
proposed 50 page limit is considered
sufficient in all but exceptional cases.
The proposed rule would provide that
petitions to institute a trial must comply
with the stated page limits but may be
accompanied by a motion that seeks to
waive the page limits. The petitioner
must show in the motion how a waiver
of the page limits is in the interests of
justice. A copy of the desired non-page
limited petition must accompany the
motion. Generally, the Board would
decide the motion prior to deciding
whether to institute the trial.
Current Board practice provides a
limit of 25 pages for other motions and
15 pages for miscellaneous motions. The
Board’s experience is that such page
limits are sufficient for the parties filing
them and do not unduly burden the
opposing party or the Board. Petitions to
institute a trial would generally replace
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6899
the current practice of filing motions for
unpatentability, as most motions for
relief are expected to be similar to the
current interference miscellaneous
motion practice. Accordingly, the
proposed 15 page limit is considered
sufficient for most motions but may be
adjusted where the limit is determined
to be unduly restrictive for the relief
requested.
Proposed § 42.24(b) would provide
page limits for oppositions filed in
response to motions. Current contested
case practice provides an equal number
of pages for an opposition as its
corresponding motion. This is generally
consistent with motions practice in
federal courts. The proposed rule would
continue the current practice.
Proposed § 42.24(c) would provide
page limits for replies. Current
contested case practice provides a 15
page limit for priority motion replies, a
5 page limit for miscellaneous
(procedural) motion replies, and a 10
page limit for all other motions. The
proposed rule is consistent with current
contested case practice for procedural
motions. The proposed rule would
provide a 15 page limit for reply to
petitions requesting a trial, which the
Office believes is sufficient based on
current practice. Current contested case
practice has shown that such page limits
do not unduly restrict the parties and,
in fact, have provided sufficient
flexibility to parties to not only reply to
the motion but also help to focus on the
issues. Thus, it is anticipated that
default page limits would minimize the
economic impact on small entities by
focusing on the issues in the trials.
The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
requires that the Director, in prescribing
rules for the inter partes, post-grant, and
covered business method patent
reviews, consider the effect of the rules
on the economy, the integrity of the
patent system, the efficient
administration of the Office, and the
ability of the Office to complete timely
the instituted proceedings. See 35
U.S.C. 316(b), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 326(b). In view of the actual
results of the duration of proceedings in
inter partes reexamination (without
page limits) and contested cases (with
page limits), proposing procedures with
reasonable page limits would be
consistent with the objectives set forth
in the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act. Based on our experience on the
time needed to complete a non-page
limited proceeding, the option of nonpage limited proceedings was not
adopted.
Fee Setting: 35 U.S.C. 311(a), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 321(a) require
the Director to establish fees to be paid
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6900
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
by the person requesting the review in
such amounts as the Director
determines to be reasonable,
considering the aggregate costs of the
review. In contrast to current 35 U.S.C.
311(b) and 312(c), the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act requires the
Director to establish more than one fee
for reviews based on the total cost of
performing the reviews, and does not
provide for refund of any part of the fee
when the Director determine that the
review should not be initiated.
35 U.S.C. 312(a)(1), as amended, and
35 U.S.C. 322(a)(1) further require that
the fee established by the Director under
35 U.S.C. 311(a), as amended, or 35
U.S.C. 321 accompany the petition on
filing. Accordingly, in interpreting the
fee setting authority in 35 U.S.C. 311(a),
as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 321(a), it is
reasonable that the Director should set
a number of fees for filing a petition
based on the anticipated aggregate cost
of conducting the review depending on
the complexity of the review, and
require payment of the fee upon filing
of the petition.
Based on experience with contested
cases and inter partes reexamination
proceedings, the following
characteristics of requests were
considered as potential factors for fee
setting as each would likely impact the
cost of providing the new services. The
Office also considered the relative
difficulty in administrating each option
in selecting the characteristics for which
different fees should be paid for
requesting review.
I. Adopted Option. Number of claims
for which review is requested. The
number of claims often impacts the
complexity of the request and increases
the demands placed on the deciding
officials. Cf. In re Katz Interactive Call
Processing Patent Litig., 639 F.3d 1303,
1309 (Fed. Cir. 2011) (limiting number
of asserted claims is appropriate to
manage a patent case efficiently).
Moreover, the number of claims for
which review is requested can be easily
determined and administered, which
avoids delays in the Office and the
impact on the economy or patent system
that would occur if an otherwise
meritorious request is refused due to
improper fee payment. Any subsequent
petition would be time barred in view
35 U.S.C. 315(b), as amended, or 35
U.S.C. 325.
II. Alternative Option I. Number of
grounds for which review is requested.
The Office has experience with large
numbers of cumulative grounds being
presented in inter partes reexaminations
which often add little value to the
proceedings. Allowing for a large
number of grounds to be presented on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
payment of an additional fee(s) is not
favored. Determination of the number of
grounds in a request may be contentious
and difficult and may result in a large
amount of high-level petition work. As
such, the option would have a negative
impact on small entities. Moreover,
interferences instituted in the 1980s and
early 1990s suffered from this problem
as there was no page limit for motions
and the parties had little incentive to
focus the issues for decision. The
resulting interference records were often
a collection of disparate issues and
evidence. This led to lengthy and
unwarranted delays in deciding
interference cases as well as increased
costs for parties and the Office.
Accordingly, this alternative is
inconsistent with objectives of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act that
the Director, in prescribing rules for the
inter partes, post-grant, and covered
business method patent reviews,
consider the effect of the rules on the
economy, the integrity of the patent
system, the efficient administration of
the Office, and the ability of the Office
to complete timely the instituted
proceedings.
III. Alternative Option II. Pages of
argument. The Office has experience
with large requests in inter partes
reexamination in which the merits of
the proceedings could have been
resolved in a shorter request. Allowing
for unnecessarily large requests on
payment of an additional fee(s) is not
favored. Moreover, determination of
what should be counted as ‘‘argument’’
as compared with ‘‘evidence’’ has often
proven to be contentious and difficult as
administered in the current inter partes
reexamination appeal process.
In addition, the trial section of the
Board recently experimented with
motions having a fixed page limit for the
argument section and an unlimited
number of pages for the statement of
facts. Unlimited pages for the statement
of facts led to a dramatic increase in the
number of alleged facts and pages
associated with those facts. For
example, one party used approximately
10 pages for a single ‘‘fact’’ that merely
cut and pasted a portion of a declarant’s
cross-examination. Based upon the trial
section’s experience with unlimited
pages of facts, the Board recently
reverted back to a fixed page limit for
the entire motion (argument and facts).
Accordingly, this alternative is
inconsistent with objectives of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act that
the Director, in prescribing rules for the
inter partes, post-grant, and covered
business method patent reviews,
consider the effect of the rules on the
economy, the integrity of the patent
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
system, the efficient administration of
the Office, and the ability of the Office
to complete timely the instituted
proceedings.
IV. Alternative Option III. The Office
considered an alternative fee setting
regime in which fees would be charged
at various steps in the review process,
a first fee on filing of the petition, a
second fee if instituted, a third fee on
filing a motion in opposition to
amended claims, etc. The alternative fee
setting regime would hamper the ability
of the Office to complete timely reviews,
would result in dismissal of pending
proceedings with patentability in doubt
due to non-payment of required fees by
third parties, and would be inconsistent
with 35 U.S.C. 312, as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 322 that require the fee
established by the Director be paid at
the time of filing the petition.
Accordingly, this alternative is
inconsistent with objectives of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act that
the Director, in prescribing rules for the
inter partes, post-grant, and covered
business method patent reviews,
consider the effect of the rules on the
economy, the integrity of the patent
system, the efficient administration of
the Office, and the ability of the Office
to complete timely the instituted
proceedings.
V. Alternative Option IV. The Office
considered setting reduced fees for
small and micro entities and to provide
refunds if a review is not instituted. The
Office shall set the fee to recover the
cost of providing the services under 35
U.S.C. 41(d)(2)(a). Fees set under this
authority are not reduced for small
entities, see 35 U.S.C. 42(h)(1), as
amended. Moreover, the Office does not
have authority to refund fees that were
not paid by mistake or in excess of that
owed. See 35 U.S.C. 42(d).
Discovery: The Office considered a
procedure for discovery similar to the
one available during district court
litigation. Discovery of that scope has
been criticized sharply, particularly
when attorneys use discovery tools as
tactical weapons, which hinder the
‘‘just, speedy, and inexpensive
determination of every action and
proceedings.’’ See Introduction to An EDiscovery Model Order, available at
https://www.cafc.uscourts.gov/images/
stories/announcements/
Ediscovery_Model_Order.pdf.
Accordingly, this alternative would
have been inconsistent with objectives
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
that the Director, in prescribing rules for
the inter partes, post-grant, and covered
business method patent reviews,
consider the effect of the rules on the
economy, the integrity of the patent
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
system, the efficient administration of
the Office, and the ability of the Office
to complete timely the instituted
proceedings.
Additional discovery increases trial
costs and increases the expenditures of
time by the parties and the Board. The
Board’s experience in contested cases,
however, is that such showings are often
lacking and authorization for additional
discovery is expected to be rare. While
an interests-of-justice standard would be
employed in granting additional
discovery in inter partes reviews and
derivation proceedings, the post-grant
review and covered business method
patent review would employ a good
cause standard in granting additional
discovery.
To promote effective discovery, the
proposed rule would require a showing
that additional requested discovery
would be productive in inter partes
reviews and derivation proceedings. An
interests-of-justice standard for
additional discovery is proposed for
inter partes reviews and derivation
proceedings. This standard is consistent
with the considerations identified in 35
U.S.C. 316(b) and 135(b), as amended,
including the efficient administration of
the Board and the Board’s ability to
complete timely trials. Further, the
proposed interests-of-justice standard is
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(5), as
amended, which states that discovery
other than depositions of witnesses
submitting affidavits and declarations
be what is otherwise necessary in the
interests of justice.
Good cause and interests of justice are
closely related standards, but the
interests-of-justice standard is slightly
higher than good cause. While a good
cause standard requires a party to show
a specific factual reason to justify the
needed discovery, under the interestsof-justice standard, the Board would
look at all relevant factors. Specifically,
to show good cause, a party would be
required to make a particular and
specific demonstration of fact. Under
the interests-of-justice standard, the
moving party would also be required to
show that it was fully diligent in
seeking discovery and that there is no
undue prejudice to the non-moving
party. The interests-of-justice standard
covers considerable ground, and in
using such a standard, the Board
expects to consider whether the
additional discovery is necessary in
light of the totality of the relevant
circumstances.
The Office is proposing a default
scheduling order to provide limited
discovery as a matter of right and
provide parties with the ability to seek
additional discovery on a case-by-case
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
basis. In weighing the need for
additional discovery, should a request
be made, the Board would consider the
economic impact on the opposing party.
This would tend to limit additional
discovery where a party is a small
entity.
Pro Hac Vice: The Office considered
whether to allow counsel to appear pro
hac vice. In certain cases, highly skilled,
but non-registered, attorneys have
appeared satisfactorily before the Board
in contested cases. The Board may
recognize counsel pro hac vice during a
proceeding upon a showing of good
cause. The Board may impose
conditions in recognizing counsel pro
hac vice, including an agreement that
counsel is bound by the Office’s Code of
Professional Responsibility. Proceedings
before the Office can be technically
complex. The grant of a motion to
appear pro hac vice is a discretionary
action taking into account the specifics
of the proceedings. Similarly, the
revocation of pro hac vice is a
discretionary action taking into account
various factors, including
incompetence, unwillingness to abide
by the Office’s Code of Professional
Responsibility, prior findings of
misconduct before the Office in other
proceedings, and incivility.
The Board’s past practice has required
the filing of a motion by a registered
patent practitioner seeking pro hac vice
representation based upon a showing of:
(1) How qualified the unregistered
practitioner is to represent the party in
the proceeding when measured against
a registered practitioner, and, (2)
whether the party has a genuine need to
have the particular unregistered
practitioner represent it during the
proceeding. This practice has proven
effective in the limited number of
contested cases where such requests
have been granted. The proposed rule,
if adopted, would allow for this practice
in the new proceedings authorized by
the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act.
The proposed rules would provide a
limited delegation to the Board under 35
U.S.C. 2(b)(2) and 32 to regulate the
conduct of counsel in Board
proceedings. The proposed rule would
delegate to the Board the authority to
conduct counsel disqualification
proceedings while the Board has
jurisdiction over a proceeding. The rule
would also delegate to the Chief
Administrative Patent Judge the
authority to make final a decision to
disqualify counsel in a proceeding
before the Board for the purposes of
judicial review. This delegation would
not derogate from the Director the
prerogative to make such decisions, nor
would it prevent the Chief
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6901
Administrative Patent Judge from
further delegating authority to an
administrative patent judge.
The Office considered broadly
permitting practitioners not registered to
practice by the Office to represent
parties in trial as well as categorically
prohibiting such practice. A prohibition
on the practice would be inconsistent
with the Board’s experience, and more
importantly, might result in increased
costs particularly where a small entity
has selected its district court litigation
team for representation before the Board
and has a patent review filed after
litigation efforts have commenced.
Alternatively, broadly making the
practice available would create burdens
on the Office in administering the trials
and in completing the trial within the
established time frame, particularly if
the selected practitioner does not have
the requisite skill. In weighing the
desirability of admitting a practitioner
pro hac vice, the economic impact on
the party in interest would be
considered which would tend to
increase the likelihood that a small
entity could be represented by a nonregistered practitioner. Accordingly, the
alternatives to eliminate pro hac vice
practice or to permit it more broadly
would have been inconsistent with
objectives of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act that the Director, in
prescribing rules for the inter partes,
post-grant, and covered business
method patent reviews, consider the
effect of the rules on the economy, the
integrity of the patent system, the
efficient administration of the Office,
and the ability of the Office to complete
timely the instituted proceedings.
Threshold for Instituting a Review:
The Office considered whether the
threshold for instituting a review could
be set as low as or lower than the
threshold for ex parte reexamination.
This alternative could not be adopted in
view of the statutory requirements in 35
U.S.C. 314, as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
324.
Default Electronic Filing: The Office
considered a paper filing system and a
mandatory electronic filing system
(without any exceptions) as alternatives
to the proposed requirement that all
papers are to be electronically filed,
unless otherwise authorized.
Based on the Office’s experience, a
paper based filing system increases
delay in processing papers, delay in
public availability, and the chance that
a paper may be misplaced or made
available to an improper party if
confidential. Accordingly, the
alternative of a paper based filing
system would have been inconsistent
with objectives of the Leahy-Smith
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6902
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
America Invents Act that the Director,
in prescribing rules for the inter partes,
post-grant, and covered business
method patent reviews, consider the
effect of the rules on the economy, the
integrity of the patent system, the
efficient administration of the Office,
and the ability of the Office to complete
timely the instituted proceedings.
An electronic filing system (without
any exceptions) that is rigidly applied
would result in unnecessary cost and
burdens, particularly where a party
lacks the ability to file electronically. By
contrast, if the proposed option is
adopted, it is expected that the entity
size and sophistication would be
considered in determining whether
alternative filing methods would be
authorized.
6. Identification, to the Extent
Practicable, of All Relevant Federal
Rules Which May Duplicate, Overlap, or
Conflict With the Proposed Rules:
37 CFR 1.99 provides for the
submission of information after
publication of a patent application
during examination by third parties.
37 CFR 1.171–1.179 provide for
applications to reissue a patent to
correct errors, including where a claim
in a patent is overly broad.
37 CFR 1.291 provides for the protest
against the issuance of a patent during
examination.
37 CFR 1.321 provides for the
disclaimer of a claim by a patentee.
37 CFR 1.501 and 1.502 provide for ex
parte reexamination of patents. Under
these rules, a person may submit to the
Office prior art consisting of patents or
printed publications that are pertinent
to the patentability of any claim of a
patent, and request reexamination of
any claim in the patent on the basis of
the cited prior art patents or printed
publications. Consistent with 35 U.S.C.
302–307, ex parte reexamination rules
provide a different threshold for
initiation, require the proceeding to be
conducted by an examiner with a right
of appeal to the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board, and allow for limited
participation by third parties.
37 CFR 1.902–1.997 provide for inter
partes reexamination of patents. Similar
to ex parte reexamination, inter partes
reexamination provides a procedure in
which a third party may request
reexamination of any claim in a patent
on the basis of the cited prior art patents
and printed publication. The inter
partes reexamination practice will be
eliminated, except for requests filed
before the effective date, September 16,
2012. See § 6(c)(3)(C) of the LeahySmith America Invents Act.
Other countries have their own patent
laws, and an entity desiring a patent in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
a particular country must make an
application for patent in that country, in
accordance with the applicable law.
Although the potential for overlap exists
internationally, this cannot be avoided
except by treaty (such as the Paris
Convention for the Protection of
Industrial Property, or the Patent
Cooperation Treaty (PCT)).
Nevertheless, the Office believes that
there are no other duplicative or
overlapping foreign rules.
The notice also proposes changes to
the rule of practice to consolidate the
procedure for notifying the Office and
other parties in the proceeding when a
party seeks judicial review of a Board
decision. In fiscal year 2010, the Board
issued 7,312 decisions, and only 61
notices of appeal were filed with the
Office and no civil action was
commenced. In fiscal year 2011, the
Board issued 7,551 decisions, and only
100 notices of appeal were filed with
the Office and 7 civil actions were
commenced. As such, the average rate
for fiscal years 2010 and 2011 was
1.13% ((61/7,312 + 107/7,551)/2 × 100).
Based on current projections with
additional resources, it is anticipated
that the Board will issue 10,500
decisions in fiscal year 2013. Thus, it is
estimated that 137 notices of appeal
(and notices of election) would be filed
with the Office. Historically, one third
of inter partes reexamination
proceedings have been appealed to the
Board. Based on an assumption that the
appeal rate from the Board for the new
proceedings will be 50% of the historic
rate, 57 additional notices of appeal will
be filed based on the new trials sought
in fiscal year 2013. Based on the
percentage of small entity owned
patents that were the subject of inter
partes reexamination (32.79%) and the
percentage of small entity owned patent
applications or patents that were the
subject of an interference declared in
fiscal year 2010 (19.62%), it is estimated
that 63 small entities will be required to
file notices of appeal and notices of
elections.
The proposed rule also requires that
a copy of the notice of appeal or notice
of election and complaint be provided
to the Board, thus an additional 194
(137 + 57) copies would be required.
C. Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory
Planning and Review): This rulemaking
has been determined to be significant
for purposes of Executive Order 12866
(Sept. 30, 1993), as amended by
Executive Order 13258 (Feb. 26, 2002)
and Executive Order 13422 (Jan. 18,
2007).
The Office estimates that the aggregate
burden of the proposed rules for
implementing the new review
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
procedures is approximately $80.6
million for fiscal year 2013. The USPTO
considered several factors in making
this estimate.
Based on the petition and other filing
requirements for initiating a review
proceeding, the USPTO initially
estimated the burden of the proposed
rules on the public to be $209,131,529
in fiscal year 2013, which represents the
sum of the estimated total annual (hour)
respondent cost burden ($190,280,456)
plus the estimated total annual nonhour respondent cost burden
($18,851,073) provided in Item (O)(II) of
the Rulemaking Considerations section
of this notice, infra. However, since the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act also
eliminates inter partes reexamination
practice (except for requests filed before
the effective date of September 16, 2012)
and interference practice as to
applications and patents that have an
effective filing date on or after March
16, 2013, (with a few exceptions), the
burden of the proposed rules should be
offset by the eliminations of these
proceedings and their associated
burdens.
It is estimated that 460 new requests
for inter partes reexamination would
have been filed in FY 2012 if the LeahySmith America Invents Act had not
been enacted. This estimate is based on
the number of proceedings filed in fiscal
years 2011 (374), 2010 (280), and 2009
(258). Elimination of 460 proceedings
reduces the public’s burden to pay filing
fees by $4,048,000 (460 filings with an
$8,800 filing fee due) and the public’s
burden to prepare requests by
$21,160,000 (460 filings with $46,000
average cost to prepare). Based on the
assumption that 93% of the requests
would be ordered (consistent with the
fiscal year 2011 grant rate), the burden
to conduct the proceeding until close of
prosecution will reduce the public’s
burden by $89,880,000 (428 proceedings
that would be estimated to be granted
reexamination multiplied by $210,000
which is average cost cited in the AIPLA
Report of the Economic Survey 2011 per
party cost until close of prosecution
reduced by the $46,000 request
preparation cost). Additionally, the
burden on the public to appeal to the
Board would be reduced by $5,358,000
(based on an estimate that 141
proceedings would be appealed to the
Board which is estimated based on the
number of granted proceedings (428)
and the historical rate of appeal to the
Board (1⁄3) and an average public cost of
$38,000). Thus, $120,446,000 in public
burden will be eliminated by the
elimination of new filings of inter partes
reexamination (the sum of $4,048,000
(the filing fees), $21,160,000 (the cost of
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
preparing requests), $89,880,000 (the
prosecution costs), plus $5,358,000 (the
burden to appeal to the Board)).
The public burden due to a reduction
in the number of interferences declared,
from 64 to 51, is estimated at $9,484,400
based on the assumption that the
current percentage of interferences
decided in the preliminary phase (80%)
would continue on the lower number of
proceedings instituted and based on
cost to the public. To calculate this
public burden due to a reduction in the
number of interferences declared
($9,484,400), the following information
was used. The average public burden for
a two party interference decided in the
preliminary phase reported in the
AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey
2011 is $644,000 (if decided in the
preliminary phase) and $1,262,000 (if
decided after the preliminary phase). It
is estimated that had the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act not been enacted,
52 interferences would have been
decided in the preliminary phase, and
12 would have been decided after the
preliminary phase, equating to a public
burden of $48,632,000 ((52 multiplied
by $644,000 equals $33,488,000), plus
(12 multiplied by $1,262,000 equals
$15,144,000) for a total of $48,632,000).
It is estimated that 51 interferences will
be instituted in fiscal year 2013, at an
average public burden of $767,600 (80%
of $644,000 plus 20% of $ 1,262,000)
per interference, or a total of
$39,147,600 (51 multiplied by
$767,600). Accordingly, it is estimated
that burden to the public due to the
reduction of interferences would be the
total public burden for interferences of
$48,632,000 minus total public burden
for estimated interferences for fiscal
year 2013 of $39,147,600, or $9,484,400.
Thus, a total of $129,930,400 in
public burden will be eliminated by the
reduction in the number of interferences
that would be declared and by
eliminating new filings of inter partes
reexamination (this total is a sum of the
following identified above: Elimination
of filing fees ($4,048,000), cost of
preparing requests ($21,160,000),
prosecution costs until close of
prosecution ($89,880,000), burden to
appeal to the Board ($5,358,000) in new
inter partes reexamination proceedings,
and the reduction in interference
burden ($9,484,400)). Therefore, the
estimated aggregate burden of the
proposed rules for implementing the
new review proceedings would be
$79,201,129 ($209,131,529 minus
$129,930,400) in fiscal year 2013.
The USPTO expect several benefits to
flow from the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act and these proposed rules. It
is anticipated that the proposed rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
will reduce the time for reviewing
patents at the USPTO. Specifically, 35
U.S.C. 316(a), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 326(a) provide that the Director
prescribe regulations requiring a final
determination by the Board within one
year of initiation, which may be
extended for up to six months for good
cause. In contrast, currently for inter
partes reexamination, the average time
from the filing to the publication of a
certificate ranged from 28.9 to 41.7
months during fiscal years 2009–2011.
See Reexaminations—FY 2011, https://
www.uspto.gov/patents/Reexamination_
operational_statistic_through_
FY2011Q4.pdf.
Likewise, it is anticipated that the
proposed rules will minimize
duplication of efforts. In particular, the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
provides more coordination between
district court infringement litigation and
inter partes review to reduce
duplication of efforts and costs. For
instance, 35 U.S.C. 315(b), as amended,
will require that a petition for inter
partes review be filed within one year
of the date of service of a complaint
alleging infringement of a patent. By
requiring the filing of an inter partes
review petition earlier than a request for
inter partes reexamination, and by
providing shorter timelines for inter
partes review compared with
reexamination, it is anticipated that the
current high level of duplication
between litigation and reexamination
will be reduced.
The AIPLA Report of the Economic
Survey 2011 reports that the total cost of
patent litigation where the damages at
risk are less than $1,000,000 average
$916,000, where the damages at risk are
between $1,000,000 and $25,000,000
average $2,769,000, and where the
damages at risk exceed $25,000,000
average $6,018,000. There may be a
significant reduction in overall burden
if, as intended, the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act and the proposed
rules reduce the overlap between review
at the USPTO of issued patents and
validity determination during patent
infringement actions. Data from the
United States district courts reveals that
2,830 patent cases were filed in 2006,
2,896 in 2007, 2,909 in 2008, 2,792 in
2009, and 3,301 in 2010. See U.S.
Courts, Judicial Business of the United
States Courts, www.uscourts.gov/
uscourts/Statistics/JudicialBusiness/
2010/appendices/C02ASep10.pdf (last
visited Nov. 11, 2011) (hosting annual
reports for 1997 through 2010). Thus,
the Office estimates that no more than
3,300 patent cases (the highest number
of yearly filings between 2006 and 2010
rounded to the nearest 100) are likely to
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6903
be filed annually. The aggregate burden
estimate above ($79,201,056) was not
offset by a reduction in burden based on
improved coordination between district
court patent litigation and the new inter
partes review proceedings.
D. Executive Order 13563 (Improving
Regulation and Regulatory Review): The
Office has complied with Executive
Order 13563. Specifically, the Office
has, to the extent feasible and
applicable: (1) Made a reasoned
determination that the benefits justify
the costs of the rule; (2) tailored the rule
to impose the least burden on society
consistent with obtaining the regulatory
objectives; (3) selected a regulatory
approach that maximizes net benefits;
(4) specified performance objectives; (5)
identified and assessed available
alternatives; (6) involved the public in
an open exchange of information and
perspectives among experts in relevant
disciplines, affected stakeholders in the
private sector, and the public as a
whole, and provided online access to
the rule making docket; (7) attempted to
promote coordination, simplification,
and harmonization across government
agencies and identified goals designed
to promote innovation; (8) considered
approaches that reduce burdens and
maintain flexibility and freedom of
choice for the public; and (9) ensured
the objectivity of scientific and
technological information and
processes.
E. Executive Order 13132
(Federalism): This rulemaking does not
contain policies with federalism
implications sufficient to warrant
preparation of a Federalism Assessment
under Executive Order 13132 (Aug. 4,
1999).
F. Executive Order 13175 (Tribal
Consultation): This rulemaking will not:
(1) Have substantial direct effects on one
or more Indian tribes; (2) impose
substantial direct compliance costs on
Indian tribal governments; or (3)
preempt tribal law. Therefore, a tribal
summary impact statement is not
required under Executive Order 13175
(Nov. 6, 2000).
G. Executive Order 13211 (Energy
Effects): This rulemaking is not a
significant energy action under
Executive Order 13211 because this
rulemaking is not likely to have a
significant adverse effect on the supply,
distribution, or use of energy. Therefore,
a Statement of Energy Effects is not
required under Executive Order 13211
(May 18, 2001).
H. Executive Order 12988 (Civil
Justice Reform): This rulemaking meets
applicable standards to minimize
litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and
reduce burden as set forth in sections
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6904
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order
12988 (Feb. 5, 1996). This rulemaking
carries out a statute designed to lessen
litigation. See H.R. Rep. No. 112–98, at
45–48.
I. Executive Order 13045 (Protection
of Children): This rulemaking does not
concern an environmental risk to health
or safety that may disproportionately
affect children under Executive Order
13045 (Apr. 21, 1997).
J. Executive Order 12630 (Taking of
Private Property): This rulemaking will
not effect a taking of private property or
otherwise have taking implications
under Executive Order 12630 (Mar. 15,
1988).
K. Congressional Review Act: Under
the Congressional Review Act
provisions of the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (5 U.S.C. 801–808), prior to issuing
any final rule, the United States Patent
and Trademark Office will submit a
report containing the final rule and
other required information to the U.S.
Senate, the U.S. House of
Representatives, and the Comptroller
General of the Government
Accountability Office. The changes in
this notice are not expected to result in
an annual effect on the economy of 100
million dollars or more, a major increase
in costs or prices, or significant adverse
effects on competition, employment,
investment, productivity, innovation, or
the ability of United States-based
enterprises to compete with foreign
based enterprises in domestic and
export markets. Therefore, this notice is
not expected to result in a ‘‘major rule’’
as defined in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
L. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of
1995: The changes proposed in this
notice do not involve a Federal
intergovernmental mandate that will
result in the expenditure by State, local,
and tribal governments, in the aggregate,
of 100 million dollars (as adjusted) or
more in any one year, or a Federal
private sector mandate that will result
in the expenditure by the private sector
of 100 million dollars (as adjusted) or
more in any one year, and will not
significantly or uniquely affect small
governments. Therefore, no actions are
necessary under the provisions of the
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of
1995. See 2 U.S.C. 1501–1571.
M. National Environmental Policy
Act: This rulemaking will not have any
effect on the quality of the environment
and is thus categorically excluded from
review under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969. See
42 U.S.C. 4321–4370h.
N. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act: The requirements of
section 12(d) of the National
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
Technology Transfer and Advancement
Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) are not
applicable because this rulemaking does
not contain provisions which involve
the use of technical standards.
O. Paperwork Reduction Act: The
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44
U.S.C. 3501–3549) requires that the
USPTO consider the impact of
paperwork and other information
collection burdens imposed on the
public. This proposed rulemaking
involves information collection
requirements which are subject to
review by the Office of Management and
Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501–
3549). The collection of information
involved in this notice has been
submitted to OMB under OMB control
number 0651–00xx. The proposed
collection will be available at the OMB’s
Information Collection Review Web site
at: www.reginfo.gov/public/do/
PRAMain.
The USPTO is submitting the
information collection to OMB for its
review and approval because this notice
of proposed rulemaking will add the
following to a collection of information:
(1) Petitions to institute an inter
partes review (§§ 42.5, 42.6, 42.8, 42.11,
42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(1),
42.63, 42.65, and 42.101 through
42.105);
(2) Petitions to institute a post-grant
review (§§ 42.5, 42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13,
42.20, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(2), 42.63,
42.65, and 42.201 through 42.205);
(3) Petitions to institute a covered
business method patent review (§§ 42.5,
42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.20, 42.21,
42.22, 42.24(a)(3), 42.63, 42.65, 42.203,
42.205, and 42.302 through 42.304);
(4) Petitions to institute a derivation
proceeding (§§ 42.5, 42.6, 42.8, 42.11,
42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22,
42.24(a)(4),42.63, 42.65, and 42.402
through 42.406);
(5) Motions (§§ 42.6, 42.8, 42.11,
42.13, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(5), 42.51,
through 42.54, 42.63, 42.64, 42.65,
42.121, 42.221, 42.123, and 42.223);
(6) Oppositions (§§ 42.6, 42.8, 42.11,
42.13, 42.21, 42.23, 42.24(b), 42.51,
42.52, 42.53, 42.54, 42.63, 42.64, 42.65,
42.107, 42.120, 42.207, and 42.220);
(7) Replies provided for in 35 U.S.C.
135 and 311–318, as amended, and new
35 U.S.C. 319 and 321–329 (§§ 42.6,
42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.21, 42.23, 42.24(c),
42.51, 42.52, 42.53, 42.54, 42.63, and
42.65); and
(8) Notices of judicial review of a
Board decision, including notices of
appeal and notices of election provided
for 35 U.S.C. 141, 142, 145 and 146
(§§ 90.1 through 90.3).
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The proposed rules also permit filing
requests for oral argument (§ 42.70)
provided for in 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(10), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(10),
requests for rehearing (§ 42.71(c)),
requests for adverse judgment
(§ 42.73(b)), requests that a settlement be
treated as business confidential
(§ 42.74(b) and 42.409) provided for in
35 U.S.C. 317, as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 327, and arbitration agreements
and awards (§ 42.410) to a collection of
information.
I. Abstract: The USPTO is required by
35 U.S.C. 131 and 151 to examine
applications and, when appropriate,
issue applications as patents.
Chapter 31 of title 35, United States
Code, in effect on September 16, 2012,
provides for inter partes review
proceedings allowing third parties to
petition the USPTO to review the
patentability of an issued patent under
35 U.S.C. 102 and 103 based on patents
and printed publications. If a trial is
initiated by the USPTO based on the
petition, as authorized by the USPTO,
additional motions may be filed by the
petitioner. A patent owner may file a
response to the petition and if a trial is
instituted, as authorized by the USPTO,
may file additional motions.
Chapter 32 of title 35 U.S.C. in effect
on September 16, 2012, provides for
post-grant review proceeding allowing
third parties to petition the USPTO to
review the patentability of an issued
patent under any ground authorized
under 35 U.S.C. 282(b)(2). If a trial is
initiated by the USPTO based on the
petition, as authorized by the USPTO,
additional motions may be filed by the
petitioner. A patent owner may file a
response to the petition and if a trial is
instituted, as authorized by the USPTO,
may file additional motions.
Section 18 of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act provides for a
transitional program for covered
business method patents, which will
employ the standards and procedures of
the post-grant review proceeding with a
few exceptions. 35 U.S.C. 135 in effect
on March 16, 2013, provides for
petitions to institute a derivation
proceeding at the USPTO for certain
applications. The new rules for
initiating and conducting these
proceedings are proposed in this notice
as new part 42 of title 37 of the Code
of Federal Regulations.
In estimating the number of hours
necessary for preparing a petition to
institute an inter partes review, the
USPTO considered the estimated cost of
preparing a request for inter partes
reexamination ($46,000), the median
billing rate ($340/hour), and the
observation that the cost of inter partes
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
reexamination has risen the fastest of all
litigation costs since 2009 in the AIPLA
Report of the Economic Survey 2011. It
was estimated that a petition for an inter
partes review and an inter partes
reexamination request would cost the
same to the preparing party ($46,000).
Since additional grounds are provided
in post-grant review or covered business
method patent review, the Office
estimates the cost of preparing a petition
to institute a review will be 33.333%
more than the estimated cost of
preparing a request for inter partes
reexamination, or $61,333.
In estimating the number of hours
necessary for preparing motions after
instituting and participating in the
review, the USPTO considered in the
AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey
2011 which reported the average cost of
a party to a two-party interference to the
end of the preliminary motion phase
($322,000) and inclusive of all costs
($631,000). The Office considered that
the preliminary motion phase is a good
proxy for patentability reviews since
that is the period of current contested
cases before the trial section of the
Board where most patentability motions
are currently filed.
The USPTO also reviewed recent
contested cases before the trial section
of the Board to make estimates on the
average number of motions for any
matter including priority, the subset of
those motions directed to non-priority
issues, the subset of those motions
directed to non-priority patentability
issues, and the subset of those motions
directed to patentability issues based on
a patent or printed publication on the
basis of 35 U.S.C. 102 or 103. The
review of current contested cases before
the trial section of the Board indicated
that approximately 15% of motions
were directed to prior art grounds, 18%
of motions were directed to other
patentability grounds, 27% were
directed to miscellaneous issues, and
40% were directed to priority issues. It
was estimated that the cost per motion
to a party in current contested cases
before the trial section of the Board
declines because of overlap in subject
matter, expert overlap, and familiarity
with the technical subject matter. Given
the overlap of subject matter, a
proceeding with fewer motions will
have a somewhat less than proportional
decrease in costs since the overlapping
costs will be spread over fewer motions.
It is estimated that the cost of an inter
partes review would be 60% of the cost
of current contested cases before the
trial section of the Board to the end of
the preliminary motion period. An inter
partes review should have many fewer
motions since only one party will have
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
a patent that is the subject of the
proceeding (compared with each party
having at least a patent or an application
in current contested cases before the
trial section of the Board). Moreover,
fewer issues can be raised since inter
partes review will not have priorityrelated issues that must be addressed in
current contested cases before the trial
section of the Board. Consequently, a
60% weighting factor should capture
the typical costs of an inter partes
review.
It is estimated that the cost of a postgrant review or covered business
method patent review would be 75% of
the cost of current contested cases
before the trial section of the Board to
the end of the preliminary motion
period. The basis for this estimate is
similar to the basis for the inter partes
review estimate. Since more
patentability issues may be raised in the
petition, the cost for these trials is
expected to be somewhat higher. Again,
a 75% weighting factor should capture
the typical costs of a post-grant review
or a covered business method patent
review.
Derivations will be more like current
contested cases before the trial section
of the Board inasmuch as they may have
a period which sets the stage for
determining derivation and a derivation
period. One half of derivations are
anticipated to end in the preliminary
motion period, while the other half are
anticipated to proceed to decision on
derivation. While it is recognized that
fewer than half of all current contested
cases before the trial section of the
Board proceed to a priority decision,
derivation contests are often more
protracted than other current contested
cases before the trial section of the
Board. The costs associated with
derivations through the preliminary
motion period and through the
derivation period should be comparable
to the corresponding costs of current
contested cases before the trial section
of the Board.
The title, description, and respondent
description of the information collection
are shown below with an estimate of the
annual reporting burdens. Included in
this estimate is the time for reviewing
instructions, gathering and maintaining
the data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection of information.
The principal impact of the proposed
changes in this notice of proposed
rulemaking is to implement the changes
to Office practice necessitated by §§ 3(i),
6, and 18 of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act.
The public uses this information
collection to request review and
derivation proceedings and to ensure
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6905
that the associated fees and
documentation are submitted to the
USPTO.
II. Data
Needs and Uses: The information
supplied to the USPTO by a petition to
institute a review or derivation as well
as the motions authorized following the
institution is used by the USPTO to
determine whether to initiate a review
under 35 U.S.C. 314, as amended, or 35
U.S.C. 324 or derivation proceeding
under 35 U.S.C. 135, as amended, and
to prepare a final decision under 35
U.S.C. 135 or 318, as amended, or 35
U.S.C. 328.
OMB Number: 0651–00xx.
Title: Patent Review and Derivation
Proceedings.
Form Numbers: None.
Type of Review: New Collection.
Likely Respondents/Affected Public:
Individuals or households, businesses
or other for profit, not-for-profit
institutions, farms, Federal Government,
and state, local, or tribal governments.
Estimated Number of Respondents/
Frequency of Collection: 1120
respondents and 4,967 responses per
year.
Estimated Time per Response: The
USPTO estimates that it will take the
public from 0.1 to 180.4 hours to gather
the necessary information, prepare the
documents, and submit the information
to the USPTO.
Estimated Total Annual Respondent
Burden Hours: 559,648.4 hours per year.
Estimated Total Annual (Hour)
Respondent Cost Burden: $190,280,456
per year. The USPTO expects that the
information in this collection will be
prepared by attorneys. Using the
professional rate of $340 per hour for
attorneys in private firms, the USPTO
estimates that the respondent cost
burden for this collection will be
approximately $190,280,456 per year
(559,648.4 hours per year multiplied by
$340 per hour).
Estimated Total Annual Non-Hour
Respondent Cost Burden: $18,851,073
per year. There are no capital start-up or
maintenance costs associated with this
information collection. However, this
collection does have annual (non-hour)
costs in the form of filing fees and
postage costs where filing via mail is
authorized. It is estimated that filing via
mail will be authorized in one inter
partes review petition filing and 3
subsequent papers. There are filing fees
associated with petitions for inter partes
review, post-grant review, and covered
business method patent review and for
requests to treat a settlement as business
confidential. The total filing fees for this
collection are calculated in the
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
6906
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
accompanying table. The USPTO
estimates that filings authorized to be
filed via mail will be mailed to the
USPTO by Express Mail using the U.S.
Postal Service’s flat rate envelope,
which can accommodate varying
submission weights, estimated in this
case to be 16 ounces for the petitions
and two ounces for the other papers.
The cost of the flat rate envelope is
$18.30. The USPTO estimates that the
total postage cost associated with this
collection will be approximately $73 per
year. The USPTO estimates that the total
fees associated with this collection will
be approximately $18,851,073 per year.
Therefore, the total cost burden in
fiscal year 2013 is estimated to be
$209,131,529 (the sum of the estimated
total annual (hour) respondent cost
burden ($190,280,456) plus the
estimated total annual non-hour
respondent cost burden ($18,851,073)).
Estimated
time for
response
(in hours)
Item
Estimated
annual
responses
Estimated
annual
burden hours
Petition for inter partes review ...................................................................................................
Petition for post-grant review or covered business method patent review ...............................
Petition for derivation .................................................................................................................
Reply to initial inter partes review petition ................................................................................
Reply to initial post-grant review or covered business method patent review .........................
Request for Reconsideration .....................................................................................................
Motions, replies and oppositions after institution in inter partes review ...................................
Motions, replies and oppositions after institution in post-grant review or covered business
method patent review .............................................................................................................
Motions, replies and oppositions in derivation proceeding .......................................................
Request for oral hearing ............................................................................................................
Request to treat a settlement as business confidential ............................................................
Request for adverse judgment, default adverse judgment or settlement .................................
Arbitration agreement and award ..............................................................................................
Request to make a settlement agreement available .................................................................
Notice of judicial review of a Board decision (e.g., notice of appeal under 35 U.S.C. 142) ....
hour
135.3
180.4
180.4
100
100
80
140
460
50
50
406
45
146
2,453
62,238
9,020
9,020
40,600
4,500
11,680
343,420
130
120
20
2
1
4
1
0.1
342
210
466
20
103
2
20
194
44,460
25,200
9,320
40
103
8
20
19.4
Totals ..................................................................................................................................
..........................
4,967
559,648.4
Estimated
annual
responses
Item
Fee amount
Estimated
annual
filing costs
Petition for inter partes review .....................................................................................................
Petition for post-grant review or covered business method patent review .................................
Petition for derivation ...................................................................................................................
Reply to inter partes review petition ............................................................................................
Reply to post-grant review or covered business method patent review petition ........................
Request for Reconsideration .......................................................................................................
Motions, replies and oppositions after initiation in inter partes review .......................................
Motions, replies and oppositions after initiation in post-grant review or covered business
method patent review ...............................................................................................................
Motions, replies and oppositions in derivation proceeding .........................................................
Request for oral hearing ..............................................................................................................
Request to treat a settlement as business confidential ..............................................................
Request for adverse judgment, default adverse judgment or settlement ...................................
Arbitration agreement and awards ..............................................................................................
Request to make a settlement agreement available ...................................................................
Notice of judicial review of a Board decision (e.g., notice of appeal under 35 U.S.C. 142) ......
460
50
50
406
45
146
2,453
$35,800
47,100
400
0
0
0
0
$16,468,000
2,355,000
20,000
0
0
0
0
342
210
466
20
103
2
20
194
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8,000
0
Totals ....................................................................................................................................
4,967
........................
18,851,000
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
III. Solicitation
The agency is soliciting comments to:
(1) Evaluate whether the proposed
information requirement is necessary for
the proper performance of the functions
of the agency, including whether the
information will have practical utility;
(2) evaluate the accuracy of the agency’s
estimate of the burden; (3) enhance the
quality, utility, and clarity of the
information to be collected; and (4)
minimize the burden of collecting the
information on those who are to
respond, including by using appropriate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
automated, electronic, mechanical, or
other technological collection
techniques or other forms of information
technology.
Interested persons are requested to
send comments regarding this
information collection by April 9, 2012,
to: (1) The Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs, Office of
Management and Budget, New
Executive Office Building, Room 10202,
725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC
20503, Attention: Nicholas A. Fraser,
the Desk Officer for the United States
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Patent and Trademark Office, and via
email at nfraser@omb.eop.gov; and (2)
The Board of Patent Appeals and
Interferences by electronic mail message
over the Internet addressed to
patent_trial_rules@uspto.gov, or by mail
addressed to: Mail Stop Patent Board,
Director of the United States Patent and
Trademark Office, P.O. Box 1450,
Alexandria, VA 22313–1450, marked to
the attention of ‘‘Lead Judge Michael
Tierney, Patent Trial Proposed Rules.’’
Notwithstanding any other provision
of law, no person is required to respond
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
to nor shall a person be subject to a
penalty for failure to comply with a
collection of information subject to the
requirements of the Paperwork
Reduction Act unless that collection of
information displays a currently valid
OMB control number.
List of Subjects
42.56 Expungement of confidential
information.
42.61 Admissibility.
42.62 Applicability of the Federal Rules of
Evidence.
42.63 Form of evidence.
42.64 Objection; motion to exclude; motion
in limine.
42.65 Expert testimony; tests and data.
37 CFR Part 42
Administrative practice and
procedure, Inventions and patents,
Lawyers.
37 CFR Part 90
Administrative practice and
procedure, Inventions and patents,
Lawyers.
Oral Argument, Decision, and Settlement
42.70 Oral argument.
42.71 Decision on petitions or motions.
42.72 Termination of trial.
42.73 Judgment.
42.74 Settlement.
Certificate
42.80 Certificate.
Subpart B—[Reserved]
Proposed Amendments to the
Regulatory Text
For the reasons stated in the
preamble, the Under Secretary of
Commerce for Intellectual Property and
Director of the United States Patent and
Trademark Office proposes to amend
37 CFR chapter I as follows:
1. Add part 42 to read as follows:
Authority: 35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2), 6, 21, 23, 41,
135, 311, 312, 316, 321–326 and Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act, Pub. L. 112–29,
sections 6(c), 6(f) and 18, 125 Stat. 284, 304,
311, and 329 (2011).
PART 42—TRIAL PRACTICE BEFORE
THE PATENT TRIAL AND APPEAL
BOARD
§ 42.1
Sec.
Subpart A—Trial Practice and Procedure
General
42.1 Policy.
42.2 Definitions.
42.3 Jurisdiction.
42.4 Notice of trial.
42.5 Conduct of the proceeding.
42.6 Filing of documents, including
exhibits; service.
42.7 Management of the record.
42.8 Mandatory notices.
42.9 Action by patent owner.
42.10 Counsel.
42.11 Duty of candor.
42.12 Sanctions.
42.13 Citation of authority.
42.14 Public availability.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Fees
42.15
Fees.
Petition and Motion Practice
42.20 Generally.
42.21 Notice of basis for relief.
42.22 Content of petitions and motions.
42.23 Oppositions and replies.
42.24 Page limits for petitions, motions,
oppositions and replies.
42.25 Default filing times.
Testimony and Production
42.51 Discovery.
42.52 Compelling testimony and
production.
42.53 Taking testimony.
42.54 Protective order.
42.55 Confidential information in a
petition.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
Subpart A—Trial Practice and
Procedure
General
Policy.
(a) Scope. Part 42 governs proceedings
before the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board. Sections 1.4, 1.7, 1.14, 1.16, 1.22,
1.23, 1.25, 1.26, 1.32, 1.34, and 1.36 of
this chapter also apply to proceedings
before the Board, as do other sections of
part 1 of this chapter that are
incorporated by reference into this part.
(b) Construction. This part shall be
construed to secure the just, speedy, and
inexpensive resolution of every
proceeding.
(c) Decorum. Every party must act
with courtesy and decorum in all
proceedings before the Board, including
in interactions with other parties.
(d) Evidentiary standard. The default
evidentiary standard is a preponderance
of the evidence.
§ 42.2
Definitions.
The following definitions apply to
this part:
Affidavit means affidavit or
declaration under § 1.68 of this chapter.
A transcript of an ex parte deposition or
a declaration under 28 U.S.C. 1746 may
be used as an affidavit.
Board means the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board. Board means a panel of
the Board or a member or employee
acting with the authority of the Board.
Business day means a day other than
a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday
within the District of Columbia.
Confidential information means trade
secret or other confidential research,
development or commercial
information.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6907
Final means final for the purpose of
judicial review. A decision is final only
if it disposes of all necessary issues with
regard to the party seeking judicial
review, and does not indicate that
further action is required.
Hearing means consideration of the
trial.
Involved means an application,
patent, or claim that is the subject of the
proceeding.
Judgment means a final written
decision by the Board.
Motion means a request for relief
other than by petition.
Office means the United States Patent
and Trademark Office.
Panel means at least three members of
the Board.
Party means at least the petitioner and
the patent owner and, in a derivation
proceeding, any applicant.
Petition is a request that a trial be
instituted.
Petitioner means the party filing a
petition requesting that a trial be
instituted.
Preliminary Proceeding begins with
the filing of a petition for instituting a
trial and ends with a written decision as
to whether a trial will be instituted.
Proceeding means a trial or
preliminary proceeding.
Rehearing means reconsideration.
Trial means a contested case
instituted by the Board based upon a
petition. A trial begins with a written
decision notifying the petitioner and
patent owner of the institution of the
trial. The term trial specifically includes
a derivation proceeding under 35 U.S.C.
135; an inter partes review under
Chapter 31 of title 35, United States
Code; a post-grant review under Chapter
32 of title 35, United States Code; and
a transitional business-method review
under section 18 of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act. Patent
interferences are administered under
part 41 and not under part 42 of this
title, and therefore are not trials.
§ 42.3
Jurisdiction.
(a) The Board may exercise exclusive
jurisdiction within the Office over every
involved application and patent during
the proceeding, as the Board may order.
(b) A petition to institute a trial must
be filed with the Board in a timely
manner.
§ 42.4
Notice of trial.
(a) Institution of trial. The Board
institutes the trial on behalf of the
Director.
(b) Notice of a trial will be sent to
every party to the proceeding. The entry
of the notice institutes the trial.
(c) The Board may authorize
additional modes of notice, including:
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
6908
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(1) Sending notice to another address
associated with the party, or
(2) Publishing the notice in the
Official Gazette of the United States
Patent and Trademark Office or the
Federal Register.
§ 42.5
Conduct of the proceeding.
(a) The Board may determine a proper
course of conduct in a proceeding for
any situation not specifically covered by
this part and may enter non-final orders
to administer the proceeding.
(b) The Board may waive or suspend
a requirement of parts 1, 41, and 42 and
may place conditions on the waiver or
suspension.
(c) Times—(1) Setting times. The
Board may set times by order. Times set
by rule are default and may be modified
by order. Any modification of times will
take any applicable statutory pendency
goal into account.
(2) Extension of time. A request for an
extension of time must be supported by
a showing of good cause.
(3) Late action. A late action will be
excused on a showing of good cause or
upon a Board decision that
consideration on the merits would be in
the interests of justice.
(d) Ex parte communications.
Communication regarding a specific
proceeding with a Board member
defined in 35 U.S.C. 6(a) is not
permitted unless both parties have an
opportunity to be involved in the
communication.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 42.6 Filing of documents, including
exhibits; service.
(a) General format requirements. (1)
Page size must be 81⁄2 inch x 11 inch
except in the case of exhibits that
require a larger size in order to preserve
details of the original.
(2) In documents, including affidavits,
created for the proceeding:
(i) Markings must be in black or must
otherwise provide an equivalent dark,
high-contrast image;
(ii) Either a proportional or
monospaced font may be used:
(A) The proportional font must be 14point or larger, and
(B) The monospaced font must not
contain more than 4 characters per
centimeter (10 characters per inch);
(iii) Double spacing must be used
except in headings, tables of contents,
tables of authorities, indices, signature
blocks, and certificates of service. Block
quotations may be 1.5 spaced, but must
be indented from both the left and the
right margins; and
(iv) Margins must be at least 2.5
centimeters (1 inch) on all sides.
(3) Incorporation by reference;
combined documents. Arguments must
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
not be incorporated by reference from
one document into another document.
Combined motions, oppositions, replies,
or other combined documents are not
permitted.
(4) Signature; identification.
Documents must be signed in
accordance with §§ 1.33 and 11.18(a) of
this title, and should be identified by
the trial number (where known).
(b) Modes of filing—(1) Electronic
filing. Unless otherwise authorized,
submissions are to be made to the Board
electronically via the Internet according
to the parameters established by the
Board and published on the Web site of
the Office.
(2)(i) Filing by means other than
electronic filing. A document filed by
means other than electronic filing must:
(A) Be accompanied by a motion
requesting acceptance of the
submission; and
(B) Identify a date of transmission
where a party seeks a filing date other
than the date of receipt at the Board.
(ii) Mailed correspondence shall be
sent to: Mail Stop PATENT BOARD,
Patent Trial and Appeal Board, United
States Patent and Trademark Office,
P.O. Box 1450, Alexandria, Virginia
22313–1450.
(c) Exhibits. Each exhibit must be
filed with the first document in which
it is cited except as the Board may
otherwise order.
(d) Previously filed paper. A
document already in the record of the
proceeding must not be filed again, not
even as an exhibit or an appendix,
without express Board authorization.
(e) Service—(1) Simultaneous with
filing. Each document filed with the
Board, if not previously served, must be
served simultaneously on each opposing
party.
(2) Counsel of record. If a party is
represented by counsel of record in the
proceeding, service must be on counsel.
(3) Certificate of service. (i) Each
document, other than an exhibit, must
include a certificate of service at the end
of that document. Any exhibit filed with
the document may be included in the
certification for the document.
(ii) For an exhibit filed separately, a
transmittal letter incorporating the
certificate of service must be filed. If
more than one exhibit is filed at one
time, a single letter should be used for
all of the exhibits filed together. The
letter must state the name and exhibit
number for every exhibit filed with the
letter.
(iii) The certificate of service must
state:
(A) The date and manner of service;
and
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(B) The name and address of every
person served.
§ 42.7
Management of the record.
(a) The Board may expunge any paper
directed to a proceeding or filed while
an application or patent is under the
jurisdiction of the Board that is not
authorized under this part or in a Board
order or that is filed contrary to a Board
order.
(b) The Board may vacate or hold in
abeyance any non-Board action directed
to a proceeding while an application or
patent is under the jurisdiction of the
Board unless the action was authorized
by the Board.
§ 42.8
Mandatory notices.
(a) Each notice listed in paragraph (b)
of this section must be filed with the
Board:
(1) By the petitioner, as part of the
petition;
(2) By the patent owner, or applicant
in the case of derivation, within 21 days
of service of the petition; or
(3) By either party, within 21 days of
a change of the information listed in
paragraph (b) of this section stated in an
earlier paper.
(b) Each of the following notices must
be filed as a separate paper with a
caption identical to the title of the
paragraph:
(1) Real party-in-interest. Identify
each real party-in-interest for the party.
(2) Related matters. Identify any other
judicial or administrative matter that
would affect, or be affected by, a
decision in the proceeding.
(3) Lead and back-up counsel. If the
party is represented by counsel, then
counsel must be identified.
(4) Service information. Identify (if
applicable):
(i) An electronic mail address;
(ii) A postal mailing address;
(iii) A hand-delivery address, if
different than the postal mailing
address;
(iv) A telephone number; and
(v) A facsimile number.
§ 42.9
Action by patent owner.
(a) Entire interest. An owner of the
entire interest in an involved
application or patent may act to the
exclusion of the inventor (see § 3.73(b)
of this title).
(b) Part interest. An owner of a part
interest in the subject patent may move
to act to the exclusion of an inventor or
a co-owner. The motion must show the
inability or refusal of an inventor or coowner to prosecute the proceeding or
other cause why it is in the interests of
justice to permit the owner of a part
interest to act in the trial. In granting the
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
motion, the Board may set conditions on
the actions of the parties.
§ 42.10
Counsel.
(a) If a party is represented by
counsel, the party should designate a
lead counsel and a back-up counsel who
can conduct business on behalf of the
lead counsel.
(b) A power of attorney must be filed
with the designation of counsel, except
the patent owner should not file an
additional power of attorney if the
designated counsel is already counsel of
record in the subject patent or
application.
(c) The Board may recognize counsel
pro hac vice during a proceeding upon
a showing of good cause, subject to such
conditions as the Board may impose.
(d) A panel of the Board may
disqualify counsel for cause after notice
and opportunity for hearing. A decision
to disqualify is not final for the
purposes of judicial review until
certified by the Chief Administrative
Patent Judge.
(e) Counsel may not withdraw from a
proceeding before the Board unless the
Board authorizes such withdrawal.
(7) An order requiring terminal
disclaimer of patent term; or
(8) Judgment in the trial or dismissal
of the petition.
§ 42.13
(a) For any United States Supreme
Court decision, citation must be to the
United States Reports.
(b) For any decision other than a
United States Supreme Court decision,
citation must be to the West Reporter
System.
(c) Citations to authority must include
pinpoint citations whenever a specific
holding or portion of an authority is
invoked.
(d) Non-binding authority should be
used sparingly. If the authority is not an
authority of the Office and is not
reproduced in the United States Reports
or the West Reporter System, a copy of
the authority should be provided.
§ 42.14
Public availability.
Parties and individuals associated
with the parties have a duty of candor
and good faith to the Office during the
course of a proceeding.
The record of a proceeding, including
documents and things, shall be made
available to the public, except as
otherwise ordered. A party intending a
document or thing to be sealed shall file
a motion to seal concurrent with the
filing of the document or thing to be
sealed. The document or thing shall be
provisionally sealed on receipt of the
motion and remain so pending the
outcome of the decision on the motion.
§ 42.12
Fees
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 42.11
Duty of candor.
Sanctions.
(a) The Board may impose a sanction
against a party for misconduct,
including:
(1) Failure to comply with an
applicable rule or order in the
proceeding;
(2) Advancing a misleading or
frivolous argument or request for relief;
(3) Misrepresentation of a fact;
(4) Engaging in dilatory tactics;
(5) Abuse of discovery;
(6) Abuse of process; or
(7) Any other improper use of the
proceeding, including actions that
harass or cause unnecessary delay or an
unnecessary increase in the cost of the
proceeding.
(b) Sanctions include entry of:
(1) An order holding facts to have
been established in the proceeding;
(2) An order expunging, or precluding
a party from filing a paper;
(3) An order precluding a party from
presenting or contesting a particular
issue;
(4) An order precluding a party from
requesting, obtaining, or opposing
discovery;
(5) An order excluding evidence;
(6) An order providing for
compensatory expenses, including
attorney fees;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
§ 42.15
Fees.
(a) On filing a petition for inter partes
review of a patent, payment of the
following fee is due based upon the
number of challenged claims:
(1) 1 to 20 claims—$27,200.00.
(2) 21 to 30 claims—$34,000.00.
(3) 31 to 40 claims— $40,800.00.
(4) 41 to 50 claims— $54,400.00.
(5) 51 to 60 claims— $68,000.00.
(6) Additional fee for each additional
10 claims or portion
thereof—$27,200.00.
(b) On filing a petition for post-grant
review or covered business method
patent review of a patent, payment of
the following fee is due based upon the
number of challenged claims:
(1) 1 to 20 claims—$35,800.00.
(2) 21 to 30 claims—$44,750.00.
(3) 31 to 40 claims—$53,700.00.
(4) 41 to 50 claims—$71,600.00.
(5) 51 to 60 claims—$89,500.00.
(6) Additional fee for each additional
10 claims or portion thereof—
$35,800.00.
(c) On the filing of a petition for a
derivation proceeding a fee of:—
$400.00.
(d) Any request requiring payment of
a fee under this part, including a written
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
request to make a settlement agreement
available:—$400.00.
Petition and Motion Practice
§ 42.20
Citation of authority.
6909
Generally.
(a) Relief. Relief, other than a petition
requesting the institution of a trial, must
be requested in the form of a motion.
(b) Prior authorization. A motion will
not be entered without Board
authorization. Authorization may be
provided in an order of general
applicability or during the proceeding.
(c) Burden of proof. The moving party
has the burden of proof to establish that
it is entitled to the requested relief.
(d) Briefing. The Board may order
briefing on any issue involved in the
trial.
§ 42.21
Notice of basis for relief.
(a) Notice of request for relief. The
Board may require a party to file a
notice stating the relief it requests and
the basis for its entitlement to relief. A
notice must include sufficient detail to
place the Board and each opponent on
notice of the precise relief requested. A
notice is not evidence except as an
admission by a party-opponent.
(b) Filing and service. The Board may
set the times and conditions for filing
and serving notices required under this
section. The Board may provide for the
notice filed with the Board to be
maintained in confidence for a limited
time.
(c) Effect. If a notice under paragraph
(a) of this section is required:
(1) A failure to state a sufficient basis
for relief may result in a denial of the
relief requested;
(2) A party will be limited to filing
motions consistent with the notice; and
(3) Ambiguities in the notice will be
construed against the party.
(d) Correction. A party may move to
correct its notice. The motion should be
filed promptly after the party becomes
aware of the basis for the correction. A
correction filed after the time set for
filing notices will only be entered if
entry would serve the interests of
justice.
§ 42.22
Content of petitions and motions.
(a) Each petition or motion must be
filed as a separate paper and must
include:
(1) A statement of the precise relief
requested;
(2) A statement of material facts (see
paragraph (c) of this section); and
(3) A full statement of the reasons for
the relief requested, including a detailed
explanation of the significance of the
evidence including material facts, and
the governing law, rules, and precedent.
(b) Relief requested. Where a rule in
part 1 of this title ordinarily governs the
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
6910
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
relief sought, the petition or motion
must make any showings required
under that rule in addition to any
showings required in this part.
(c) Statement of material facts. Each
material fact shall be set forth as a
separately numbered sentence with
specific citations to the portions of the
record that support the fact.
(d) The Board may order additional
showings or explanations as a condition
for authorizing a motion (see § 42.20(b)).
(c) Replies. The following page limits
for replies apply and include the
required statement of facts in support of
the reply. The page limits do not
include a table of contents, a table of
authorities, a listing of facts which are
admitted, denied, or cannot be admitted
or denied, a certificate of service, or
appendix of exhibits.
(1) Replies to patent owner responses
to petitions: 15 pages
(2) Replies to motions: 5 pages.
§ 42.23
§ 42.25
Oppositions and replies.
Default filing times.
§ 42.24 Page limits for petitions, motions,
oppositions, and replies.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(a) Oppositions and replies must
comply with the content requirements
for motions and must include a
statement identifying material facts in
dispute. Any material fact not
specifically denied may be considered
admitted.
(b) All arguments for the relief
requested in a motion must be made in
the motion. A reply may only respond
to arguments raised in the
corresponding opposition.
(a) A motion may only be filed
according to a schedule set by the
Board. The default times for acting are:
(1) An opposition is due one month
after service of the motion; and
(2) A reply is due one month after
service of the opposition.
(b) A party should seek relief
promptly after the need for relief is
identified. Delay in seeking relief may
justify a denial of relief sought.
§ 42.51
(a) Petitions and motions. (1) The
following page limits for petitions and
motions apply and include the required
statement of facts in support of the
petition or motion. The page limit does
not include a table of contents, a table
of authorities, a certificate of service, or
appendix of exhibits.
(i) Petition requesting inter partes
review: 50 pages
(ii) Petition requesting post-grant
review: 70 pages
(iii) Petition requesting covered
business method patent review: 70
pages
(iv) Petition requesting derivation
proceeding: 50 pages
(v) Motions: 15 pages.
(2) Petitions to institute a trial must
comply with the stated page limits but
may be accompanied by a motion to
waive the page limits. The petitioner
must show in the motion how a waiver
of the page limits is in the interests of
justice and must append a copy of
proposed petition exceeding the page
limit to the motion. If the motion is not
granted, the proposed petition
exceeding the page limit may be
expunged or returned. Any other motion
to waive page limits must be granted in
advance of filing a motion, opposition
or reply for which the waiver is
necessary.
(b) Oppositions. The page limits for
oppositions are the same as those for
corresponding petitions or motions. The
page limits do not include a listing of
facts which are admitted, denied, or
cannot be admitted or denied.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
Testimony and Production
Discovery.
(a) Limited discovery. A party is not
entitled to discovery except as
authorized in this subpart. The parties
may agree to discovery between
themselves at any time.
(b) Routine discovery. Except as the
Board may otherwise order:
(1) Unless previously served, any
exhibit cited in a paper or in testimony
must be served with the citing paper or
testimony.
(2) Cross examination of affidavit
testimony is authorized within such
time period as the Board may set.
(3) Unless previously served,
noncumulative information that is
inconsistent with a position advanced
by the patent owner or petitioner during
the proceeding. The information is to be
filed as soon as practicable in a motion
identifying supplemental information or
as part of a petition, motion, opposition,
reply, preliminary patent owner
response to petition, or patent owner
response to petition. The party
submitting the information must specify
the relevance of the information,
including where the information is
presented in a document and, where
applicable, how the information is
pertinent to the claims.
(c) Additional discovery. (1) A party
may move for additional discovery.
Except in post-grant reviews, the
moving party must show that such
additional discovery is in the interests
of justice. The Board may specify
conditions for such additional
discovery.
(2) When appropriate, a party may
obtain production of documents and
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
things during cross examination of an
opponent’s witness or during authorized
compelled testimony under § 42.52.
§ 42.52 Compelling testimony and
production.
(a) Authorization required. A party
seeking to compel testimony or
production of documents or things must
file a motion for authorization. The
motion must describe the general
relevance of the testimony, document,
or thing, and must:
(1) In the case of testimony, identify
the witness by name or title; and
(2) In the case of a document or thing,
the general nature of the document or
thing.
(b) Outside the United States. For
testimony or production sought outside
the United States, the motion must also:
(1) In the case of testimony. (i)
Identify the foreign country and explain
why the party believes the witness can
be compelled to testify in the foreign
country, including a description of the
procedures that will be used to compel
the testimony in the foreign country and
an estimate of the time it is expected to
take to obtain the testimony; and
(ii) Demonstrate that the party has
made reasonable efforts to secure the
agreement of the witness to testify in the
United States but has been unsuccessful
in obtaining the agreement, even though
the party has offered to pay the travel
expenses of the witness to testify in the
United States.
(2) In the case of production of a
document or thing. (i) Identify the
foreign country and explain why the
party believes production of the
document or thing can be compelled in
the foreign country, including a
description of the procedures that will
be used to compel production of the
document or thing in the foreign
country and an estimate of the time it
is expected to take to obtain production
of the document or thing; and
(ii) Demonstrate that the party has
made reasonable efforts to obtain the
agreement of the individual or entity
having possession, custody, or control
of the document or thing to produce the
document or thing in the United States
but has been unsuccessful in obtaining
that agreement, even though the party
has offered to pay the expenses of
producing the document or thing in the
United States.
§ 42.53
Taking testimony.
(a) Form. Uncompelled direct
testimony must be submitted in the
form of an affidavit. All other testimony,
including testimony compelled under
35 U.S.C. 24, must be in the form of a
deposition transcript. In addition, the
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Board may authorize or require live or
video-recorded testimony.
(b) Time and location. (1)
Uncompelled direct testimony may be
taken at any time to support a petition,
motion, opposition, or reply; otherwise,
testimony may only be taken during a
testimony period set by the Board.
(2) Except as the Board otherwise
orders, during the testimony period,
deposition testimony may be taken at
any reasonable time and location within
the United States before any
disinterested official authorized to
administer oaths at that location.
(3) Deposition testimony outside the
United States may only be taken as the
Board specifically directs.
(c) Notice of deposition. (1) Prior to
the taking of deposition testimony, all
parties to the proceeding must agree on
the time and place for taking testimony.
If the parties cannot agree, the party
seeking the testimony must initiate a
conference with the Board to set a time
and place.
(2) Cross-examination should
ordinarily take place after any
supplemental evidence relating to the
direct testimony has been filed and
more than a week before the filing date
for any paper in which the crossexamination testimony is expected to be
used. A party requesting crossexamination testimony of more than one
witness may choose the order in which
the witnesses are to be cross-examined.
(3) In the case of direct deposition
testimony, at least 3 business days prior
to the conference in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, the party seeking the direct
testimony must serve:
(i) A list and copy of each document
under the party’s control and on which
the party intends to rely; and
(ii) A list of, and proffer of reasonable
access to, anything other than a
document under the party’s control and
on which the party intends to rely.
(4) The party seeking the deposition
must file a notice of the deposition at
least 2 business days before a
deposition.
(5) Scope and content—(i) For direct
deposition testimony, the notice limits
the scope of the testimony and must list:
(A) The time and place of the
deposition;
(B) The name and address of the
witness;
(C) A list of the exhibits to be relied
upon during the deposition; and
(D) A general description of the scope
and nature of the testimony to be
elicited.
(ii) For cross-examination testimony,
the scope of the examination is limited
to the scope of the direct testimony.
(iii) The notice must list the time and
place of the deposition.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
(6) Motion to quash—Objection to a
defect in the notice is waived unless the
objecting party promptly seeks
authorization to file a motion to quash.
(d) Deposition in a foreign language.
If an interpreter will be used during the
deposition, the party calling the witness
must initiate a conference with the
Board at least 5 business days before the
deposition.
(e) Manner of taking deposition
testimony. (1) Before giving deposition
testimony, each witness shall be duly
sworn according to law by the officer
before whom the deposition is to be
taken. The officer must be authorized to
take testimony under 35 U.S.C. 23.
(2) The testimony shall be taken in
answer to interrogatories with any
questions and answers recorded in their
regular order by the officer, or by some
other disinterested person in the
presence of the officer, unless the
presence of the officer is waived on the
record by agreement of all parties.
(3) Any exhibits used during the
deposition must be numbered as
required by § 42.63(b), and must, if not
previously served, be served at the
deposition. Exhibits objected to shall be
accepted pending a decision on the
objection.
(4) All objections made at the time of
the deposition to the qualifications of
the officer taking the deposition, the
manner of taking it, the evidence
presented, the conduct of any party, and
any other objection to the deposition
shall be noted on the record by the
officer.
(5) When the testimony has been
transcribed, the witness shall read and
sign (in the form of an affidavit) a
transcript of the deposition unless:
(i) The parties otherwise agree in
writing;
(ii) The parties waive reading and
signature by the witness on the record
at the deposition; or
(iii) The witness refuses to read or
sign the transcript of the deposition.
(6) The officer shall prepare a certified
transcript by attaching a certificate in
the form of an affidavit signed and
sealed by the officer to the transcript of
the deposition. Unless the parties waive
any of the following requirements, in
which case the certificate shall so state,
the certificate must state:
(i) The witness was duly sworn by the
officer before commencement of
testimony by the witness;
(ii) The transcript is a true record of
the testimony given by the witness;
(iii) The name of the person who
recorded the testimony and, if the
officer did not record it, whether the
testimony was recorded in the presence
of the officer;
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6911
(iv) The presence or absence of any
opponent;
(v) The place where the deposition
was taken and the day and hour when
the deposition began and ended;
(vi) The officer has no disqualifying
interest, personal or financial, in a
party; and
(vii) If a witness refuses to read or
sign the transcript, the circumstances
under which the witness refused.
(7) The officer must promptly provide
a copy of the transcript to all parties.
The testimony must be filed by
proponent as an exhibit.
(8) Any objection to the content, form,
or manner of taking the deposition,
including the qualifications of the
officer, is waived unless made on the
record during the deposition and
preserved in a timely filed motion to
exclude.
(f) Costs. Except as the Board may
order or the parties may agree in
writing, the proponent of the direct
testimony shall bear all costs associated
with the testimony, including the
reasonable costs associated with making
the witness available for the crossexamination.
§ 42.54
Protective order.
(a) A party or any person from whom
discovery of confidential information is
sought may file a motion to seal where
the motion to seal contains a proposed
protective order. The motion must
include a certification that the moving
party has in good faith conferred or
attempted to confer with other affected
parties in an effort to resolve the
dispute. The Board may, for good cause,
issue an order to protect a party or
person from disclosing confidential
information, including, but not limited
to, one or more of the following:
(1) Forbidding the disclosure or
discovery;
(2) Specifying terms, including time
and place, for the disclosure or
discovery;
(3) Prescribing a discovery method
other than the one selected by the party
seeking discovery;
(4) Forbidding inquiry into certain
matters, or limiting the scope of
disclosure or discovery to certain
matters;
(5) Designating the persons who may
be present while the discovery is
conducted;
(6) Requiring that a deposition be
sealed and opened only by order of the
Board;
(7) Requiring that a trade secret or
other confidential research,
development, or commercial
information not be revealed or be
revealed only in a specified way; and
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
6912
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
(8) Requiring that the parties
simultaneously file specified documents
or information in sealed envelopes, to
be opened as the Board directs.
(b) [Reserved].
§ 42.55 Confidential information in a
petition.
A petitioner filing confidential
information with a petition may,
concurrent with the filing of the
petition, file a motion to seal with a
proposed protective order as to the
confidential information. The petitioner
may serve the confidential information
under seal. The patent owner may only
access the sealed confidential
information prior to the institution of
the trial by agreeing to the terms of the
proposed protective order. The
institution of the requested trial will
constitute a grant of the motion to seal
unless otherwise ordered by the Board.
§ 42.56 Expungement of confidential
information.
After denial of a petition to institute
a trial or after final judgment in a trial,
a party may file a motion to expunge
confidential information from the
record.
§ 42.61
Admissibility.
(a) Evidence that is not taken, sought,
or filed in accordance with this subpart
is not admissible.
(b) Records of the Office. Certification
is not necessary as a condition to
admissibility when the evidence to be
submitted is a record of the Office to
which all parties have access.
(c) Specification and drawings. A
specification or drawing of a United
States patent application or patent is
admissible as evidence only to prove
what the specification or drawing
describes. If there is data in the
specification or a drawing upon which
a party intends to rely to prove the truth
of the data, an affidavit by an individual
having first-hand knowledge of how the
data was generated must be filed.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 42.62 Applicability of the Federal Rules
of Evidence.
(a) Generally. Except as otherwise
provided in this subpart, the Federal
Rules of Evidence shall apply to a
proceeding.
(b) Exclusions. Those portions of the
Federal Rules of Evidence relating to
criminal proceedings, juries, and other
matters not relevant to proceedings
under this subpart shall not apply.
(c) Modifications in terminology.
Unless otherwise clear from context, the
following terms of the Federal Rules of
Evidence shall be construed as
indicated:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
Appellate court means United States
Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.
Civil action, civil proceeding, and
action mean trial.
Courts of the United States, U.S.
Magistrate, court, trial court, trier of
fact, and judge mean Board.
Hearing means as defined in Federal
Rule of Evidence 804(a)(5), the time for
taking testimony.
Judicial notice means official notice.
Trial or hearing in Federal Rule of
Evidence 807 means the time for taking
testimony.
(d) In determining foreign law, the
Board may consider any relevant
material or source, including testimony,
whether or not submitted by a party or
admissible under the Federal Rules of
Evidence.
§ 42.63
Form of evidence.
(a) Exhibits required. Evidence
consists of affidavits, transcripts of
depositions, documents, and things. All
evidence must be filed in the form of an
exhibit.
(b) Translation required. When a
party relies on a document or is
required to produce a document in a
language other than English, a
translation of the document into English
and an affidavit attesting to the accuracy
of the translation must be filed with the
document.
(c) Exhibit numbering. Each party’s
exhibits must be uniquely numbered
sequentially in a range the Board
specifies. For the petitioner, the range is
1001–1999, and for the patent owner,
the range is 2000–2999.
(d) Exhibit format. An exhibit must
conform with the requirements for
papers in § 42.6 and the requirements of
this paragraph.
(1) Each exhibit must have an exhibit
label.
(i) An exhibit filed with the petition
must include the petitioner’s name
followed by a unique exhibit number.
(ii) For exhibits not filed with the
petition, the exhibit label must include
the party’s name followed by a unique
exhibit number, the names of the
parties, and the trial number.
(2) When the exhibit is a paper:
(i) Each page must be uniquely
numbered in sequence; and
(ii) The exhibit label must be affixed
to the lower right corner of the first page
of the exhibit without obscuring
information on the first page or, if
obscuring is unavoidable, affixed to a
duplicate first page.
(e) Exhibit list. Each party must
maintain an exhibit list with the exhibit
number and a brief description of each
exhibit. If the exhibit is not filed, the
exhibit list should note that fact.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 42.64 Objection; motion to exclude;
motion in limine.
(a) Cross-examination deposition. An
objection to the admissibility of
deposition evidence must be made
during the deposition. Evidence to cure
the objection must be provided during
the deposition, unless the parties to the
deposition stipulate otherwise on the
deposition record.
(b) Other than cross-examination
deposition. For evidence other than
cross-examination deposition evidence:
(1) Objection. Any objection to
evidence submitted during a
preliminary proceeding must be served
within 10 business days of the
institution of the trial. Once a trial has
been instituted, any objection must be
served within 5 business days of service
of evidence to which the objection is
directed. The objection must identify
the grounds for the objection with
sufficient particularity to allow
correction in the form of supplemental
evidence.
(2) Supplemental evidence. The party
relying on evidence to which an
objection is timely served may respond
to the objection by serving supplemental
evidence within ten business days of
service of the objection.
(c) Motion to exclude. A motion to
exclude evidence must be filed to
preserve any objection. The motion
must identify the objections in the
record in order and must explain the
objections.
(d) Motion in limine. A party may file
a motion in limine for a decision on the
admissibility of evidence.
§ 42.65
Expert testimony; tests and data.
(a) Expert testimony that does not
disclose the underlying facts or data on
which the opinion is based is entitled to
little or no weight. Testimony on United
States patent law or patent examination
practice will not be admitted.
(b) If a party relies on a technical test
or data from such a test, the party must
provide an affidavit explaining:
(1) Why the test or data is being used;
(2) How the test was performed and
the data was generated;
(3) How the data is used to determine
a value;
(4) How the test is regarded in the
relevant art; and
(5) Any other information necessary
for the Board to evaluate the test and
data.
Oral Argument, Decision, and
Settlement
§ 42.70
Oral argument.
(a) Request for oral argument. A party
may request oral argument on an issue
raised in a paper at a time set by the
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Board. The request must be filed as a
separate paper and must specify the
issues to be argued.
(b) Demonstrative exhibits must be
served at least 5 business days before
the oral argument and filed no later than
the time of the oral argument.
§ 42.71
Decision on petitions or motions.
(a) Order of consideration. The Board
may take up petitions or motions for
decisions in any order, may grant, deny,
or dismiss any petition or motion, and
may enter any appropriate order.
(b) Interlocutory decisions. A decision
on a motion without a judgment is not
final for the purposes of judicial review.
A panel decision on an issue will
govern the trial. If a decision is not a
panel decision, the party may request
that a panel rehear the decision. When
rehearing a non-panel decision, a panel
will review the decision for an abuse of
discretion.
(c) Rehearing. A party dissatisfied
with a decision may file a request for
rehearing. The burden of showing a
decision should be modified lies with
the party challenging the decision. The
request must specifically identify all
matters the party believes the Board
misapprehended or overlooked, and the
place where each matter was previously
addressed in a motion, an opposition, or
a reply. A request for rehearing does not
toll times for taking action. Any request
must be filed:
(1) Within 14 days of the entry of nonfinal decision; or
(2) Within 30 days of the entry of a
final decision.
§ 42.72
§ 42.74
Termination of trial.
The Board may terminate a trial
without rendering judgment, where
appropriate, including where the trial is
consolidated with another proceeding or
pursuant to a joint request under 35
U.S.C. 317(a) or 327(a).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 42.73
Judgment.
(a) A judgment disposes of all issues
that were, or by motion could have
properly been, raised and decided.
(b) Request for adverse judgment. A
party may request judgment against
itself at any time during a proceeding.
Actions construed to be a request for
adverse judgment include:
(1) Disclaimer of the involved
application or patent;
(2) Cancellation or disclaimer of a
claim such that the party has no
remaining claim in the trial;
(3) Concession of unpatentability or
derivation of the contested subject
matter; and
(4) Abandonment of the contest.
(c) Recommendation. The judgment
may include a recommendation for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
further action by an examiner or by the
Director.
(d) Estoppel—(1) Petitioner other than
in derivation proceeding. A petitioner,
or the real party in interest or privy of
the petitioner, is estopped in the Office
from taking an action that is
inconsistent with a judgment as to any
ground that the petitioner raised or
reasonably could have raised during the
trial, except that estoppel shall not
apply to a petitioner, or to the real party
in interest or privy of the petitioner who
has settled under 35 U.S.C. 317 or 327.
(2) In a derivation, the losing party
who could have properly moved for
relief on an issue, but did not so move,
may not take action in the Office after
the judgment that is inconsistent with
that party’s failure to move, except that
a losing party shall not be estopped with
respect to any contested subject matter
for which that party was awarded a
favorable judgment.
(3) Patent applicant or owner. A
patent applicant or owner whose claim
is canceled is precluded from taking
action inconsistent with the adverse
judgment, including obtaining in any
patent:
(i) A claim to substantially the same
invention as the finally refused or
cancelled claim;
(ii) A claim that could have been filed
in response to any properly raised
ground of unpatentability for a finally
refused or cancelled claim; or
(iii) An amendment of a specification
or of a drawing that was denied during
the trial proceeding.
Jkt 226001
Settlement.
(a) Board role. The parties may agree
to settle any issue in a proceeding, but
the Board is not a party to the settlement
and may independently determine any
question of jurisdiction, patentability, or
Office practice.
(b) Agreements in writing. Any
agreement or understanding between
the parties made in connection with, or
in contemplation of, the termination of
a proceeding shall be in writing and a
true copy shall be filed with the Board
before the termination of the trial.
(c) Request to keep separate. A party
to a settlement may request that the
settlement be treated as business
confidential information and be kept
separate from the files of an involved
patent or application. The request must
be filed with the settlement. If a timely
request is filed, the settlement shall only
be available:
(1) To a Government agency on
written request to the Board; or
(2) To any other person upon written
request to the Board to make the
settlement agreement available, along
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6913
with the fee specified in § 42.15(d) and
on a showing of good cause.
Certificate
§ 42.80
Certificate.
After the Board issues a final written
decision in an inter partes review, postgrant review, or covered business
method patent review and the time for
appeal has expired or any appeal has
terminated, the Office will issue and
publish a certificate canceling any claim
of the patent finally determined to be
unpatentable, confirming any claim of
the patent determined to be patentable,
and incorporating in the patent any new
or amended claim determined to be
patentable by operation of the
certificate.
2. Part 90 is added to read as follows:
PART 90—JUDICIAL REVIEW OF
PATENT TRIAL AND APPEAL BOARD
DECISIONS
Sec.
90.1
90.2
90.3
Scope.
Notice; service.
Time for appeal or civil action.
Authority: 35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2).
§ 90.1
Scope.
The provisions herein govern judicial
review for Patent Trial and Appeal
Board decisions under chapter 13 of
title 35, United States Code. Judicial
review of decisions arising out of inter
partes reexamination proceedings that
are requested under 35 U.S.C. 311, and
where available, judicial review of
decisions arising out of interferences
declared pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 135
continue to be governed by the pertinent
regulations in effect on July 1, 2012.
§ 90.2
Notice; service.
(a) For an appeal under 35 U.S.C. 141.
(1) In all appeals, the notice of appeal
required by 35 U.S.C. 142 must be filed
with the Director of the United States
Patent and Trademark Office as
provided in § 104.2 of this title. A copy
of the notice of appeal must also be filed
with the Patent Trial and Appeal Board
in the appropriate manner provided in
§ 41.10(a), 41.10(b), or 42.6(b).
(2) In all appeals, the party initiating
the appeal must comply with the
requirements of the Federal Rules of
Appellate Procedure and Rules for the
United States Court of Appeals for the
Federal Circuit, including:
(i) Serving the requisite number of
copies on the Court; and
(ii) Paying the requisite fee for the
appeal.
(3) Additional requirements. (i) In
appeals arising out of an ex parte
reexamination proceeding ordered
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
6914
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 27 / Thursday, February 9, 2012 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
pursuant to § 1.525, notice of the appeal
must be served as provided in § 1.550(f)
of this title.
(ii) In appeals arising out of an inter
partes review, a post-grant review, a
covered business method patent review,
or a derivation proceeding, notice of the
appeal must be served as provided in
§ 42.6(e) of this title.
(b) For a notice of election under 35
U.S.C. 141(d) to proceed under 35
U.S.C. 146. (1) Pursuant to 35 U.S.C.
141(d), if an adverse party elects to have
all further review proceedings
conducted under 35 U.S.C. 146 instead
of under 35 U.S.C. 141, that party must
file a notice of election with the United
States Patent and Trademark Office as
provided in § 104.2.
(2) A copy of the notice of election
must also be filed with the Patent Trial
and Appeal Board in the manner
provided in § 42.6(b).
(3) A copy of the notice of election
must also be served where necessary
pursuant to § 42.6(e).
(c) For a civil action under 35 U.S.C.
146. The party initiating an action under
35 U.S.C. 146 must file a copy of the
complaint no later than five business
days after filing the complaint in district
court with the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board in the manner provided in
§ 42.6(b), and the Office of the Solicitor
pursuant to § 104.2. Failure to comply
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:35 Feb 08, 2012
Jkt 226001
with this requirement can result in
further action within the United States
Patent and Trademark Office consistent
with the final Board decision.
§ 90.3
Time for appeal or civil action.
(a) Filing deadline—(1) For an appeal
under 35 U.S.C. 141. The notice of
appeal filed pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 142
must be filed with the Director of the
United States Patent and Trademark
Office no later than sixty-three (63) days
after the date of the final Board
decision. Any notice of cross-appeal is
controlled by Rule 4(a)(3) of the Federal
Rules of Appellate Procedure, and any
other requirement imposed by the Rules
of the United States Court of Appeals for
the Federal Circuit.
(2) For a notice of election under 35
U.S.C. 141(d). The time for filing a
notice of election under 35 U.S.C.
141(d) is governed by 35 U.S.C. 141(d).
(3) For a civil action under 35 U.S.C.
145 or 146. (i) A civil action must be
commenced no later than sixty-three
(63) days after the date of the final
Board decision.
(ii) The time for commencing a civil
action pursuant to a notice of election
under 35 U.S.C. 141(d) is governed by
35 U.S.C. 141(d).
(b) Time computation—(1) Rehearing.
A timely request for rehearing will reset
the time for appeal or civil action to no
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
later than sixty-three (63) days after
action on the request. Any subsequent
request for rehearing from the same
party in the same proceeding will not
reset the time for seeking judicial
review, unless the additional request is
permitted by order of the Board.
(2) Holidays. If the last day for filing
an appeal or civil action falls on a
Federal holiday in the District of
Columbia, the time is extended
pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 21(b).
(c) Extension of time. (1) The Director,
or his designee, may extend the time for
filing an appeal, or commencing a civil
action, upon written request if:
(i) Requested before the expiration of
the period for filing an appeal or
commencing a civil action, and upon a
showing of good cause; or
(ii) Requested after the expiration of
the period for filing an appeal of
commencing a civil action, and upon a
showing that the failure to act was the
result of excusable neglect.
(2) The request must be filed as
provided in § 104.2 of this title.
Dated: January 31, 2012.
David J. Kappos,
Under Secretary of Commerce for Intellectual
Property and Director of the United States
Patent and Trademark Office.
[FR Doc. 2012–2525 Filed 2–8–12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–16–P
E:\FR\FM\09FEP2.SGM
09FEP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 77, Number 27 (Thursday, February 9, 2012)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 6879-6914]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2012-2525]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
Patent and Trademark Office
37 CFR Parts 42 and 90
[Docket No. PTO-P-2011-0082]
RIN 0651-AC70
Rules of Practice for Trials Before the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board and Judicial Review of Patent Trial and Appeal Board Decisions
AGENCY: United States Patent and Trademark Office, Commerce.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The United States Patent and Trademark Office (Office or
USPTO) proposes new rules of practice to implement the provisions of
the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act that provide for trials before the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board (Board). The proposed rules would provide
a consolidated set of rules relating to Board trial practice for inter
partes review, post-grant review, the transitional program for covered
business method patents, and derivation proceedings. The proposed rules
would also provide a consolidated set of rules to implement the
provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act related to seeking
judicial review of Board decisions.
DATES: The Office solicits comments from the public on this proposed
rulemaking. Written comments must be received on or before April 9,
2012 to ensure consideration.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be sent by electronic mail message over the
Internet addressed to: patent_trial_rules@uspto.gov. Comments may
also be submitted by postal mail addressed to: Mail Stop Patent Board,
Director of the United States Patent and Trademark Office, P.O. Box
1450, Alexandria, VA 22313-1450, marked to the attention of ``Lead
Judge Michael Tierney, Patent Trial Proposed Rules.''
Comments may also be sent by electronic mail message over the
Internet via the Federal eRulemaking Portal. See the Federal
eRulemaking Portal Web site (https://www.regulations.gov) for additional
instructions on providing comments via the Federal eRulemaking Portal.
Although comments may be submitted by postal mail, the Office
prefers to receive comments by electronic mail message over the
Internet because sharing comments with the public is more easily
accomplished. Electronic comments are preferred to be submitted in
plain text, but also may be submitted in ADOBE[supreg] portable
document format or MICROSOFT WORD[supreg] format. Comments not
submitted electronically should be submitted on paper in a format that
facilitates convenient digital scanning into ADOBE[supreg] portable
document format.
The comments will be available for public inspection at the Board
of Patent Appeals and Interferences, currently located in Madison East,
Ninth Floor, 600 Dulany Street, Alexandria, Virginia. Comments also
will be available for viewing via the Office's Internet Web site
(https://www.uspto.gov). Because comments will be made available for
public inspection, information that the submitter does not desire to
make public, such as an address or phone number, should not be included
in the comments.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Michael Tierney, Lead Administrative
Patent Judge, Scott Boalick, Lead Administrative Patent Judge, Robert
Clarke, Administrative Patent Judge, and Joni Chang, Administrative
Patent Judge, Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences, by telephone
at (571) 272-9797.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act was enacted into law (Pub. L. 112-29, 125 Stat. 284
(2011)). The purpose of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act and these
proposed regulations is to establish a more efficient and streamlined
patent system that will improve patent quality and limit unnecessary
and counterproductive litigation costs. The preamble of this notice
sets forth in detail the procedures by which the Board will conduct
trial proceedings. The USPTO is engaged in a transparent process to
create a timely, cost-effective alternative to litigation. Moreover,
the rulemaking process is designed to ensure the integrity of the trial
procedures. See 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(b). The
proposed rules would provide a consolidated set of rules relating to
[[Page 6880]]
Board trial practice for inter partes review, post-grant review, the
transitional program for covered business method patents, and
derivation proceedings. See 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
326(b).
This notice proposes rules to implement the provisions of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act that provide for trials to be conducted
by the Board. In particular, the proposed rules would provide a
consolidated set of rules relating to Board trial practice for inter
partes review, post-grant review, derivation proceedings, and the
transitional program for covered business method patents by adding a
new part 42 including a new subpart A to title 37 of the Code of
Federal Regulations. The proposed rules would also provide a
consolidated set of rules to implement the provisions of the Leahy-
Smith America Invents Act related to seeking judicial review of Board
decisions by adding a new part 90 to title 37 of the Code of Federal
Regulations.
Additionally, the Office in separate rulemakings proposes to add a
new subpart B to 37 CFR part 42 (RIN 0651-AC71) to provide rules
specific to inter partes review, a new subpart C to 37 CFR part 42 (RIN
0651-AC72) to provide rules specific to post-grant review, a new
subpart D to 37 CFR part 42 (RIN 0651-AC73; RIN 0651-AC75) to provide
rules specific to the transitional program for covered business method
patents, and a new subpart E to 37 CFR part 42 (RIN 0651-AC74) to
provide rules specific to derivation proceedings. For the proposed
rules, the Office also developed a Trial Practice Guide (which will be
revised accordingly when the Office implements the final rules). The
notices of proposed rulemaking and the Trial Practice Guide are
published in this issue and the next issue (February 10, 2012) of the
Federal Register.
The instant notice refers to the proposed rules in subparts B
through E of part 42 set forth in the other notices. Moreover, rather
than repeating the statutory provisions set forth in the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act for the implementation of inter partes review,
post-grant review, transitional program covered business method
patents, and derivation that are provided in the other notices of
proposed rulemaking, the instant notice only summarizes the provisions
related to the Board and judicial review of Board decisions that are
not provided in the other notices.
Patent Trial and Appeal Board
Section 7 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C. 6
and provides for the constitution and duties of the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board. 35 U.S.C. 6(a), as amended, provides that the Patent
Trial and Appeal Board members will include the Director, Deputy
Director, Commissioner for Patents, Commissioner for Trademarks, and
administrative patent judges. 35 U.S.C. 6(a), as amended, further
provides that ``administrative patent judges shall be persons of
competent legal knowledge and scientific ability and are appointed by
the Secretary, in consultation with the Director.'' 35 U.S.C. 6(b), as
amended, specifies that the duties of the Patent Trial and Appeal Board
are to: (1) Review adverse decisions of examiners upon an application
for patent; (2) review appeals of reexaminations pursuant to section
134(b); (3) conduct derivation proceedings pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 135;
and (4) conduct inter partes reviews and post-grant reviews pursuant to
chapters 31 and 32 of title 35, United States Code. Further, Sec. 7 of
the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C. 6 by adding
paragraphs (c) and (d). New paragraph (c) of 35 U.S.C. 6 provides that
each appeal, derivation proceeding, post-grant review including covered
business method patent review, and inter partes review shall be heard
by at least 3 members of the Board, who shall be designated by the
Director.
Judicial Review of Patent Trial and Appeal Board Decisions
The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends title 35, United States
Code, to provide for certain changes to the provisions for judicial
review of Board decisions, such as amending 35 U.S.C. 134, 141, 145,
146, and 306 to change the Board's name to ``Patent Trial and Appeal
Board'' and to provide for judicial review of the final decisions of
the Board in inter partes reviews, post-grant reviews, covered business
method patent reviews, and derivation proceedings. The Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act also revises the provisions related to filing an
appeal or commencing a civil action in interferences under 35 U.S.C.
141 or 146, respectively.
In particular, Sec. 3(j) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
eliminates references to interferences. Section 3(j)(1) of the Leahy-
Smith America Invents Act amends each of 35 U.S.C. 145 and 146 by
striking the phrase ``Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences'' each
place it appears and inserting ``Patent Trial and Appeal Board.''
Section (3)(j)(2)(A) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35
U.S.C. 146 by: (i) Striking ``an interference'' and inserting ``a
derivation proceeding;'' and (ii) striking ``the interference'' and
inserting ``the derivation proceeding.'' Section (3)(j)(3) of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends the section heading for 35
U.S.C. 134 to read as follows: ``Sec. 134. Appeal to the Patent Trial
and Appeal Board.'' Section (3)(j)(4) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act amends the section heading for 35 U.S.C. 146 to read as
follows: ``Sec. 146. Civil action in case of derivation proceeding.''
Section (3)(j)(6) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends the
item relating to 35 U.S.C. 146 in the table of sections for chapter 13
of title 35, United States Code, to read as follows: ``146. Civil
action in case of derivation proceeding.''
Section 6(f)(3)(C) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act provides
that the authorization to appeal or have remedy from derivation
proceedings in 35 U.S.C. 141(d) and 35 U.S.C. 146, as amended, and the
jurisdiction to entertain appeals from derivation proceedings under 28
U.S.C. 1295(a)(4)(A), as amended, shall be deemed to extend to any
final decision in an interference that is commenced before the
effective date (the date that is one year after the enactment date) and
that is not dismissed pursuant to Sec. 6(f)(3)(A) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act.
Section 6(h)(2)(A) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35
U.S.C. 306 by striking ``145'' and inserting ``144.''
Section 7(c)(1) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35
U.S.C. 141, entitled ``Appeal to Court of Appeals for the Federal
Circuit.'' 35 U.S.C. 141(a), as amended, will provide that an applicant
who is dissatisfied with the final decision in an appeal to the Patent
Trial and Appeal Board under 35 U.S.C. 134(a) may appeal the Board's
decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.
35 U.S.C. 141(a), as amended, will further provide that, by filing an
appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit,
the applicant waives his or her right to proceed under 35 U.S.C. 145.
Section 7(c)(1) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35
U.S.C. 141(b) to make clear that a patent owner who is dissatisfied
with the final decision in an appeal of a reexamination to the Patent
Trial and Appeal Board under 35 U.S.C. 134(b) may appeal the Board's
decision only to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal
Circuit.
Section 7(c)(1) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35
U.S.C. 141(c) to provide that a party to an inter partes review or a
post-grant review
[[Page 6881]]
who is dissatisfied with the final written decision of the Patent Trial
and Appeal Board under 35 U.S.C. 318(a) or 328(a) may appeal the
Board's decision only to the United States Court of Appeals for the
Federal Circuit.
Section 7(c)(1) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35
U.S.C. 141(d) to provide that a party to a derivation proceeding who is
dissatisfied with the final decision of the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board in the proceeding may appeal the decision to the United States
Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, but such appeal shall be
dismissed if any adverse party to such derivation proceeding, within 20
days after the appellant has filed notice of appeal in accordance with
35 U.S.C. 142, files notice with the Director that the party elects to
have all further proceedings conducted as provided in 35 U.S.C. 146, as
amended. 35 U.S.C. 141(d), as amended, will also provide that if the
appellant does not, within 30 days after the filing of such notice by
the adverse party, file a civil action under 35 U.S.C. 146, the Board's
decision shall govern the further proceedings in the case.
Section 7(c)(2) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 28
U.S.C. 1295(a)(4)(A) to read as follows:
``(A) the Patent Trial and Appeal Board of the United States
Patent and Trademark Office with respect to a patent application,
derivation proceeding, reexamination, post-grant review, or inter
partes review under title 35, at the instance of a party who
exercised that party's right to participate in the applicable
proceeding before or appeal to the Board, except that an applicant
or a party to a derivation proceeding may also have remedy by civil
action pursuant to section 145 or 146 of title 35; an appeal under
this subparagraph of a decision of the Board with respect to an
application or derivation proceeding shall waive the right of such
applicant or party to proceed under section 145 or 146 of title
35;''
Section 7(c)(3) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35
U.S.C. 143 by striking the third sentence and inserting the following:
In an ex parte case, the Director shall submit to the court in
writing the grounds for the decision of the Patent and Trademark
Office, addressing all of the issues raised in the appeal. The
Director shall have the right to intervene in an appeal from a
decision entered by the Patent Trial and Appeal Board in a
derivation proceeding under section 135 or in an inter partes or
post-grant review under chapter 31 or 32
Section 7(c)(3) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act further
amends 35 U.S.C. 143 by striking the last sentence.
Section 7(e) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act provides that
the amendments made by Sec. 7 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
shall take effect upon the expiration of the 1-year period beginning on
the date of the enactment of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act and
shall apply to proceedings commenced on or after that effective date,
with the following exceptions. First, that the extension of
jurisdiction to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal
Circuit to entertain appeals of decisions of the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board in reexaminations under the amendment made by Sec.
7(c)(2) shall be deemed to take effect on the date of the enactment of
the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act and shall extend to any decision of
the Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences with respect to a
reexamination that is entered before, on, or after the date of the
enactment of this Act. Second, that the provisions of 35 U.S.C. 6, 134,
and 141, in effect on the day before the effective date of the
amendments made by Sec. 7 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act shall
continue to apply to inter partes reexaminations requested under 35
U.S.C. 311 before such effective date. Third, that the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board may be deemed to be the Board of Patent Appeals and
Interferences for purposes of appeals of inter partes reexaminations
requested under 35 U.S.C. 311 before the effective date of the
amendments made by Sec. 7 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act. And
finally, that the Director's right under the fourth sentence of 35
U.S.C. 143, as amended by Sec. 7(c)(3) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act, to intervene in an appeal from a decision entered by the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board shall be deemed to extend to inter partes
reexaminations requested under 35 U.S.C. 311 before the effective date
of the amendments made by Sec. 7 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act.
Section 9(a) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35
U.S.C. 32, 145, 146, 154(b)(4)(A), and 293 by striking ``United States
District Court for the District of Columbia'' each place that term
appears and inserting ``United States District Court for the Eastern
District of Virginia.'' Section 9(b) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act provides that amendments made by Sec. 9 of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act
and shall apply to any civil action commenced on or after that date.
Discussion of Specific Rules
The proposed rules would provide a consolidated set of rules
relating to Board trial practice for inter partes review, post-grant
review, derivation proceedings, and the transitional program for
covered business method patents by adding a new part 42 including a new
subpart A to title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Interference
proceedings would not be covered by a new part 42 and the rules in part
41 governing contested cases and interferences would continue to remain
in effect so as to not disrupt ongoing interference proceedings.
Additionally, the proposed rules would also provide a consolidated set
of rules to implement the provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act relating to filing appeals from Board decisions by adding a new
part 90 to title 37 of Code of Federal Regulations.
Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 42 and 90, are
proposed to be added as follows:
Part 42--Trial Practice Before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board
General
Section 42.1: Proposed Sec. 42.1 would set forth general policy
considerations for part 42.
Proposed Sec. 42.1(a) would define the scope of the rules.
Proposed Sec. 42.1(b) would provide a rule of construction for all
the rules in proposed part 42. The proposed rule would mandate that all
the Board's rules be construed to achieve the just, speedy, and
inexpensive resolution of Board proceedings. This proposed rule
reflects considerations identified in 35 U.S.C. 316(b) and 326(b),
which state that the Office is to take into account the integrity of
the patent system, the efficient administration of the Office, and the
ability of the Office to complete timely the proceedings in
promulgating regulations.
Proposed Sec. 42.1(c) would require that decorum be exercised in
Board proceedings, including dealings with opposing parties. Board
officials would be similarly expected to treat parties with courtesy
and decorum.
Proposed Sec. 42.1(d) would provide that the default evidentiary
standard for each issue in a Board proceeding is a preponderance of the
evidence. This proposed rule implements the statute, which directs that
unpatentability issues must be proven by a preponderance of the
evidence. 35 U.S.C. 316(e), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(e). The
proposed rule is also consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(b), which provides
that the Director shall establish regulations requiring sufficient
evidence to prove and rebut a claim of derivation. See Price v. Symsek,
988 F.2d 1187, 1193 (Fed. Cir. 1993).
[[Page 6882]]
Section 42.2: Proposed Sec. 42.2 would set forth definitions for
Board proceedings under proposed part 42.
The proposed definition of affidavit would provide that affidavit
means affidavits or declarations under Sec. 1.68. The proposed
definition also provides that a transcript of an ex parte deposition or
a declaration under 28 U.S.C. 1746 may be used as an affidavit.
The proposed definition of Board would rename ``the Board of Patent
Appeals and Interferences'' to ``the Patent Trial and Appeal Board.''
The proposed definition would also provide that Board means a panel of
the Board or a member or employee acting with the authority of the
Board, consistent with 35 U.S.C. 6(b), as amended.
The proposed definition of business day would provide that business
day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday
within the District of Columbia.
The proposed definition of confidential information would provide
that confidential information means trade secret or other confidential
research, development or commercial information. The proposed
definition would be consistent with Federal Rule of Civil Procedure
26(c)(1)(G), which provides for protective orders for trade secret or
other confidential research, development, or commercial information.
The proposed definition of final would provide that final means
final for purposes of judicial review. The proposed definition would
also provide that a decision is final only if it disposes of all
necessary issues with regard to the party seeking judicial review, and
does not indicate that further action is required.
The proposed definition of hearing would make it clear that a
hearing is a consideration of the issues involved in the trial.
The proposed definition of involved would provide that involved
means an application, patent, or claim that is the subject of the
proceeding.
The proposed definition of judgment would provide that judgment
means a final written decision by the Board. The proposed definition is
consistent with the requirement under 35 U.S.C. 318(a) and 328(a), as
amended, that the Board issue final written decisions for reviews that
are instituted and not dismissed. The proposed definition is also
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(d), as amended, which provides for final
decisions of the Board in derivation proceedings.
The proposed definition of motion would clarify that motions are
requests for remedies but that the term motion does not include
petitions seeking to institute a trial.
The proposed definition of Office would provide that Office means
the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
The proposed definition of panel would provide that a panel is at
least three members of the Board. The proposed definition is consistent
with 35 U.S.C. 6(c), as amended, that each derivation proceeding, inter
partes review, post-grant review, covered business method patent review
proceeding shall be heard by at least three members of the Board.
The proposed definition of party would include at least the
petitioner and the patent owner, as well as any applicant in a
derivation proceeding.
The proposed definition of petition would provide that a petition
is a request that a trial be instituted and is consistent with the
requirements of 35 U.S.C. 135(a) and 311, as amended, 35 U.S.C. 321.
The proposed definition of petitioner would provide that a
petitioner is a party requesting a trial be instituted. This proposed
definition is consistent with the requirements of 35 U.S.C. 135(a) and
311(a), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 321(a), which provide that persons
seeking the institution of a trial may do so by filing a petition.
The proposed definition of preliminary proceeding would provide
that a preliminary proceeding begins with the filing of a petition for
instituting a trial and ends with a written decision as to whether a
trial will be instituted.
The proposed definition of proceeding would provide that a
proceeding means a trial or preliminary proceeding. This proposed
definition would encompass both the portion of the proceeding that
occurs prior to institution of a trial and the trial itself.
The proposed definition of rehearing would provide that rehearing
means reconsideration.
The proposed definition of trial would provide that a trial is a
contested case instituted by the Board based upon a petition. This
proposed definition would encompass all contested cases before the
Board, except for interferences. The proposed definition would exclude
interferences so that interferences would continue, without disruption,
to use the rules provided in part 41. The existence of a contested case
would be a predicate for authorizing a subpoena under 35 U.S.C. 24. As
with part 41, inter partes reexaminations under 35 U.S.C. 134(c) are
not considered contested cases for the purposes of proposed part 42.
Similarly, written requests to make a settlement agreement available
would not be considered contested cases.
Section 42.3: Proposed Sec. 42.3 would set forth the jurisdiction
of the Board in a Board proceeding.
Proposed Sec. 42.3(a) would provide the Board with jurisdiction
over applications and patents involved in a Board proceeding. This is
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 6(b), as amended, which provides that the
Board is to conduct derivation proceedings, inter partes reviews, and
post-grant reviews. Additionally, the proposed rule is consistent with
the Board's role in conducting the transitional program for covered
business method patent reviews pursuant to Sec. 18 of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act, as covered business method patent reviews are
subject to 35 U.S.C. 326(c), which provides that the Board conduct the
review.
Proposed Sec. 42.3(b) would provide that a petition to institute a
trial must be filed with the Board in a timely manner.
Section 42.4: Proposed Sec. 42.4 would provide for notice of
trial.
Proposed Sec. 42.4(a) would specifically delegate the
determination to institute a trial to an administrative patent judge.
Proposed Sec. 42.4(b) would provide that the Board will send a
notice of a trial to every party to the proceeding.
Proposed Sec. 42.4(c) would provide that the Board may authorize
additional modes of notice. Note that the failure to maintain a current
correspondence address may result in adverse consequences. Ray v.
Lehman, 55 F.3d 606, 610 (Fed. Cir. 1995) (finding notice of
maintenance fee provided by the Office to an obsolete, but not updated,
address of record to have been adequate).
Section 42.5: Proposed Sec. 42.5 would set forth the conduct of
the trial.
Proposed Sec. Sec. 42.5(a) and (b) would permit administrative
patent judges wide latitude in administering the proceedings to balance
the ideal of precise rules against the need for flexibility to achieve
reasonably fast, inexpensive, and fair proceedings. The decision to
waive a procedural requirement, for example default times for taking
action, would be committed to the discretion of the administrative
patent judge. By permitting the judges to authorize relief under parts
1, 41, and 42, the proposed rule avoids delay and permits related
issues to be resolved in the same proceeding in a uniform and efficient
manner.
Proposed Sec. 42.5(c) would provide that the Board may set times
by order. The proposed rule also provides that good cause must be shown
for extensions of
[[Page 6883]]
time and to excuse late actions. Late action will also be excused by
the Board if it concludes that doing so is in the interests of justice.
This proposed requirement to show good cause to extend times and to
file belated papers is consistent with the requirements of 35 U.S.C.
316(a)(11), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(11), which provide that
the Board issue a final decision not less than 1 year after institution
of the review, extendable for good cause shown. The proposed rule is
also consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(b), as amended, which provides that
the Director shall prescribe regulations setting forth standards for
the conduct of derivation proceedings.
Proposed Sec. 42.5(d) would prohibit ex parte communications about
a proceeding with a Board member or Board employee actually conducting
the proceeding. Under the proposed rule, the initiation of an ex parte
communication could result in sanctions against the initiating party.
The prohibition would include communicating with any member of a panel
acting in the proceeding or seeking supervisory review in a proceeding
without including the opposing party in the communication. In general,
under these proposed rules, it would be wisest to avoid substantive
discussions of a pending trial with a Board member or Board employee.
The prohibition on ex parte communications would not extend to: (1)
Ministerial communications with support staff (for instance, to arrange
a conference call); (2) hearings in which opposing counsel declines to
participate; (3) informing the Board in one proceeding of the existence
or status of a related Board proceeding; or (4) reference to a pending
case in support of a general proposition (for instance, citing a
published opinion from a pending case or referring to a pending case to
illustrate a systemic problem).
Section 42.6: Proposed Sec. 42.6 would set forth the procedure for
filing documents, including exhibits, and service.
Proposed Sec. 42.6(a) would provide guidance for the filing of
papers. Under proposed Sec. 42.6(a), papers to be filed would be
required to meet standards similar to those required in patent
prosecution, Sec. 1.52(a), and in the filings at the Federal Circuit
under Fed. R. App. P. 32. The proposed prohibition against
incorporation by reference would minimize the chance that an argument
would be overlooked and would eliminate abuses that arise from
incorporation and combination. In DeSilva v. DiLeonardi, 181 F.3d 865,
866-67 (7th Cir. 1999), the court rejected ``adoption by reference'' as
a self-help increase in the length of the brief and noted that
incorporation is a pointless imposition on the court's time as it
requires the judges to play archeologist with the record. The same
rationale applies to Board proceedings. Cf. Globespanvirata, Inc. v.
Tex. Instruments, Inc., 2005 WL 3077915, *1 (D. N.J. 2005) (Defendants
provided cursory statements in motion and sought to make their case
through incorporation of expert declaration and a claim chart.
Incorporation by reference of argument not in motion was held to be a
violation of local rules governing page limitations and was not
permitted by the court); S. Indus., Inc. v. JL Audio, Inc., 29 F. Supp.
2d 878, 881-82 (N.D. Ill. 1998) (Parties should not use line spacing,
font size, or margins to evade page limits).
Proposed Sec. 42.6(b) would set electronic filing as the default
manner in which documents in a proceeding are filed with the Board. The
procedures for electronic filings in the proposed rule would be
consistent with the procedures for submission of electronic filings set
forth in Sec. 2.126(b). Section 2.126(b) is a rule of the Trademark
Trial and Appeal Board (TTAB) which provides that submissions may be
made to the TTAB electronically according to parameters established by
the Board and published on the Web site of the Office.
The use of electronic filing, such as that used with the Board's
Interference Web Portal, facilitates public accessibility and is
consistent with the requirements of 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(1), as amended,
and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(1), which state that the files of a proceeding are
to be made available to the public, except for those documents filed
with the intent that they be sealed. Where needed, a party may file by
means other than electronic filing but a motion explaining such a need
must accompany the non-electronic filing. In determining whether
alternative filing methods would be authorized, the Office would
consider the entity size and the ability of the party to file
electronically.
Proposed Sec. 42.6(c) would require that exhibits be filed with
the first document in which the exhibit is cited so as to allow for
uniformity in citing to the record.
Proposed Sec. 42.6(d) would prohibit the filing of duplicate
documents absent Board authorization.
Proposed Sec. 42.6(e) would require service simultaneous with the
filing of the document, as well as require certificates of service.
Additional procedures to be followed when filing documents may be
provided via a standing order of the Board. See In re Sullivan, 362
F.3d 1324 (Fed. Cir. 2004).
Section 42.7: Proposed Sec. 42.7 would provide that the Board may
vacate or hold in abeyance unauthorized papers and would limit the
filing of duplicate papers. This proposed rule would provide a tool for
preventing abuses that can occur in filing documents and would ensure
that the parties and the Board are consistent in their citation to the
underlying record.
Section 42.8: Proposed Sec. 42.8 would provide for certain
mandatory notices to be provided by the parties, including
identification of the real parties in interest, related matters, lead
and back-up counsel, and service information. The proposed rule would
require the identification of lead and back-up counsel and service
information. The mandatory notices concerning real parties in interest
and related matters are consistent with the requirements of 35 U.S.C.
315, as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 325. These statutes describe the
relationship between the trial and other related matters and authorize,
among other things, suspension of other proceedings before the Office
on the same patent and lack of standing for real parties in interest
that have previously filed civil actions against a patent for which a
trial is requested. Mandatory notices are also needed to judge any
subject matter estoppel triggered by a prior Board, district court, or
U.S. International Trade Commission proceeding.
Examples of related administrative matters that would be affected
by a decision in the proceeding include every application and patent
claiming, or which may claim, the benefit of the priority of the filing
date of the party's involved patent or application as well as any ex
parte and inter partes reexaminations for an involved patent.
The need for identification of the real party in interest helps
identify potential conflicts of interests for the Office. In the case
of the Board, a conflict would typically arise when an official has an
investment in a company with a direct interest in a Board proceeding.
Such conflicts can only be avoided if the parties promptly provide
information necessary to identify potential conflicts. The identity of
a real party-in-interest might also affect the credibility of evidence
presented in a proceeding. The Board would consider, on a case-by case
basis, relevant case law to resolve a real party in interest or privy
dispute that may arise during a proceeding. Further, in inter partes
and post-grant review proceedings before the Office, the petitioner
(including any real party-in-interest or privy of the petitioner) is
[[Page 6884]]
estopped from relitigating any ground that was or reasonably could have
been raised. See 35 U.S.C. 315(e)(1), as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
325(e)(1). What constitutes a real party-in-interest or privy is a
highly fact-dependent question. See generally 18A Wright & Miller Fed.
Prac. & Proc. Sec. Sec. 4449, 4451; Taylor v. Sturgell, 553 U.S. 880
(2008). While many factors can lead to a determination that a
petitioner was a real party-in-interest or privy in a previous
proceeding, actual control or the opportunity to control the previous
proceeding is an important clue that such a relationship existed. See,
e.g., Taylor, 553 U.S. at 895; see generally 18A Wright & Miller Sec.
4451. Factors for determining actual control or the opportunity to
control include existence of a controlling interest in the petitioner.
Section 42.9: Proposed Sec. 42.9 would permit action by an
assignee to the exclusion of an inventor. Orders permitting an assignee
of a partial interest to act to the exclusion of an inventor or co-
assignee would rarely be granted, and such orders would typically issue
only when the partial assignee was in a proceeding against its co-
assignee. Ex parte Hinkson, 1904 Comm'r. Dec. 342.
Section 42.10: Proposed Sec. 42.10(a) would provide that the Board
may require a party to designate a lead counsel. The proposed rule
would remind parties to designate back-up counsel who can conduct
business on behalf of the lead counsel as instances arise where lead
counsel may be unavailable.
Proposed Sec. 42.10(b) would provide that a power of attorney must
be filed for counsel not of record in the party's involved patent or
application.
Proposed Sec. 42.10(c) would allow for pro hac vice representation
before the Board subject to such conditions as the Board may impose.
The Board may recognize counsel pro hac vice during a proceeding upon a
showing of good cause. Proceedings before the Office can be technically
complex. For example, it is expected that amendments to a patent will
be sought. Consequently, the grant of a motion to appear pro hac vice
is a discretionary action taking into account the specifics of the
proceedings. Similarly, the revocation of pro hac vice is a
discretionary action taking into account various factors, including
incompetence, unwillingness to abide by the Office's Rules of
Professional Conduct, and incivility.
The proposed rule, if adopted, would allow for this practice in the
new proceedings authorized by the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act.
Proposed Sec. 42.10(d) would provide a limited delegation to the
Board under 35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2) and 32 to regulate the conduct of counsel
in Board proceedings. The proposed rule would delegate to the Board the
authority to conduct counsel disqualification proceedings while the
Board has jurisdiction over a proceeding. The rule would delegate to
the Chief Administrative Patent Judge the authority to make final a
decision to disqualify counsel in a proceeding before the Board for the
purposes of judicial review. This delegation would not derogate from
the Director the prerogative to make such decisions, nor would it
prevent the Chief Administrative Patent Judge from further delegating
authority to an administrative patent judge.
Proposed Sec. 42.10(e) provides that counsel may not withdraw from
a proceeding before the Board unless the Board authorizes such
withdrawal.
Section 42.11: Proposed Sec. 42.11 would remind parties, and
individuals associated with the parties, of their duty of candor and
good faith to the Office as honesty before the Office is essential to
the integrity of the proceeding.
Section 42.12: Proposed Sec. 42.12 would provide rules for
sanctions in trial proceedings before the Board. 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(6),
as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(6) require that the Director prescribe
sanctions for abuse of discovery, abuse of process, and any other
improper use of the proceeding in inter partes review, post-grant
review, and covered business method patent review proceedings. The
proposed rule is also consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(b), as amended,
which provides that the Director shall prescribe regulations setting
standards for the conduct of derivation proceedings.
Proposed Sec. 42.12(a) would identify types of misconduct for
which the Board may impose sanctions. The proposed rule would
explicitly provide that misconduct includes failure to comply with an
applicable rule, abuse of discovery, abuse of process, improper use of
the proceeding and misrepresentation of a fact. An example of a failure
to comply with an applicable rule includes failure to disclose a prior
relevant inconsistent statement.
Proposed Sec. 42.12(b) would recite the list of sanctions that may
be imposed by the Board.
Section 42.13: Proposed Sec. 42.13 would provide a uniform system
of citation to authority. The proposed rule would codify existing Board
practice and extends it to trial proceedings. Under the proposed rule,
a citation to a single source, in the priority order set out in the
rule, would be sufficient, thus minimizing the citation burden on the
public.
Section 42.14: Proposed Sec. 42.14 would provide that the record
of a proceeding be made available to the public, except as otherwise
ordered. An exception to public availability would be those documents
or things accompanied by a motion to seal the document or thing. The
proposed rule reflects the provisions of 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(1), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(1), which require that inter partes
review and post-grant review files be made available to the public,
except that any petition or document filed with the intent that it be
sealed, if accompanied by a motion to seal, be treated as sealed
pending the outcome of the ruling on the motion to seal.
Fees
Sections 10(d) and (e) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act set
out a process that must be followed when the Office is using its
authority under section 10(a) to set or adjust patent fees. See Public
Law 112-29, 125 Stat. at 317-18. This process does not feasibly permit
the fees described herein to be in place by September 16, 2012 (the
effective date of many of the Board procedures required by the Leahy-
Smith America Invents Act and described herein). Therefore, the Office
is setting these fees pursuant to its authority under 35 U.S.C.
41(d)(2) in this rule making, which provides that fees for all
processing, services, or materials relating to patents not specified in
35 U.S.C. 41 are to be set at amounts to recover the estimated average
cost to the Office of such processing, services, or materials. See 35
U.S.C. 41(d)(2).
The Office is also in the process of developing a proposal to
adjust patent fees under section 10 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act. The fees proposed in this notice will be revisited in furtherance
of the Director's fee setting efforts in this area.
Section 42.15: Proposed Sec. 42.15 would set fees for the new
trial proceedings.
Proposed Sec. 42.15(a) would set the fee for a petition to
institute an inter partes review of a patent based upon the number of
challenged claims, and reflects the requirements of 35 U.S.C. 311 and
312(a), as amended, that the Director set fees for the petition and
that the petition be accompanied by payment of the fee established.
Basing the fees on the number of claims challenged allows for ease of
calculation and reduces the chance of insufficient payment. Further,
the proposed fees are generally reflective of the complexity of
[[Page 6885]]
the case because the number of claims often impacts the complexity of
the petition and increases the demands placed on the patent owner as
well as the deciding officials. Cf. In re Katz Interactive Call
Processing Patent Litig., 639 F.3d 1303, 1309 (Fed. Cir. 2011)
(limiting number of asserted claims is appropriate to efficiently
manage a case).
To understand the scope of a dependent claim, the claims from which
the dependent claim depends must be construed along with the dependent
claim. Accordingly, for fee calculation purposes, each claim challenged
will be counted as well as any claim from which a claim depends, unless
the parent claim is also separately challenged. The following examples
are illustrative.
Example 1: Claims 1-30 are challenged where each of claims 2-30
are dependent claims and depend only upon claim 1. There are 30
claims challenged for purposes of fee calculation.
Example 2: Claims 20-40 are challenged where each of claims 20-
40 are dependent claims and depend only upon claim 1. As claims 20-
40 depend from claim 1, claim 1 counts toward the total number of
claims challenged. Thus, there are 21 claims challenged for fee
calculation purposes.
Example 3: Claims 1, 11-20, and 31-40 are challenged. Each of
claims 1 and 31-40 are independent claims. Each of claims 11-20 are
dependent claims and depend upon claim 9, which in turn depends upon
claim 8, which in turn depends upon claim 1. As claims 11-20 depend
upon parent claims 8 and 9, claims 8 and 9 would count as challenged
claims towards the total number of claims challenged. As claim 1 is
separately challenged, it would not count twice towards the total
number of claims challenged. Thus, there are 23 claims challenged
for fee calculation purposes.
Example 4: Claims 1, 11-20, and 31-40 are challenged. Each of
claims 1 and 31-40 are independent claims. Claim 11 depends upon
claim 1 and claims 12-20 depend upon claim 11. As each of the
challenged claims is based on a separately challenged independent
claim, we need not include any further claims for fee calculations
purposes. Thus, there are 21 challenged claims.
Proposed Sec. 42.15(b) would set the fee for a petition to
institute a post-grant review or a covered business method patent
review of a patent based upon the number of challenged claims, and
would reflect the requirements of 35 U.S.C. 321, as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 322(a) that the Director set fees for the petition and that the
petition be accompanied by payment of the fee established. The analysis
of the number of claims challenged for fee calculation purposes would
be the same as for proposed Sec. 42.15(a).
Item (C) of the Rulemaking Considerations section of this notice,
infra, provides the Office's analysis of the cost to provide the
services requested for each of the proceedings.
Proposed Sec. 42.15(c) would set the fee for a petition to
institute a derivation proceeding in the amount of $400. Derivation
proceedings concern allegations that an inventor named in an earlier
application, without authorization, derived the claimed invention from
an inventor named in the petition. The fee is set to recover the
treatment of the petition as a request to transfer jurisdiction from
the examining corps to the Board and not the costs of instituting and
performing the derivation trial which is necessary to complete the
examination process for the applicant seeking the derivation.
Proposed Sec. 42.15(d) would set the fee for filing written
requests to make a settlement agreement available in the amount of
$400.
Petition and Motion Practice
Section 42.20: Proposed Sec. 42.20(a) would provide that relief,
other than a petition to institute a trial, must be in the form of a
motion. The proposed rule is consistent with the requirements of 35
U.S.C. 316(a)(1) and 316(d), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(1) and
326(d) which provide that requests to seal a document and requests to
amend the patent be filed in the form of a motion.
Proposed Sec. 42.20(b) would provide that motions will not be
entered absent Board authorization, and authorization may be provided
in an order of general applicability or during the proceeding.
Generally, the Board expects that authorization would follow the
current Board practice where a conference call would be required before
an opposed motion is filed as quite often the relief requested in such
motions can be granted (or denied) in a conference call. This practice
has significantly increased the speed and reduced the costs in
contested cases.
Proposed Sec. 42.20(c) would place the burden of proof on the
moving party. A motion that fails to justify the relief on its face
could be dismissed or denied without regard to subsequent briefing.
Proposed Sec. 42.20(d) would provide that the Board may order
briefing on any issue appropriate for a final written determination on
patentability. Specifically, 35 U.S.C. 318(a), as amended, and 328(a)
require that where a review is instituted and not dismissed the Board
shall issue a final written decision with respect to the patentability
of any patent claim challenged by the petitioner and any new claim
added. The proposed rule would provide for Board ordered briefing where
appropriate in order to efficiently and effectively render its final
decision on patentability.
Section 42.21: Proposed Sec. 42.21(a) would provide that the Board
may require a party to file a notice stating the relief it requests and
the basis for that relief in Board proceedings. The proposed rule would
make clear that a notice must contain sufficient detail to serve its
notice function. The proposed rule would provide an effective mechanism
for administering cases efficiently and placing opponents on notice.
Proposed Sec. 42.21(b) would state the effect of a notice. The
proposed rule would make it clear that failure to state a sufficient
basis for relief would warrant a denial of the request.
Proposed Sec. 42.21(c) would permit correction of a notice after
the time set for filing the notice, but would set a high threshold for
entry of the correction, i.e., if the entry was in the interests of
justice. The proposed rule is consistent with 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(11), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(11), which require good cause be shown to
extend the time for entering a final decision. In determining whether
good cause is shown, the Board would be permitted to consider the
ability of the Board to complete timely the proceeding should the
request be granted. Hence, requests made at the outset of a proceeding
would be more likely to demonstrate good cause than requests made later
in the proceeding.
Section 42.22: Proposed Sec. 42.22 concerns the general content of
motions.
Proposed Sec. 42.22(a) would require that each petition or motion
be filed as a separate paper to reduce the chance that an argument
would be overlooked and reduce the complexity of any given paper.
Proposed Sec. 42.22(a)(1)-(3) would provide for a statement of precise
relief requested, a statement of material facts, and statement of the
reasons for relief. Vague arguments and generic citations to the record
are fundamentally unfair to an opponent and do not provide sufficient
notice to an opponent and creates inefficiencies for the Board.
Proposed Sec. 42.22(b) would require the movant to make showings
ordinarily required for the requested relief in other parts of the
Office. Many actions, particularly corrective actions like changes in
inventorship, filing reissue applications, and seeking a retroactive
foreign filing license, are governed by other rules of the Office. By
requiring the same showings the proposed rule would keep practice
uniform throughout the Office.
Proposed Sec. 42.22(c) would provide that a petition or motion
shall contain
[[Page 6886]]
a statement of facts with specific citations to the portions of the
record that support a particular fact. Providing specific citations to
the record gives notice to an opponent of the basis for the fact and
provides the Board the information necessary for effective and
efficient administration of the proceeding.
Proposed Sec. 42.22(d) would allow the Board to order additional
showings or explanations as a condition for authorizing a motion.
Experience has shown that placing conditions on motions helps provide
guidance to the parties as to what issues and facts are of particular
importance and ensures that the parties are aware of controlling
precedent that should be addressed in a particular motion.
Section 42.23: Proposed Sec. 42.23 would provide that oppositions
and replies must comply with the content requirements for a motion and
that a reply may only respond to arguments raised in the corresponding
opposition. Oppositions and replies may rely upon appropriate evidence
to support the positions asserted. Reply evidence, however, must be
responsive and not merely new evidence that could have been presented
earlier to support the movant's motion.
Section 42.24: Proposed Sec. 42.24 would provide page limits for
petitions, motions, oppositions, and replies. 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(b) provide considerations that are to be
taken into account when prescribing regulations, including the
integrity of the patent system, the efficient administration of the
Office, and the ability to timely complete the trials. The page limits
proposed in this rule are consistent with these considerations.
Federal courts routinely use page limits in managing motions
practice as ``[e]ffective writing is concise writing.'' Spaziano v.
Singletary, 36 F.3d 1028, 1031 n.2 (11th Cir. 1994). Many district
courts restrict the number of pages that may be filed in a motion
including, for example, the District of Delaware, the District of New
Jersey, the Eastern District of Texas, the Northern, Central, and
Southern Districts of California, and the Eastern District of Virginia.
Federal courts have found that page limits ease the burden on both
the parties and the courts, and patent cases are no exception. Eolas
Techs., Inc. v. Adobe Sys., Inc., No. 6:09-CV-446, at 1 (E.D. Tex.
Sept. 2, 2010) (``The Local Rules' page limits ease the burden of
motion practice on both the Court and the parties.''); Blackboard, Inc.
v. Desire2Learn, Inc., 521 F. Supp. 2d 575, 576 (E.D. Tex. 2007) (The
parties ``seem to share the misconception, popular in some circles,
that motion practice exists to require federal judges to shovel through
steaming mounds of pleonastic arguments in Herculean effort to uncover
a hidden gem of logic that will ineluctably compel a favorable ruling.
Nothing could be farther from the truth.''); Broadwater v. Heidtman
Steel Prods., Inc., 182 F. Supp. 2d 705, 710 (S.D. Ill. 2002)
(``Counsel are strongly advised, in the future, to not ask this Court
for leave to file any memoranda (supporting or opposing dispositive
motions) longer than 15 pages. The Court has handled complicated patent
cases and employment discrimination cases in which the parties were
able to limit their briefs supporting and opposing summary judgment to
10 or 15 pages.'' (Emphasis omitted)).
The Board's experience with page limits in interference motions
practice is consistent with that of the federal courts. The Board's use
of page limits has shown it to be beneficial without it being unduly
restrictive for the parties. Page limits have encouraged the parties to
focus on dispositive issues, easing the burden of motions practice on
the parties and on the Board.
The Board's experience with page limits in interference practice is
informed by its use of different approaches over the years. In the
early 1990s, page limits were not routinely used for motions, and the
practice suffered from lengthy and unacceptable delays. To reduce the
burden on the parties and on the Board and thereby reduce the time to
decision, the Board instituted page limits in the late 1990s for every
motion. Page limit practice was found to be effective in reducing the
burdens on the parties and improving decision times at the Board. In
2006, the Board revised the page limit practice and allowed unlimited
findings of fact and generally limited the number of pages containing
argument. Due to abuses of the system, the Board recently reverted back
to page limits for the entire motion (both argument and findings of
fact).
Proposed Sec. 42.24(a) would provide specific page limits for
petitions and motions. The proposed rule would set a limit of 50 pages
for petitions requesting inter partes reviews and derivation
proceedings, 70 pages for petitions requesting post-grant review and
covered business method patent reviews, and 15 pages for motions.
The Board's current practice in interferences is to limit motions
for judgment on priority of invention to 50 pages, miscellaneous
motions to 15 pages and other motions to 25 pages. Hence, non-priority
motions for judgment of unpatentability are currently limited to 25
pages. The Board's current page limits are consistent with the 25 page
limits in the Northern, Central, and Southern Districts of California,
and the Middle District of Florida and exceed the limits in the
District of Delaware (20), the Northern District of Illinois (15), the
District of Massachusetts (20), the Eastern District of Michigan (20),
the Southern District of Florida (20), and the Southern District of
Illinois (20).
In a typical proceeding before the Board, a party may be authorized
to file: A single motion for unpatentability based on prior art; a
single motion for unpatentability based upon failure to comply with 35
U.S.C. 112, lack of written description and/or enablement; and
potentially another motion for lack of compliance with 35 U.S.C. 101,
although a 35 U.S.C. 101 motion may be required to be combined with the
35 U.S.C. 112 motion. Each of these motions is currently limited to 25
pages in length, unless good cause is shown that the page limits are
unduly restrictive for a particular motion.
A petition requesting the institution of a trial proceeding would
be similar to motions currently filed with the Board. Specifically,
petitions to institute a trial seek a final written decision that the
challenged claims are unpatentable, where derivation is a form of
unpatentability. Accordingly, a petition to institute a trial based on
prior art would under current practice be limited to 25 pages, and by
consequence, a petition raising unpatentability based on prior art and
unpatentability under 35 U.S.C. 101 and/or 112 would be limited to 50
pages.
Under the proposed rules, an inter partes review petition would be
based upon any grounds identified in 35 U.S.C. 311(b), as amended,
i.e., only a ground that could be raised under 35 U.S.C. 102 or 103 and
only on the basis of patents or printed publications. Generally, under
current practice, a party is limited to filing single prior art
motions, limited to 25 pages in length. The proposed rule would provide
up to 50 pages in length for a motion requesting inter partes review.
Thus, as the proposed page limit doubles the default page limit
currently set for a motion before the Board, a 50 page limit is
considered sufficient in all but exceptional cases and is consistent
with the considerations provided in 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as amended.
Under the proposed rules, a post-grant review petition would be
based upon any grounds identified in 35 U.S.C. 321(b), e.g., failure to
comply with 35 U.S.C. 101, 102, 103, and 112 (except
[[Page 6887]]
best mode). Under current practice, a party would be limited to filing
two or three motions, each limited to 25 pages, for a maximum of 75
pages. Where there is more than one motion for unpatentability based
upon different statutory grounds, the Board's experience is that the
motions contain similar discussions of technology and claim
constructions. Such overlap is unnecessary where a single petition for
unpatentability is filed. Thus, the 70 proposed page limit is
considered sufficient in all but exceptional cases.
Covered business method patent review is similar in scope to that
of post-grant review as there is substantial overlap in the statutory
grounds permitted for review. Thus, the proposed page limit for
proposed covered business method patent reviews of 70 pages is the same
as that proposed for post-grant review.
Petitions to institute derivation proceedings raise a subset of the
issues that are currently raised in interferences in a motion for
judgment on priority of invention. Currently, motions for judgment on
priority of invention, including issues such as conception,
corroboration, and diligence, are generally limited to 50 pages in
length. Thus, the 50 proposed page limit is considered sufficient in
all but exceptional cases.
The proposed rule would provide that petitions to institute a trial
must comply with the stated page limits but may be accompanied by a
motion that seeks to waive the page limits. The petitioner must show in
the motion how a waiver of the page limits is in the interests of
justice. A copy of the desired non-page limited petition must accompany
the motion. Generally, the Board would decide the motion prior to
deciding whether to institute the trial.
Current Board practice provides a limit of 25 pages for other
motions and 15 pages for miscellaneous motions. The Board's experience
is that such page limits are sufficient for the filing parties and do
not unduly burden the opposing party and the Board. Petitions for
instituting a trial would generally replace the current practice of
filing motions for unpatentability. Most motions for relief are
expected to be similar to the current interference miscellaneous motion
practice. Accordingly, the proposed rule would provide a 15 page limit
for motions as this is considered sufficient for most motions but may
be adjusted where the limit is determined to be unduly restrictive for
the relief requested. A party may contact the Board and arrange for a
conference call to discuss the need for additional pages for a
particular motion. Except for a motion to waive the page limit
accompanying a petition seeking review, any motion to waive a page
limit must be granted in advance of filing a motion, opposition or
reply for which the waiver is necessary.
Proposed Sec. 42.24(b) would provide page limits for oppositions.
Current interference practice provides an equal number of pages for an
opposition as its corresponding motion. This is generally consistent
with motions practice in federal courts. The proposed rule would
continue the current practice.
Proposed Sec. 42.24(c) would provide page limits for replies.
Current interference practice provides a 15-page limit for priority
motion replies, a 5 page limit for miscellaneous (procedural) motion
replies, and a 10 page limit for all other motions. The proposed rule
is consistent with current interference practice for procedural
motions. The proposed rule would provide a 15 page limit for reply to
petitions requesting a trial, which the Office believes is sufficient
based on current practice. Current interference practice has shown that
such page limits do not unduly restrict the parties and, in fact,
provide sufficient flexibility to parties to not only reply to the
motion but also help to focus on the issues.
Section 42.25: Proposed Sec. 42.25 would provide default times for
filing oppositions and replies. The expectation, however, is that the
Board would tailor times appropriate to each case as opposed to relying
upon the default times set by rule.
Testimony and Production
The proposed rules would provide limitations for discovery and
testimony. Unlike in proceedings under the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure, the burden of justifying discovery in Board proceedings
would lie with the party seeking discovery.
Proceedings before the Board differ from most civil litigation in
that the proponent of an argument before the Board generally has access
to relevant evidence that is comparable to its opponent's access.
Consequently, the expense and complications associated with much of
discovery can be avoided. For instance, since rejections are commonly
based on the contents of the specification or on publicly available
references, there is no reason to presume that the patent owner has
better access to evidence of unpatentability on these grounds than the
petitioner. Exceptions occur particularly when the ground of
unpatentability arises out of conduct, particularly conduct of a
purported inventor. In such cases, discovery may be necessary to prove
such conduct, in which case the proponent of the evidence may move for
additional discovery. The Board may impose conditions on such discovery
to prevent abuse.
Section 42.51: Proposed Sec. 42.51(a) would provide for limited
discovery in the trial consistent with the goal of providing trials
that are timely, inexpensive, and fair. The proposed rule is consistent
with 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(5), as amended, and 326(a)(5), which provide for
discovery of relevant evidence but limit the scope of the discovery,
and 35 U.S.C. 135(b), as amended, which provides that the Director
shall prescribe regulations setting forth standards for the conduct of
derivation proceedings.
Proposed Sec. 42.51(b)(1) and (b)(2) would provide for routine
discovery of exhibits cited in a paper or testimony and provide for
cross examination of affidavit testimony without the need to request
authorization from the Board. The proposed rule would eliminate many
routine discovery requests and disputes. The rule would not require a
party to create materials or to provide materials not cited.
Proposed Sec. 42.51(b)(3) would ensure the timeliness of the
proceedings by requiring that parties, and individuals associated with
the parties, provide information that is inconsistent with a position
advanced by the patent owner or petitioner during the course of the
proceeding. The Office recognizes that this requirement may differ from
the proposed changes to Sec. 1.56. But, Board experience has shown
that the information covered by proposed 42.51(b)(3) is typically
sought through additional discovery and that such information leads to
the production of relevant evidence. However, this practice of
authorizing additional discovery for such information risks significant
delay to the proceeding and increased burdens on both the parties and
the Office. To avoid these issues, and to reduce costs and insure the
integrity and timeliness of the proceeding, the proposed rule makes the
production of such information routine. Similarly, while the Office
recognizes that some parties may be hesitant to use the new proceedings
because of this requirement, the benefit of the requirement outweighs
any impact on participation. Lastly this requirement does not override
legally-recognized privileges such as attorney-client or attorney work
product.
The proposed rule would require that the information be provided as
a petition, motion, opposition, reply, preliminary patent owner
response, or
[[Page 6888]]
patent owner response to petition. The proposed rule would also require
that the party submitting the information specify the relevance of the
document, where the relevant information appears in the document and,
where applicable, how the information is pertinent to the claims. This
information aids the Board in rendering decisions in trial proceedings
within statutory timeframes. See 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(11) and 318(a), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(11) and 328(a). The identification of
portions of the document relied upon and the pertinence of the
information aids the Board's efficient and effective administration of
the proceeding by making the information accessible to the Board as
opposed to having the Board play archeologist with the record. See
DeSilva v. DiLeonardi, 181 F.3d at 866-67.
Proposed Sec. 42.51(c) would provide for additional discovery.
Additional discovery increases trial costs and increases the
expenditures of time by the parties and the Board. To promote effective
discovery, the proposed rule would require a showing that the
additional discovery sought in a proceeding other than a post-grant
review is in the interests of justice, which would place an affirmative
burden upon a party seeking the discovery to show how the proposed
discovery would be productive. A separate rule (Sec. 42.224) governs
additional discovery in post-grant proceedings. The Board's
interference experience, however, is that such showings are often
lacking and authorization for additional discovery is expected to be
rare.
The proposed interests-of-justice standard for additional discovery
is consistent with considerations identified in 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as
amended, including the efficient administration of the Board and the
Board's ability to complete timely trials. Further, the proposed
interests-of-justice standard is consistent with 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(5),
as amended, which states that discovery other than depositions of
witnesses submitting affidavits and declarations be what is otherwise
necessary in the interests of justice.
While the Board will employ an interests-of-justice standard in
granting additional discovery in inter partes reviews and derivation
proceedings, new subpart C will provide that a good cause standard will
be employed in post-grant reviews, and by consequence, in covered
business method patent reviews. Good cause and interests of justice are
closely related standards, but the interests-of-justice standard is
slightly higher than good cause. While a good cause standard requires a
party to show a specific factual reason to justify the needed
discovery, under the interests-of-justice standard, the Board would
look at all relevant factors. Specifically, to show good cause, a party
would be required to make a particular and specific demonstration of
fact. Under the interests-of-justice standard, the moving party would
also be required to show that it was fully diligent in seeking
discovery and that there is no undue prejudice to the non-moving party.
In contrast, the interests-of-justice standard covers considerable
ground, and in using such a standard, the Board expects to consider
whether the additional discovery is necessary in light of the totality
of the relevant circumstances.
Proposed Sec. 42.52 would provide procedures for compelling
testimony. Under 35 U.S.C. 23, the Director may establish rules for
affidavit and deposition testimony. Under 35 U.S.C. 24, a party in a
contested case may apply for a subpoena to compel testimony in the
United States, but only for testimony to be used in the contested case.
Proposed Sec. 42.52(a) would require the party seeking a subpoena to
first obtain authorization from the Board; otherwise, the compelled
evidence would not be admitted in the proceeding. Proposed Sec.
42.52(b) would impose additional requirements on a party seeking
testimony or production outside the United States because the use of
foreign testimony generally increases the cost and complexity of the
proceeding for both the parties and the Board. The Board would give
weight to foreign deposition testimony to the extent warranted in view
of all the circumstances, including the laws of the foreign country
governing the testimony.
Section 42.53: Proposed Sec. 42.53 would provide for the taking of
testimony. To minimize costs, direct testimony would generally be taken
in the form of an affidavit. Cross-examination testimony and redirect
testimony would generally come in the form of a deposition transcript.
If the nature of the testimony makes direct observation of witness
demeanor necessary or desirable, the Board might authorize or even
require that the testimony be presented live or be video-recorded in
addition to filing of the required transcript. Cf. Applied Research
Sys. ARS Holdings N.V. v. Cell Genesys Inc., 68 USPQ2d 1863 (B.P.A.I.
2003) (non-precedential). The proponent of the witness would be
responsible for the cost of producing the witness for the deposition.
The parties would have latitude in choosing the time and place for the
deposition, provided the location is in the United States and the time
falls within a prescribed testimony period.
Proposed Sec. 42.53(c)(2) would provide for the time period for
cross-examination and would set a norm for the conference proposed in
Sec. 42.53(c)(1). A party seeking to move the deposition outside this
period would need to show good cause.
Proposed Sec. 42.53(d) would require that the party calling the
witness initiate a conference with the Board at least five business
days before a deposition with an interpreter is taken. Board experience
suggests that the complexity of foreign language depositions can be so
great that in many cases the resulting testimony is not useful to the
fact-finder. To avoid a waste of resources in the production of an
unhelpful record, the proposed rules would require that the Board
approve of the deposition format in advance. Occasionally the Board
will require live testimony where the Board considers the demeanor of a
witness critical to assessing credibility.
Proposed Sec. 42.53(e) would provide for the manner of taking
testimony.
Proposed Sec. 42.53(e)(1) would require that each witness before
giving deposition testimony be duly sworn according to law by the
officer before whom the deposition is to be taken. Proposed Sec.
42.53(e)(1) would also require that the officer be authorized to take
testimony under 35 U.S.C. 23.
Proposed Sec. 42.53(e)(2) would require that testimony be taken in
answer to interrogatories with any questions and answers recorded in
their regular order by the officer, or by some other disinterested
person in the presence of the officer, unless the presence of the
officer is waived on the record by agreement of all parties.
Proposed Sec. 42.53(e)(3) would require that any exhibits used
during the deposition be numbered as required by Sec. 42.63(b), and
must, if not previously served, be served at the deposition. Proposed
Sec. 42.53(e)(3) would also provide that exhibits objected to be
accepted pending a decision on the objection.
Proposed Sec. 42.53(e)(4) would require that all objections be
made at the time of the deposition to the qualifications of the officer
taking the deposition, the manner of taking it, the evidence presented,
the conduct of any party, and that any other objection to the
deposition be noted on the record by the officer.
Proposed Sec. 42.53(e)(5) would require the witness to read and
sign (in the form of an affidavit) a transcript of the
[[Page 6889]]
deposition after the testimony has been transcribed, unless the parties
otherwise agree in writing, the parties waive reading and signature by
the witness on the record at the deposition, or the witness refuses to
read or sign the transcript of the deposition.
The certification of proposed Sec. 42.53(e)(6)(vi) would provide a
standard for disqualifying an officer from administering a deposition.
The use of financial interest as a disqualification, however, would be
broader than the employment interest currently barred. Payment for
ordinary services rendered in the ordinary course of administering the
deposition and preparing the transcript would not be a disqualifying
financial interest. An interest acknowledged by the parties on the
record without objection would not be a disqualifying interest.
Proposed Sec. 42.53(e)(7) would require the proponent of the
testimony to file the transcript of the testimony. If the original
proponent of the testimony declined to file the transcript (for
instance, because that party no longer intended to rely on the
testimony), but another party wished to rely on the testimony, the
party that wishes to file the testimony would become the proponent and
would be permitted to file the transcript as its own exhibit.
Section 42.54: Proposed Sec. 42.54 would provide for protective
orders. 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(7), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(7)
require that the Director prescribe rules that provide for protective
orders governing the exchange and submission of confidential
information. Proposed Sec. 42.54 would provide such protective orders
and follows the procedure set forth in the Federal Rule of Civil
Procedure 26(c)(1).
Section 42.55: Proposed Sec. 42.55 would allow a petitioner filing
confidential information to file, concurrently with the filing of the
petition, a motion to seal as to the confidential information. The
petitioner must serve the patent owner the confidential information and
may do so under seal. The patent owner may access the confidential
information prior to institution of a trial by agreeing to the terms of
the proposed protective order contained in the motion to seal. The
institution of the trial would constitute a grant of the motion to seal
unless otherwise ordered by the Board. The proposed rule seeks to
streamline the process of seeking protective orders prior to the
institution of the review while balancing the need to protect
confidential information against an opponent's need to access
information used to challenge the opponent's claims.
Section 42.56: Confidential information that is subject to a
protective order ordinarily would become public 45 days after denial of
a petition to institute a trial or 45 days after final judgment in a
trial. Proposed Sec. 42.56 would allow a party to file a motion to
expunge from the record confidential information prior to the
information becoming public. Proposed Sec. 42.56 reflects the
considerations identified in 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 326(b), which state that the Office is to take into account the
integrity of the patent system in promulgating regulations. The
proposed rule balances the needs of the parties to submit confidential
information with the public interest in maintaining a complete and
understandable file history for public notice purposes. Specifically,
there is an expectation that information be made public where the
existence of the information is referred to in a decision to grant or
deny a request to institute a review or identified in a final written
decision. As such, the proposed rule would encourage parties to redact
sensitive information, where possible, rather than seeking to seal
entire documents.
Section 42.61: Proposed Sec. 42.61 would provide for the
admissibility of evidence. Proposed Sec. 42.61(a) would make the
failure to comply with the rules a basis for challenging admissibility
of evidence. Proposed Sec. 42.61(b) would not require certification as
a condition for admissibility when the evidence is a record of the
Office that is accessible to all parties. This proposed rule would
avoid disputes on what otherwise would be technical noncompliance with
the rules. Proposed Sec. 42.61(c) would provide that the specification
and drawings are admissible only to prove what the specification and
drawings describe. This proposed rule would address a recurring problem
in which a party mistakenly relies on a specification to prove a fact
other than what the specification says. This proposed rule would make
clear that a specification of an application or patent involved in a
proceeding is admissible as evidence only to prove what the
specification or patent describes. If there is data in the
specification upon which a party intends to rely to prove the truth of
the data, an affidavit by an individual having first-hand knowledge of
how the data was generated (i.e., the individual who performed an
experiment reported as an example in the specification) must be filed.
Wojciak v. Nishiyama, 61 USPQ2d 1576, 1581 (B.P.A.I. 2001).
Section 42.62: Proposed Sec. 42.62 would adopt a modified version
of the Federal Rules of Evidence. The proposed rule would adopt the
more formal evidentiary rules used in district courts in view of the
adversarial nature of the proceedings before the Board. The Federal
Rules of Evidence embrace a well-developed body of case law and are
familiar to the courts charged with reviewing Board decisions in
contested cases.
Section 42.63: Proposed Sec. 42.63 would provide that all evidence
is to be submitted as an exhibit. For instance, the proposed rule would
provide that an exhibit filed with the petition must include the
petition's name and a unique exhibit number, for example: POE EXHIBIT
1001. For exhibits not filed with the petition, the proposed rule would
require the exhibit label to include the party's name followed by a
unique exhibit number, the names of the parties, and the trial number,
in the format of the following example:
OWENS EXHIBIT 2001, Poe v. Owens and Trial IPR2011OCT-00001.
Section 42.64: Proposed Sec. 42.64 would provide procedures for
challenging the admissibility of evidence. In a district court trial,
an opponent may object to evidence, and the proponent may have an
opportunity to cure the basis of the objection. The proposed rule
offers a similar, albeit limited, process for objecting and curing in a
trial at the Board.
Proposed Sec. 42.64(a) would provide that objections to the
admissibility of deposition evidence must be made during the
deposition. Proposed Sec. 42.64(b) would provide guidance as to
objections and supplemental evidence for evidence other than deposition
testimony. The default time for serving an objection to evidence other
than testimony would be ten business days after service of the evidence
for evidence in the petition and five business days for subsequent
objections, and the party relying on evidence to which an objection was
timely served would have ten business days after service of the
objection to cure any defect in the evidence. The Board would not
ordinarily address an objection unless the objecting party filed a
motion to exclude under proposed Sec. 42.64(c) because the objection
might have been cured or might prove unimportant in light of subsequent
developments. Proposed Sec. 42.64(d) would permit a party to file a
motion in limine to obtain a ruling on admissibility.
Section 42.65: Proposed Sec. 42.65 would provide rules for expert
testimony, tests, and data.
[[Page 6890]]
Proposed Sec. 42.65(a) would remind parties that unsupported
expert testimony may be given little or no weight. Rohm & Haas Co. v.
Brotech Corp., 127 F.3d 1089, 1092 (Fed. Cir. 1997). United States
patent law is not an appropriate topic for expert testimony before the
Board, and expert testimony pertaining thereto would not be admitted
under the proposed rule.
Proposed Sec. 42.65(b) would provide guidance on how to present
tests and data. A party should not presume that the technical
competence of the trier-of-fact extends to a detailed knowledge of the
test at issue.
Oral Argument, Decision and Settlement
Section 42.70: Proposed Sec. 42.70 would provide guidance on oral
arguments.
Proposed Sec. 42.70(a) would provide that a party may request oral
argument on an issue raised in a paper. The time for requesting oral
argument would be set by the Board.
Proposed Sec. 42.70(b) would provide that a party serve
demonstrative exhibits at least five business days before the oral
argument. Experience has shown that parties are more effective in
communicating their respective positions at oral argument when
demonstrative exhibits have been exchanged prior to the hearing.
Cumbersome exhibits, however, tend to detract from the user's argument
and would be discouraged. The use of a compilation with each
demonstrative exhibit separately tabbed would be encouraged,
particularly when a court reporter is transcribing the oral argument
because the tabs provide a convenient way to record which exhibit is
being discussed. It is helpful to provide a copy of the compilation to
each member of the panel hearing the argument so that the judges may
better follow the line of argument presented.
Section 42.71: Proposed Sec. 42.71 would provide for decisions on
petitions and motions.
Proposed Sec. 42.71(a) would provide that a petition or motion may
be taken up in any order so that issues may be addressed in a fair and
efficient manner. This rule is consistent with 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(b), which state that, among other things,
that the Director shall consider the efficient administration of the
Office in prescribing regulations. Further, such a practice was noted
with approval in Berman v. Housey, 291 F.3d 1345, 1352 (Fed. Cir.
2002).
Proposed Sec. 42.71(b) would provide for interlocutory decisions.
The proposed rule would make clear that a decision short of judgment is
not final, but a decision by a panel would govern the trial. Experience
has shown that the practice of having panel decisions bind further
proceedings has eliminated much of the uncertainty and added cost that
result from deferring any final decision until the end of the
proceeding. In such instances, a party dissatisfied with an
interlocutory decision on motions should promptly seek rehearing rather
than waiting for a final judgment. A panel could, when the interests of
justice require it, reconsider its decision at any time in the
proceeding prior to final judgment. A belated request for rehearing
would rarely be granted, however, because its untimeliness would
detract from the efficiencies that result from making interlocutory
decisions binding.
Proposed Sec. 42.71(c) would provide for rehearings and would set
times for requesting rehearing. Since 35 U.S.C. 6(b), as amended,
requires a panel decision for finality, a party should request
rehearing by a panel to preserve an issue for judicial review. The
panel would then apply the deferential abuse-of-discretion standard to
decisions on rehearing.
Section 42.72: Proposed Sec. 42.72 would provide for termination
of a trial pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 317(a), as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
327(a), which provide for termination of a trial with respect to a
petitioner upon joint request of the petitioner and the patent owner,
unless the Office has decided the merits of the proceeding before the
request for termination is filed.
Section 42.73: Proposed Sec. 42.73 would provide for judgment.
Proposed Sec. 42.73(a) would provide that a judgment disposes of
all issues that were, or by motion could have been, properly raised and
decided.
Proposed Sec. 42.73(b) would provide guidance as to the conditions
under which the Board would infer a request for adverse judgment.
Proposed Sec. 42.73(c) would provide for recommendations for
further action by an examiner or the Director.
Proposed Sec. 42.73(d) would provide for estoppel.
Proposed Sec. 42.73(d)(1) would apply to non-derivation proceeding
trials and is consistent with 35 U.S.C. 315(e)(1), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 325(e)(1), which provide for estoppel in proceedings before the
Office where a final written decision was entered under 35 U.S.C.
318(a), as amended, or 35 U.S.C. 328(a).
Proposed Sec. 42.73(d)(2) would provide estoppel provisions in
derivation proceedings. The proposed rule would also be consistent with
35 U.S.C. 135(d), as amended, which provides for the effect of a final
decision in a derivation proceeding. Proposed Sec. 42.73(d)(2) differs
from proposed Sec. 42.73(d)(1) to take into account the differences in
statutory language between 35 U.S.C. 135(d) and 315(e)(1), as amended,
and 35 U.S.C. 325(e)(2).
Proposed Sec. 42.73(d)(3) would apply estoppel against a party
whose claim was cancelled or who requested an amendment to the
specification or drawings that was denied.
Section 42.74: Proposed Sec. 42.74 would provide guidance on
settling proceedings before the Board. 35 U.S.C. 135(e) and 317, as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 327 will govern settlement of Board trial
proceedings but do not expressly govern pre-institution settlement.
Proposed Sec. 42.74(a) would reflect that the Board is not a party
to a settlement agreement and may take any necessary action, including
determination of patentability notwithstanding a settlement. This
proposed rule is consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(e), as amended, where
the Board is not required to follow the settlement agreement if it is
inconsistent with the evidence. The proposed rule is also consistent
with 35 U.S.C. 317, as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 327, which provide that
the Board may proceed to a final written decision even if no petitioner
remains in the proceeding.
Proposed Sec. 42.74(b) would provide that settlement agreements
must be in writing and filed with the Board prior to termination of the
proceeding. This proposed rule is consistent with 35 U.S.C. 317(b), as
amended, and 327(b), which require the agreement to be in writing and
filed before termination of the proceeding. The proposed rule is also
consistent with 35 U.S.C. 135(e), as amended, which provides that
parties may seek to terminate the derivation proceeding by filing a
written statement.
Proposed Sec. 42.74(c) would provide that a party to a settlement
may request that the settlement be kept separate from an involved
patent or application. The proposed rule is consistent with the
requirements of 35 U.S.C. 135(e) and 317(b), as amended, and 35 U.S.C.
327(b).
Certificate
Section 42.80: Proposed Sec. 42.80 provides for issuance and
publication of a certificate after the Board issues a final decision
and the time for appeal has expired or an appeal has terminated. The
proposed rule would be consistent with 35 U.S.C. 318, as amended, and
35 U.S.C. 328.
[[Page 6891]]
Part 90--Judicial Review of Patent Trial and Appeal Board Decisions
The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends chapter 13 of title 35,
United States Code, to provide for certain changes to the provisions
for judicial review of Board decisions. A new part 90 of title 37, Code
of Federal Regulations is proposed to be added to permit consolidation
of rules relating to court review of Board decisions and to simplify
reference to such practices. The proposed rules in part 90 would also
implement the provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
associated with judicial review of agency actions addressed by the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act.
Current Sec. Sec. 1.301 through 1.304, which relate to rules of
practice in patent cases, would be removed from part 1 and relocated to
part 90. Paraphrasing of the statute in those rules would be eliminated
in the proposed new rules in favor of directing the reader to the
relevant statutory provisions. This change would avoid the need for the
Office to amend the rules when statutory amendments are made. It would
also avoid undue public reliance on the Office's paraphrase of
statutory text. The proposed rules in part 90 would better state the
existing practice and are not intended to change the existing practice
except as explicitly provided.
Section 90.1: Proposed Sec. 90.1 would clarify the scope of the
proposed rules in part 90. The proposed rules in part 90 would be
limited to rules governing the procedure by which a party dissatisfied
with the final decision in an appeal to the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board under 35 U.S.C. 134 may seek judicial review of the Patent Trial
and Appeal Board decision pursuant to Chapter 13 of title 35, United
States Code. This would include judicial review of the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board decisions arising out of ex parte prosecution. The
proposed rules in part 90 would not apply to other avenues for judicial
review of Office decisions that may be available, such as appeals from
Trademark Trial and Appeal Board decisions pursuant to Sec. 2.145,
civil actions brought pursuant to the Administrative Procedure Act, or
mandamus actions. The title of part 90 would indicate that this part
would apply only to judicial review of Patent Trial and Appeal Board
decisions.
Proposed Sec. 90.1 would clarify that the rules in effect on July
1, 2012, would continue to govern appeals from inter partes
reexamination proceedings. Section 7(e) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act maintains the statutory provisions governing inter partes
reexaminations requested under 35 U.S.C. 311, and the review provision
of 35 U.S.C. 141 for Board decisions arising out of such
reexaminations, as they existed at the time the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act was enacted. Accordingly, the Office will continue to apply
the regulations as they existed when the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act was enacted (or as subsequently modified prior to July 1, 2012) for
those proceedings. Further, Sec. 3(n)(2) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act provides that the provisions of 35 U.S.C. 135 ``as in
effect on the day before the effective date set forth in paragraph (1)
of this subsection'' shall apply to certain applications. Thus,
interference proceedings will still be available for a limited period
for certain applications under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act.
Regarding judicial review of Board decisions arising out of such
interferences, Sec. 7(c) and (e) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act makes review by the Federal Circuit available under 35 U.S.C. 141
only for proceedings commenced before September 16, 2012. Similarly,
Sec. 3 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act makes review of
interference decisions by a district court under 35 U.S.C. 146
available only if the provisions of Sec. 3(n)(1) of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act are not satisfied. That is because if the involved
application contains a claim satisfying the terms of Sec. 3(n)(1) of
the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (e.g., a continuation-in-part
application), then Sec. 3(j) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act--
changing 35 U.S.C. 146 from review of ``an interference'' to review of
``a derivation proceeding''--applies, and district court review of a
decision arising out an interference proceeding under 35 U.S.C. 135
will not be available. To the extent that an interference proceeding
under 35 U.S.C. 135 is available and judicial review of that decision
is available, the Office will continue to apply the regulations as they
existed when the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act was enacted (or as
subsequently modified prior to July 1, 2012) to those proceedings.
Lastly, note that certain interferences may be deemed to be eligible
for judicial review as though they were derivation proceedings. See
Sec. 6(f)(3) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act.
Section 90.2: Proposed Sec. 90.2 would address notice and service
requirements associated with notices of appeal and civil actions
seeking judicial review of Board decisions. The proposed rule would
combine the notice and service requirements of current Sec. Sec.
1.301, 1.302, and 1.303 for proceedings addressed by those rules.
Paraphrasing of the statute in those rules would be eliminated in
proposed Sec. 90.2 in favor of directing the reader to the relevant
statutory provisions to streamline the rules and prevent confusion. The
proposed rule would also include references to pertinent statutory
provisions or court rules that apply in such court proceedings.
Proposed Sec. 90.2 would further add provisions associated with
judicial review of Board decisions in inter partes reviews, post-grant
reviews, covered business method patent reviews, and derivation
proceedings.
Proposed Sec. 90.2 would require parties filing an appeal under 35
U.S.C. 141, initiating a civil action pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 146, or
electing under 35 U.S.C. 141(d) to proceed under 35 U.S.C. 146, to file
a copy of the notice of appeal, complaint, or notice of election,
respectively, with the Board in the appropriate manner provided in
Sec. 41.10(a), 41.10(b), or 42.6(b). The proposed rule would also
require that a complaint under 35 U.S.C. 146 be filed with the Board no
later than five business days after filing the complaint in district
court. These requirements would ensure that the Board is aware of such
proceedings and would prevent further action within the Office
consistent with the Board decision at issue in the appeal or civil
action. Proposed Sec. 90.2 would further require that the complaint be
filed with the Office pursuant to Sec. 104.2 within the same five
business day time period. That requirement similarly assures that the
Office has adequate notice of the pending judicial review proceeding.
Section 90.3: Proposed Sec. 90.3 would address the time for filing
a notice of appeal under 35 U.S.C. 142 and a notice of election under
35 U.S.C. 141(d), as amended, and the commencement of a civil action.
Proposed Sec. 90.3(a) would address the time for filing a notice
of appeal or a civil action seeking judicial review of a Board
decision. The proposed rule would extend the period for filing a notice
of appeal or a civil action under Sec. 1.304 to sixty-three (63) days.
This proposed change would avoid confusion regarding that period, which
was two months except when the two-month period included February 28,
in which case the period was two months and one day. The proposed
sixty-three (63) day period would result in the deadline for filing a
notice of appeal or a civil action falling on the same day of the week
as the Board decision. Thus, the proposed rule would minimize
calculations regarding extensions of time pursuant to
[[Page 6892]]
35 U.S.C. 21(b), which applies when the time period ends on a Saturday,
Sunday, or Federal holiday in the District of Columbia, by eliminating
the possibility that a Saturday or Sunday would be the final day of the
period.
Proposed Sec. 90.3(a) would also remove language regarding the
time for cross-appeals from Sec. 1.304. Instead, the proposed rule
would refer to the pertinent rules in the Federal Rules of Appellate
Procedure and the Rules for the United States Court of Appeals for the
Federal Circuit to avoid confusion or inconsistency. The proposed rule
would also add a reference to 35 U.S.C. 141(d) for both the relevant
time for filing a notice of election under that statute and the
relevant time for commencing a civil action pursuant to a notice of
election under that statute.
Proposed Sec. 90.3(b) and (c) would incorporate provisions from
current Sec. 1.304 addressing computation of time and extensions of
time.
Rulemaking Considerations
A. Administrative Procedure Act (APA): This notice proposes rules
of practice concerning the procedure for requesting an inter partes
review, post-grant review, covered business method patent review, or a
derivation, and the trial process after initiation of such a review.
The notice also proposes changes to the rule of practice to consolidate
the procedure for appeal of a decision by the Board and to require that
a copy of the notice of appeal, notice of election, and complaint be
provided to the Board. The changes being proposed in this notice do not
change the substantive criteria of patentability. These proposed
changes involve rules of agency practice and procedure and/or
interpretive rules. See Bachow Commc'ns Inc. v. FCC, 237 F.3d 683, 690
(D.C. Cir. 2001) (rules governing an application process are procedural
under the Administrative Procedure Act); Inova Alexandria Hosp. v.
Shalala, 244 F.3d 342, 350 (4th Cir. 2001) (rules for handling appeals
were procedural where they did not change the substantive standard for
reviewing claims); Nat'l Org. of Veterans' Advocates v. Sec'y of
Veterans Affairs, 260 F.3d 1365, 1375 (Fed. Cir. 2001) (rule that
clarifies interpretation of a statute is interpretive).
Accordingly, prior notice and opportunity for public comment are
not required pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b) or (c) (or any other law), and
thirty-day advance publication is not required pursuant to 5 U.S.C.
553(d) (or any other law). See Cooper Techs. Co. v. Dudas, 536 F.3d
1330, 1336-37 (Fed. Cir. 2008) (stating that 5 U.S.C. 553, and thus 35
U.S.C. 2(b)(2)(B), does not require notice and comment rule making for
``interpretative rules, general statements of policy, or rules of
agency organization, procedure, or practice'') (quoting 5 U.S.C.
553(b)(A)). The Office, however, is publishing these changes and the
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Act analysis, below, for comment as it
seeks the benefit of the public's views on the Office's proposed
implementation of these provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act: The Office estimates that 460
petitions for inter partes review, 50 petitions for post-grant review
and covered business method patent review combined, and 50 petitions
for derivation proceedings will be filed in fiscal year 2013. This will
be the first fiscal year in which review proceedings will be available
for an entire fiscal year, and derivation proceedings will be available
for more than 6 months. The estimate for inter partes review petitions
is partially based on the number of inter partes reexamination requests
under 37 CFR 1.915 that have been filed in fiscal years 2010 and 2011.
The Office received 281 requests for inter partes reexamination in
fiscal year 2010. See Table 13B of the United States Patent and
Trademark Office Performance and Accountability Report for Fiscal Year
2010, available at https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/ar/2010/USPTOFY2010PAR.pdf.
The Office received 374 requests for inter partes reexamination in
fiscal year 2011. See Table 14B of the United States Patent and
Trademark Office Performance and Accountability Report for Fiscal Year
2011, available at https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/ar/2011/USPTOFY2011PAR.pdf.
Additionally, the Office takes into consideration the recent growth
rate in the number of requests for inter partes reexamination, the
projected growth due to an expansion in the number of eligible patents
under the inter partes review provisions of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act (see Sec. 6(c)), and the more restrictive filing time
period in 35 U.S.C. 315(b) as amended by the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act.
In fiscal year 2013, it is expected that no post-grant review
petitions will be received, other than those filed under the
transitional program for covered business method patents. Thus, the
estimated number of post-grant review petitions including covered
business method patent review petitions is based on the number of inter
partes reexamination requests filed in fiscal year 2011 for patents
having an original classification in class 705 of the United States
Patent Classification System. Class 705 is the classification for
patents directed to data processing in the following areas: financial,
business practice, management, or cost/price determination. See https://www.uspto.gov/web/patents/classification/uspc705/sched705.pdf.
The following is the class definition and description for Class
705:
This is the generic class for apparatus and corresponding
methods for performing data processing operations, in which there is
a significant change in the data or for performing calculation
operations wherein the apparatus or method is uniquely designed for
or utilized in the practice, administration, or management of an
enterprise, or in the processing of financial data.
This class also provides for apparatus and corresponding methods
for performing data processing or calculating operations in which a
charge for goods or services is determined.
This class additionally provides for subject matter described in
the two paragraphs above in combination with cryptographic apparatus
or method.
Subclasses 705/300-348 were established prior to complete
reclassification of all project documents. Documents that have not
yet been reclassified have been placed in 705/1.1. Until
reclassification is finished a complete search of 705/300-348 should
include a search of 705/1.1. Once the project documents in 705/1.1
have been reclassified they will be moved to the appropriate
subclasses and this note will be removed.
Scope of the Class
1. The arrangements in this class are generally used for
problems relating to administration of an organization, commodities
or financial transactions.
2. Mere designation of an arrangement as a ``business machine''
or a document as a ``business form'' or ``business chart'' without
any particular business function will not cause classification in
this class or its subclasses.
3. For classification herein, there must be significant claim
recitation of the data processing system or calculating computer and
only nominal claim recitation of any external art environment.
Significantly claimed apparatus external to this class, claimed in
combination with apparatus under the class definition, which perform
data processing or calculation operations are classified in the
class appropriate to the external device unless specifically
excluded therefrom.
4. Nominally claimed apparatus external to this class in
combination with apparatus under the class definition is classified
in this class unless provided for in the appropriate external class.
5. In view of the nature of the subject matter included herein,
consideration of the classification schedule for the diverse art or
environment is necessary for proper search.
See Classification Definitions (Feb. 2011) available at https://www.uspto.gov/web/patents/classification/uspc705/defs705.htm.
[[Page 6893]]
Accordingly, patents subject to covered business method patent
review are anticipated to be typically classifiable in Class 705. It is
anticipated that the number of patents in Class 705 that do not
qualified as covered business method patents would approximate the
number of patents classified in other classes that do qualify.
The Office received 20 requests for inter partes reexamination of
patents classified in Class 705 in fiscal year 2011. The Office in
estimating the number of petitions for covered business method patent
review to be higher than 20 requests due to an expansion of grounds for
which review may be requested including subject matter eligibility
grounds, the greater coordination with litigation, and the provision
that patents will be eligible for the proceeding regardless of filing
date of the application which resulted in the patent. It is not
anticipated that any post-grant review petitions will be received in
fiscal year 2013 as only patents issuing based on certain applications
filed on or after March 16, 2013, or certain applications involved in
an interference proceeding commenced before September 12, 2012, are
eligible for post-grant review. See Pub. L. 112-29, Sec. 6(f), 125
Stat. 284, 311 (2011).
The Office expects the number of newly declared interferences to
decrease as some parties file inter partes review petitions rather than
file reissue applications of their own earlier filed patents. Parties
filing such reissue applications often seek a review of another party's
issued patent in an interference proceeding.
The Office has reviewed the entity status of patents for which
inter partes reexamination was requested from October 1, 2000, to
September 23, 2011. This data only includes filings granted a filing
date in the particular year rather than filings in which a request was
received in the year. The first inter partes reexamination was filed on
July 27, 2001. A summary of that review is provided in Table 1 below.
As shown by Table 1, patents known to be owned by a small entity
represented 32.79% of patents for which inter partes reexamination was
requested. Based on an assumption that the same percentage of patents
owned by small entities will be subject to inter partes review, post-
grant review, covered business method patent review, and derivation
proceedings, it is estimated that 151 petitions for inter partes
review, 16 petitions for post-grant and covered business method patent
review combined, and 16 petitions for derivation proceedings would be
filed to seek review of patents owned by a small entity in fiscal year
2013, the first full fiscal year that these proceedings will be
available.
Table 1--Inter partes Reexamination Requests Filed With Parent Entity Type *
[* Small entity status determined by reviewing preexamination small entity indicator for the parent patent]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number filed
Inter partes where parent Percent small
Fiscal year reexamination patent is entity type of
requests filed small entity total
type
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011............................................................ 329 123 37.39
2010............................................................ 255 94 36.86
2009............................................................ 240 62 25.83
2008............................................................ 155 52 33.55
2007............................................................ 127 35 27.56
2006............................................................ 61 17 27.87
2005............................................................ 59 18 30.51
2004............................................................ 26 5 19.23
2003............................................................ 21 12 57.14
2002............................................................ 4 1 25.00
2001............................................................ 1 0 0.00
1,278 419 32.79
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Based on the number of patents issued during fiscal years 1995
through 1999 that paid the small entity third stage maintenance fee,
the number of patents issued during fiscal years 2000 through 2003 that
paid the small entity second stage maintenance fee, the number of
patents issued during fiscal years 2004 through 2007 that paid the
first stage maintenance fee, and the number of patents issued during
fiscal years 2008 through 2011 that paid a small entity issue fee,
there are no less than 375,000 patents owned by small entities in force
as of October 1, 2011.
Furthermore, the Office recognizes that there would be an offset to
this number for patents that expire earlier than 20 years from their
filing date due to a benefit claim to an earlier application or due to
a filing of a terminal disclaimer. The Office likewise recognizes that
there would be an offset in the opposite manner due to the accrual of
patent term extension and adjustment. The Office, however, does not
maintain data on the date of expiration by operation of a terminal
disclaimer. Therefore, the Office has not adjusted the estimate of
375,000 patents owned by small entities in force as of October 1, 2011.
While the Office maintains information regarding patent term extension
and adjustment accrued by each patent, the Office does not collect data
on the expiration date of patents that are subject to a terminal
disclaimer. As such, the Office has not adjusted the estimated of
375,000 patents owned by small entities in force as of October 1, 2011,
for accrual of patent term extension and adjustment, because in view of
the incomplete terminal disclaimer data issue, would be incomplete and
any estimate adjustment would be administratively burdensome. Thus, it
is estimated that the number of small entity patents in force in fiscal
year 2013 will be at least 375,000.
Based on the estimated number of patents in force, the number of
small entity owned patents impacted by inter partes review in fiscal
year 2013 (151 patents) would be less than 0.05% (151/375,000) of all
patents in force that are owned by small entities. Moreover, post-grant
and covered business method patent review and derivation would have a
smaller impact. The USPTO nonetheless has undertaken an Initial
Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis of the proposed rule.
1. Description of the Reasons That Action by the Office Is Being
Considered: On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
was
[[Page 6894]]
enacted into law (Pub. L. 112-29, 125 Stat. 284 (2011)). Section 6 of
the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends chapter 31 of title 35,
United States Code, to create a new inter partes review proceeding
which will take effect on September 16, 2012, one year after the date
of enactment, and eliminate inter partes reexamination (except for
requests filed before the effective date of September 16, 2012).
Section 6 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act further amends title
35, United States Code, by adding chapter 32 to create a new post-grant
review proceeding. Section 18 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
provides for a transitional program for covered business method patents
which will employ the standards and procedures of the post-grant review
proceeding with a few exceptions. Additionally, Sec. 3(i) of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act amends 35 U.S.C. 135 to provide for
derivation proceedings and eliminate the interference practice as to
applications and patents that have an effective filing date on or after
March 16, 2013 (with a few exceptions). For the implementation,
Sec. Sec. 6(c) and 6(f) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
requires that the Director issue regulations to carry out chapter 31,
as amended, and chapter 32 of title 35, United States Code, within one
year after the date of enactment. Public Law 112-29, Sec. Sec. 6(c)
and 6(f), 125 Stat. 284, 304 and 311 (2011). Moreover, 35 U.S.C.
135(b), as amended, requires that the Director prescribe regulations to
set forth the standards for conducting derivation proceedings,
including requiring parties to provide sufficient evidence to prove and
rebut a claim of derivation.
2. Succinct Statement of the Objectives of, and Legal Basis for,
the Proposed Rules: The proposed rules seek to implement inter partes
review, post-grant review, the transitional program for covered
business method patents, and derivation proceedings as authorized by
the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act. The Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act requires that the Director prescribe rules for the inter partes,
post-grant, and covered business method patent reviews that result in a
final determination not later than one year after the date on which the
Director notices the institution of a proceeding. The one-year period
may be extended for not more than 6 months if good cause is shown. See
35 U.S.C. 316(a)(11), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(11). The Leahy-
Smith America Invents Act also requires that the Director, in
prescribing rules for the inter partes, post-grant, and covered
business method patent reviews, consider the effect of the rules on the
economy, the integrity of the patent system, the efficient
administration of the Office, and the ability of the Office to complete
timely the instituted proceedings. See 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as amended,
and 35 U.S.C. 326(b). Consistent with the time periods provided in 35
U.S.C. 316(a)(11), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)(11), the proposed
rules are designed to, except where good cause is shown to exist,
result in a final determination by the Patent Trial and Appeal Board
within one year of the notice of initiation of the review. This one-
year review will enhance the effect on the economy, and improve the
integrity of the patent system and the efficient administration of the
Office.
3. Description and Estimate of the Number of Affected Small
Entities: The Small Business Administration (SBA) small business size
standards applicable to most analyses conducted to comply with the
Regulatory Flexibility Act are set forth in 13 CFR 121.201. These
regulations generally define small businesses as those with fewer than
a specified maximum number of employees or less than a specified level
of annual receipts for the entity's industrial sector or North American
Industry Classification System (NAICS) code. As provided by the
Regulatory Flexibility Act, and after consultation with the Small
Business Administration, the Office formally adopted an alternate size
standard as the size standard for the purpose of conducting an analysis
or making a certification under the Regulatory Flexibility Act for
patent-related regulations. See Business Size Standard for Purposes of
United States Patent and Trademark Office Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis for Patent-Related Regulations, 71 FR 67109 (Nov. 20, 2006),
1313 Off. Gaz. Pat. Office 60 (Dec. 12, 2006). This alternate small
business size standard is SBA's previously established size standard
that identifies the criteria entities must meet to be entitled to pay
reduced patent fees. See 13 CFR 121.802. If patent applicants identify
themselves on a patent application as qualifying for reduced patent
fees, the Office captures this data in the Patent Application Location
and Monitoring (PALM) database system, which tracks information on each
patent application submitted to the Office.
Unlike the SBA small business size standards set forth in 13 CFR
121.201, the size standard for USPTO is not industry-specific. The
Office's definition of a small business concern for Regulatory
Flexibility Act purposes is a business or other concern that: (1) Meets
the SBA's definition of a ``business concern or concern'' set forth in
13 CFR 121.105; and (2) meets the size standards set forth in 13 CFR
121.802 for the purpose of paying reduced patent fees, namely an
entity: (a) Whose number of employees, including affiliates, does not
exceed 500 persons; and (b) which has not assigned, granted, conveyed,
or licensed (and is under no obligation to do so) any rights in the
invention to any person who made it and could not be classified as an
independent inventor, or to any concern which would not qualify as a
non-profit organization or a small business concern under this
definition. See Business Size Standard for Purposes of United States
Patent and Trademark Office Regulatory Flexibility Analysis for Patent-
Related Regulations, 71 FR at 67112 (Nov 20, 2006), 1313 Off. Gaz. Pat.
Office at 63 (Dec. 12, 2006).
As discussed above, it is anticipated that 460 petitions for inter
partes review, 50 petitions for post-grant review and covered business
method patent review combined, and 50 petitions for derivation
proceedings will be filed in fiscal year 2013. The Office has reviewed
the percentage of patents for which inter partes reexamination was
requested from October 1, 2000 to September 23, 2011. A summary of that
review is provided in Table 1 above. As demonstrated by Table 1,
patents known to be owned by a small entity represent 32.79% of patents
for which inter partes reexamination was requested. Based on an
assumption that the same percentage of patents owned by small entities
will be subject to the new review proceedings, it is estimated that 151
patents owned by small entities would be affected by inter partes
review, and that 16 patents owned by small entities would be affected
by a post-grant or covered business method patent review.
For derivation proceedings, the Office has reviewed the percentage
of applications and patents for which an interference was declared in
fiscal year 2011. Applications and patents known to be owned by a small
entity represent 19.62% of applications and patents for which
interference was declared in FY 2011. Based on the assumption that the
same percentage of applications and patents owned by small entities
will be involved in a derivation proceeding, 20 small entity owned
applications or patents would be affected by derivation proceeding.
The USPTO estimates that 2.5% of patent owners will file a request
for adverse judgment prior to a decision to institute and that another
2.5% will file
[[Page 6895]]
a request for adverse judgment or fail to participate after initiation.
Specifically, an estimated 21 patent owners will file a request for
adverse judgment or fail to participate after institution in inter
partes review, and an estimated 2 patent owners will do so in post-
grant and covered business method proceedings combined. Based on the
percentage of small entity owned patents that were the subject of inter
partes reexamination (32.79%) from October 1, 2000 to September 23,
2011, it is estimated that 7 small entities will file such requests or
fail to participate in inter partes review proceedings, and an
estimated 1 small entity will do so in post-grant or covered business
method patent review combined.
Under the proposed rules, prior to determining whether to institute
a review, the patent owner may file an optional patent owner
preliminary response to the petition. Given the new time period
requirements to file a petition for review before the Board relative to
patent enforcement proceedings and the desire to avoid the cost of a
trial and delays to related infringement actions, it is anticipated
that 90% of petitions, other than those for which a request for adverse
judgment is filed, will result in the filing of a patent owner
preliminary response. Where an inter partes review petition is filed
close to the expiration of the one-year period set forth in 35 U.S.C.
315(b), as amended, a patent owner would likely be advantaged by filing
a successful preliminary response. In view of these considerations, it
is anticipated that 90% patent owners will file a preliminary response.
Specifically, the Office estimates that 406 patent owners will file a
preliminary response to an inter partes review petition, and an
estimated 45 patent owners will file a preliminary response to a post-
grant or covered business method petition. Based on the percentage of
small entity owned patents that were the subject of inter partes
reexamination (32.79%), it is estimated that 133 small entities will
file a preliminary response to an inter partes review petition, and 15
small entities will file a preliminary response to a post-grant or
covered business method patent review petition in fiscal year 2013.
Under the proposed rules, the Office will determine whether to
institute a trial within three months after the earlier of: (1) The
submission of a patent owner preliminary response, (2) the waiver of
filing a patent owner preliminary response, or (3) the expiration of
the time period for filing a patent owner preliminary response. If the
Office decides not to institute a trial, the petitioner may file a
request for reconsideration of the Office's decision. In estimating the
number of requests for reconsideration, the Office considered the
percentage of inter partes reexaminations that were denied relative to
those that were ordered (24 divided by 342, or 7%) in fiscal year 2011.
See Reexaminations--FY 2011, https://www.uspto.gov/patents/Reexamination_operational_statistic_through_FY2011Q4.pdf. The
Office also considered the impact of: (1) Patent owner preliminary
responses under newly authorized in 35 U.S.C. 313, as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 323, (2) the enhanced thresholds for instituting reviews set
forth in 35 U.S.C. 314(a), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 324(a), which
would tend to increase the likelihood of dismissing a petition for
review, and (3) the more restrictive time period for filing a petition
for review in 35 U.S.C. 315(b), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 325(b), which
would tend to reduce the likelihood of dismissing a petition. Based on
these considerations, it is estimated that 10% of the petitions for
review (50 divided by 498) would be dismissed.
The Office predicts that it will institute 10 derivation
proceedings based on petitions seeking derivation filed in fiscal year
2013. This estimate is based on the low number of interference
proceedings declared, as well as the limited number of eligible
applications.
During fiscal year 2011, the Office issued 21 decisions following a
request for reconsideration of a decision on appeal in inter partes
reexamination. The average time from original decision to decision on
reconsideration was 4.4 months. Thus, the decisions on reconsideration
were based on original decisions issued from July 2010 until June 2011.
During this time period, the Office mailed 63 decisions on appeals in
inter partes reexamination. See BPAI Statistics--Receipts and
Dispositions by Technology Center, https://www.uspto.gov/ip/boards/bpai/stats/receipts/index.jsp (monthly data).
Based on the assumption that the same rate of reconsideration (21
divided by 63 or 33.333%) will occur, the Office estimates that 19
requests for reconsideration will be filed. Based on the percentage of
small entity owned patents that were the subject of inter partes
reexamination (32.79%) and the percentage of small entity owned patent
applications or patents that were the subject of an interference
declared in fiscal year 2010 (19.62%), it is estimated that 6 small
entities will file a request for a reconsideration of a decision
dismissing the petition for review or derivation in fiscal year 2013.
The Office reviewed motions, oppositions, and replies in a number
of contested trial proceedings before the trial section of the Board.
The review included determining whether the motion, opposition, and
reply were directed to patentability grounds and non-priority non-
patentability grounds. Based on the review, it is anticipated that: (1)
Inter partes reviews will have an average of 6.92 motions, oppositions,
and replies per trial after institution, (2) post-grant and covered
business method patent reviews will have an average of 8.89 motions,
oppositions, and replies per trial after institution, and (3)
derivation proceedings will have an average of 23.4 motions,
oppositions, and replies per trial after institution. Settlement is
estimated to occur in 20% of instituted trials at various points of the
trial. In trials that are settled, it is estimated that only 50% of the
noted motions, oppositions, and replies would be filed.
After a trial has been instituted but prior to a final written
decision, parties to a review or derivation proceeding may request an
oral hearing. It is anticipated that 466 requests for oral hearings
will be filed based on the number of requests for oral hearings in
inter partes reexamination, the stated desirability for oral hearings
during the legislative process, and the public input received prior to
this notice of proposed rulemaking. Based on the percentage of small
entity owned patents that were the subject of inter partes
reexamination (32.79%), it is estimated that 153 small entities will
file a request for oral hearing in the reviews and derivations
instituted in fiscal year 2013.
Parties to a review or derivation proceeding may file requests to
treat a settlement as business confidential, and requests for adverse
judgment. A written request to make a settlement agreement available
may also be filed. Parties to derivation proceedings may also file
arbitration agreements and awards. Given the short time period set for
conducting trials, it is anticipated that the alternative dispute
resolution options will be infrequently used. The Office estimates that
20 requests to treat a settlement as business confidential; 103
requests for adverse judgment, default adverse judgment, or settlement
notices; and 2 arbitration agreements and awards will be filed. The
Office also estimates that 20 requests to make a settlement available
will be filed. Based on the percentage of small entity owned patents
that were the subject of inter partes reexamination (32.79%) and the
percentage of small entity owned patent
[[Page 6896]]
applications or patents that were the subject of an interference
declared in fiscal year 2010 (19.62%), it is estimated that 7 small
entities will file a request to treat a settlement as business
confidential, 34 small entities will file a request for adverse
judgment, default adverse judgment notices, or settlement notices, and
1 small entity will file an arbitration agreement and award in the
reviews and derivations instituted in fiscal year 2013.
Parties to a review or derivation proceeding may seek judicial
review of the final decision of the Board. Historically, 33% of
examiner's decisions in inter partes reexamination proceedings have
been appealed to the Board. It is anticipated that 16% of final
decisions of the Board would be appealed. The reduction in appeal rate
is based on the higher threshold for institution, the focused process,
and the experience of the Board in conducted contested cases.
Therefore, it is estimated that 56 parties would seek judicial review
of the final decisions of the Board in reviews and derivations
instituted in fiscal year 2013. In addition, appeals in other final
decisions of the Board are anticipated to continue at the same rate,
but with a higher base rate of final decisions. Based on this
expectation, it is estimated that 138 parties would seek judicial
review of other final decisions of the Board. Furthermore, based on the
percentage of small entity owned patents that were the subject of inter
partes reexamination (32.79%) and the percentage of small entity owned
patent applications or patents that were the subject of an interference
declared in fiscal year 2010 (19.62%), it is estimated that 18 small
entities would seek judicial review of final decisions of the Board in
the reviews and derivations instituted in fiscal year 2013.
4. Description of the Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other
Compliance Requirements of the Proposed Rule, Including an Estimate of
the Classes of Small Entities Which Will Be Subject to the Requirement
and the Type of Professional Skills Necessary for Preparation of the
Report or Record: Based on the filing trends of inter partes
reexamination requests, it is anticipated that petitions for review
will be filed across all technologies with approximately 50% being
filed in electrical technologies, approximately 30% in mechanical
technologies, and the remaining 20% in chemical technologies and
design. However, covered business method patent reviews would be
limited to business method patents that are not patents for
technological inventions. Under the proposed rules, a person who is not
the owner of a patent may file a petition to institute a review of the
patent, with a few exceptions. Given this, it is anticipated that a
petition for review is likely to be filed by an entity practicing in
the same or similar field as the patent. Therefore, it is anticipated
that 50% of the petitions for review will be filed in the electronic
field, 30% in the mechanical field, and 20% in the chemical or design
fields.
Based on the trends of declared contested cases in fiscal year
2011, it is anticipated that petitions for derivation will be filed
across all technologies with approximately 16% in electrical
technologies, approximately 17% in mechanical technologies, and the
remaining 67% in chemical technologies and design. A derivation
petition is likely to be filed by an entity practicing in the same or
similar field as the patent. Therefore, it is anticipated that 16% of
the petitions for review will be filed in the electronic field, 17% in
the mechanical field, and 67% in the chemical or design fields.
Preparation of the petition would require analyzing the patent
claims, locating evidence supporting arguments of unpatentability, and
preparing the petition seeking review of the patent. This notice
provides the proposed procedural requirements that are common for the
new trials. Additional requirements are provided in contemporaneous
trial specific proposed rulemaking. The procedures for petitions to
institute an inter partes review are proposed in Sec. Sec. 42.5, 42.6,
42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(1), 42.63, 42.65, and
42.101 through 42.105. The procedures for petitions to institute a
post-grant review are proposed in Sec. Sec. 42.5, 42.6, 42.8, 42.11,
42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(2), 42.63, 42.65, and 42.201
through 42.205. The procedures for petitions to institute a covered
business method patent review are proposed in Sec. Sec. 42.5, 42.6,
42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(3), 42.63, 42.65,
42.203, 42.205, and 42.302 through 42.304. The procedures for petitions
to institute a derivation proceeding are proposed in Sec. Sec. 42.5,
42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(4),42.63,
42.65, and 42.402 through 42.406.
The skills necessary to prepare a petition for review and to
participate in a trial before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board would
be similar to those needed to prepare a request for inter partes
reexamination, to represent a party in an inter partes reexamination,
and to represent a party in an interference proceeding before the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board. The level of skill is typically
possessed by a registered patent practitioner having devoted
professional time to the particular practice area, typically under the
supervision of a practitioner skilled in the particular practice area.
Where authorized by the Board, a non-registered practitioner may be
admitted pro hac vice, on a case-by-case basis based on the facts and
circumstances of the trial and party, as well as the skill of the
practitioner.
The cost of preparing a petition for inter partes review is
anticipated to be the same as the cost for preparing a request for
inter partes reexamination. The American Intellectual Property Law
Association's AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey 2011 reported that
the average cost of preparing a request for inter partes reexamination
was $46,000. Based on the work required to prepare and file such a
request, the Office considers the reported cost as a reasonable
estimate. Accordingly, the Office estimates that the cost of preparing
a petition for inter partes review would be $46,000 (including expert
costs).
The cost of preparing a petition for post-grant or covered business
method patent review is estimated to be 33.333% higher than the cost of
preparing a petition for inter partes review because the petition for
post-grant or covered business method patent review may seek to
institute a proceeding on additional grounds such as subject matter
eligibility. Therefore, the Office estimates that the cost of preparing
a petition for post-grant or covered business method patent review
would be $61,333. It is expected that petitions for derivation would
have the same complexity and cost as a petition for post-grant review
because derivation proceedings raise issues of conception and
communication, which have similar complexity to the issues that can be
raised in a post-grant review, i.e., public use, sale and written
description. Thus, the Office estimates that the cost of preparing a
petition for derivation would also be $61,333.
The filing of a petition for review would also require payment by
the petitioner of the appropriate petition fee to recover the aggregate
cost for providing the review. The appropriate petition fee would be
determined by the number of claims for which review is sought and the
type of review. The proposed fees for filing a petition for inter
partes review are: $27,200 for requesting review of 20 or fewer claims,
$34,000 to request review of 21 to 30 claims, $40,800 to request review
of 31 to 40 claims, $54,400 to request review
[[Page 6897]]
of 41 to 50 claims, $68,000 to request review of 51 to 60 claims, and
an additional $27,200 to request review of additional groups of 10
claims. The fees for filing a petition for post-grant or covered
business method patent review would be: $35,800 to request review of 20
or fewer claims, $44,750 to request review of 21 to 30 claims, $53,700
to request review of 31 to 40 claims, $71,600 to request review of 41
to 50 claims, $89,500 to request review of 51 to 60 claims, and an
additional $35,800 to request review of additional groups of 10 claims.
In setting fees, the estimated information technology cost to
establish the process and maintain the filing and storage system
through 2017 is to be recovered by charging each petition an IT fee
that has a base component of $1,705 for requests to review 20 or fewer
claims. The IT component fees would be $2,122 for requesting review of
21-30 claims, $2,557 for requesting review of 31-40 claims, $3,409 for
requesting review of 41-50 claims, $4,267 for requesting review of 51-
60 claims, and an additional $1,705 for requesting review of additional
groups of 10 claims. The remainder of the fee is to recover the cost
for judges to determine whether to institute a review and conduct the
review, together with a proportionate share of indirect costs, e.g.,
rent, utilities, additional support, and administrative costs. Based on
the direct and indirect costs, the fully burdened cost per hour for
judges to decide a petition and conduct a review is estimated to be
$258.32.
For a petition for inter partes review with 20 or fewer challenged
claims, it is anticipated that 98.7 hours of judge time would be
required. For 21 to 30 challenged claims, an additional 24.7 hours is
anticipated for a total of 123.4 hours of judge time. For 31 to 40
challenged claims, an additional 49.3 hours is anticipated for a total
of 148 hours of judge time. For 41 to 50 challenged claims, an
additional 98.7 hours is anticipated for a total of 197.4 hours of
judge time. For 51 to 60 claims, an additional 148 hours is anticipated
for a total of 246.7 hours of judge time. The increase in adjustment
reflects the added complexity that typically occurs as more claims are
in dispute.
For a petition for post-grant or covered business method patent
review with 20 or fewer challenged claims, it is anticipated that 132
hours of judge time will be required. For 21 to 30 challenged claims,
an additional 33 hours is anticipated for a total of 165 hours of judge
time. For 31 to 40 challenged claims, an additional 66 hours is
anticipated for a total of 198 hours of judge time. For 41 to 50
challenged claims, an additional 132 hours is anticipated for a total
of 264 hours of judge time. For 51 to 60 challenged claims, an
additional 198 hours is anticipated for a total of 330 hours of judge
time. The increase in adjustment reflects the added complexity that
typically occurs as more claims are in dispute.
The proposed rules would permit the patent owner to file a
preliminary response to the petition setting forth the reasons why no
review should be initiated. The procedures for a patent owner to file a
preliminary response as an opposition are proposed in Sec. Sec. 42.6,
42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.21, 42.23, 42.24(b), 42.51, 42.52, 42.53, 42.54,
42.63, 42.64, 42.65, 42.107, 42.120, 42.207, and 42.220. The patent
owner is not required to file a preliminary response. The Office
estimates that the preparation and filing of a patent owner preliminary
response would require 100 hours of professional time and cost $34,000
(including expert costs). The AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey 2011
reported that the average cost for inter partes reexamination including
of the request ($46,000), the first patent owner response, and third
party comments was $75,000 (see I-175) and the median billing rate for
professional time of $340 per hour for attorneys in private firms (see
8). Thus, the cost of the first patent owner reply and the third party
statement is $29,000. The Office finds these costs to be reasonable
estimates. The patent owner reply and third party statement, however,
occur after the examiner has made an initial threshold determination
and made only the appropriate rejections. Accordingly, it is
anticipated that filing a patent owner preliminary response to a
petition for review would cost more than the initial reply in a
reexamination, an estimated $34,000 (including expert costs).
The Office will determine whether to institute a trial within three
months after the earlier of: (1) The submission of a patent owner
preliminary response, (2) the waiver of filing a patent owner
preliminary response, or (3) the expiration of the time period for
filing a patent owner preliminary response. If the Office decides not
to institute a trial, the petitioner may file a request for
reconsideration of the Office's decision. It is anticipated that a
request for reconsideration will require 80 hours of professional time
to prepare and file, for a cost of $27,200. This estimate is based on
the complexity of the issues and desire to avoid time bars imposed by
35 U.S.C. 315(b), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 325(b).
Following institution of a trial, the parties may be authorized to
file various motions, e.g., motions to amend and motions for additional
discovery. Where a motion is authorized, an opposition may be
authorized, and where an opposition is authorized, a reply may be
authorized. The procedures for filing a motion are proposed in
Sec. Sec. 42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(5), 42.51,
42.52, 42.53, 42.54, 42.63, 42.64, 42.65, 42.121, 42.221, 42.123, and
42.223. The procedures for filing an opposition are proposed in
Sec. Sec. 42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.21, 42.23, 42.24(b), 42.51,
42.52, 42.53, 42.54, 42.63, 42.64, 42.65, 42.107, 42.120, 42.207, and
42.220. The procedures for filing a reply are proposed in Sec. Sec.
42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.21, 42.23, 42.24(c), 42.51, 42.52, 42.53,
42.54, 42.63, and 42.65. As discussed previously, the Office estimates
that the average inter partes review will have 6.92 motions,
oppositions, and replies after institution. The average post-grant or
covered business method patent review will have 8.89 motions,
oppositions, and replies after institution. The average derivation
proceeding is anticipated to have 23.4 motions, oppositions, and
replies after institution.
The AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey 2011 reported that the
average cost in contested cases before the trial section of the Board
prior to the priority phase was $322,000 per party. Because of the
overlap of issues in patentability grounds, it is expected that the
cost per motion will decline as more motions are filed in a proceeding.
It is estimated that a motion, opposition, or reply in a derivation
would cost $34,000 (including expert costs) which is estimated by
dividing the total public cost for all motions in current contested
cases divided by the estimated number of motions in derivations under
35 U.S.C. 135, as amended. The cost of a motion, opposition, or reply
in a post-grant review is estimated at $44,200 (including expert
costs), reflecting the reduction in overlap between motions relative to
derivation. The cost of a motion, opposition or reply in an inter
partes review would be $47,600 (including expert costs). Based on the
work required to file and prepare such briefs, the Office considers the
reported cost as a reasonable estimate.
After a trial has been instituted but prior to a final written
decision, parties to a review or derivation proceeding may request an
oral hearing. The procedure for filing requests for oral argument is
proposed in Sec. 42.70. The AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey 2011
reported that the third quartile cost of an ex parte appeal with an
oral
[[Page 6898]]
argument is $12,000, while the third quartile cost of an ex parte
appeal without an oral argument is $6,000. In view of the reported
costs, which the Office finds reasonable, and the increased complexity
of an oral hearing with multiple parties, it is estimated that the cost
per party for oral hearings would be $6,800 or $800 more than the
reported third quartile cost for an ex parte oral hearing.
Parties to a review or derivation proceeding may file requests to
treat a settlement as business confidential, request for adverse
judgment, and arbitration agreements and awards. A written request to
make a settlement agreement available may also be filed. The procedures
to file requests that a settlement be treated as business confidential
are proposed in Sec. Sec. 42.74(c) and 42.409. The procedures to file
requests for adverse judgment are proposed in Sec. 42.73(b). The
procedures to file arbitration agreements and awards are proposed Sec.
42.410. The procedures to file requests to make a settlement agreement
available are proposed in Sec. 42.74(c)(2). It is anticipated that
requests to treat a settlement as business confidential will require 2
hours of professional time or $680. It is anticipated that requests for
adverse judgment will require 1 hour of professional time or $340. It
is anticipated that arbitration agreements and awards will require 4
hours of professional time or $1,360. It is anticipated that requests
to make a settlement agreement available will require 1 hour of
professional time or $340. The requests to make a settlement agreement
available will also require payment of a fee of $400 specified in
proposed Sec. 42.15(d). The fee proposed would be the same as
currently set forth in Sec. 41.20(a) for petitions to the Chief
Administrative Patent Judge.
Parties to a review proceeding may seek judicial review of the
judgment of the Board. The procedures to file notices of judicial
review of a Board decision, including notices of appeal and notices of
election provided for in 35 U.S.C. 141, 142, 145, and 146, are proposed
in Sec. Sec. 90.1 through 90.3. The submission of a copy of a notice
of appeal or a notice of election is anticipated to require 6 minutes
of professional time at a cost of $34.
5. Description of Any Significant Alternatives to the Proposed
Rules Which Accomplish the Stated Objectives of Applicable Statutes and
Which Minimize Any Significant Economic Impact of the Rules on Small
Entities:
Size of petitions and motions: The Office considered whether to
apply a page limit and what an appropriate page limit would be. The
Office does not currently have a page limit on inter partes
reexamination requests. The inter partes reexamination requests from
October 1, 2010 to June 30, 2011, averaged 246 pages. Based on the
experience of processing inter partes reexamination requests, the
Office finds that the very large size of the requests has created a
burden on the Office that hinders the efficiency and timeliness of
processing the requests, and creates a burden on patent owners. The
quarterly reported average processing time from the filing of a request
to the publication of a reexamination certificate ranged from 28.9
months to 41.7 months in fiscal year 2009, from 29.5 months to 37.6
months in fiscal year 2010, and from 31.9 to 38.0 months in fiscal year
2011. See Reexaminations--FY 2011, https://www.uspto.gov/patents/Reexamination_operational_statistic_through_FY2011Q4.pdf.
By contrast, the Office has a page limit on the motions filed in
contested cases, except where parties are specifically authorized to
exceed the limitation. The typical contested case proceeding is subject
to a standing order that sets a 50 page limit for motions and
oppositions on priority, a 15 page limit for miscellaneous motions
(Sec. 41.121(a)(3)) and oppositions (Sec. 41.122), and a 25 page
limit for other motions (Sec. 41.121(a)(2)) and oppositions to other
motions. In typical proceedings, replies are subject to a 15 page limit
if directed to priority, 5 page limit for miscellaneous issues, and 10
page limit for other motions. The average contested case was terminated
in 10.1 months in fiscal year 2009, in 12 months in fiscal year 2010,
and 9 months in fiscal year 2011. The percentage of contested cases
terminated within 2 years was 93.7% in fiscal year 2009, 88.0% in
fiscal year 2010, and 94.0% in fiscal year 2011. See BPAI Statistics--
Performance Measures, https://www.uspto.gov/ip/boards/bpai/stats/perform/index.jsp.
Comparing the average time period for terminating a contested case,
10.0 to 12.0 months, with the average time period, during fiscal years
2009 through 2011, for completing an inter partes reexamination, 28.9
to 41.7 months, indicates that the average interference takes from 24%
(10.0/41.7) to 42% (12.0/28.9) of the time of the average inter partes
reexamination. While several factors contribute to the reduction in
time, limiting the size of the requests and motions is considered a
significant factor. Proposed Sec. 42.24 would provide page limits for
petitions, motions, oppositions, and replies. 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as
amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(b) provide considerations that are to be
taken into account when prescribing regulations including the integrity
of the patent system, the efficient administration of the Office, and
the ability to complete timely the trials. The page limits proposed in
these rules are consistent with these considerations.
Federal courts routinely use page limits in managing motions
practice as ``[e]ffective writing is concise writing.'' Spaziano v.
Singletary, 36 F.3d 1028, 1031 n.2 (11th Cir. 1994). Many district
courts restrict the number of pages that may be filed in a motion
including, for example, the District of Delaware, the District of New
Jersey, the Eastern District of Texas, the Northern, Central, and
Southern Districts of California, and the Eastern District of Virginia.
Federal courts have found that page limits ease the burden on both
the parties and the courts, and patent cases are no exception. Eolas
Techs., Inc. v. Adobe Sys., Inc., No. 6:09-CV-446, at 1 (E.D. Tex.
Sept. 2, 2010) (``The Local Rules' page limits ease the burden of
motion practice on both the Court and the parties.''); Blackboard, Inc.
v. Desire2Learn, Inc., 521 F. Supp. 2d 575, 576 (E.D. Tex. 2007) (The
parties ``seem to share the misconception, popular in some circles,
that motion practice exists to require federal judges to shovel through
steaming mounds of pleonastic arguments in Herculean effort to uncover
a hidden gem of logic that will ineluctably compel a favorable ruling.
Nothing could be farther from the truth.''); Broadwater v. Heidtman
Steel Prods., Inc., 182 F. Supp. 2d 705, 710 (S.D. Ill. 2002)
(``Counsel are strongly advised, in the future, to not ask this Court
for leave to file any memoranda (supporting or opposing dispositive
motions) longer than 15 pages. The Court has handled complicated patent
cases and employment discrimination cases in which the parties were
able to limit their briefs supporting and opposing summary judgment to
10 or 15 pages.'' (Emphasis omitted)).
The Board's contested cases experience with page limits in motions
practice is consistent with that of the federal courts. The Board's use
of page limits has shown it to be beneficial without being unduly
restrictive for the parties. Page limits have encouraged the parties to
focus on dispositive issues, easing the burden of motions practice on
the parties and on the Board.
The Board's contested cases experience with page limits is informed
by its use of different approaches over the years. In the early 1990s,
page limits were not routinely used for motions, and the practice
suffered from lengthy
[[Page 6899]]
and unacceptable delays. To reduce the burden on the parties and on the
Board and thereby reduce the time to decision, the Board instituted
page limits in the late 1990s for every motion. Page limit practice was
found to be effective in reducing the burdens on the parties and
improving decision times at the Board. In 2006, the Board revised the
page limit practice and allowed unlimited findings of fact and
generally limited the number of pages containing argument. Due to
abuses of the system, the Board recently reverted back to page limits
for the entire motion (both argument and findings of fact).
The Board's current page limits are consistent with the 25 page
limits in the Northern, Central, and Southern Districts of California,
and the Middle District of Florida and exceed the limits in the
District of Delaware (20), the Northern District of Illinois (15), the
District of Massachusetts (20), the Eastern District of Michigan (20),
the Southern District of Florida (20), and the Southern District of
Illinois (20).
In a typical proceeding before the Board, a party may be authorized
to file a single motion for unpatentability based on prior art, a
single motion for unpatentability based upon failure to comply with 35
U.S.C. 112, lack of written description, and/or enablement, and
potentially another motion for lack of compliance with 35 U.S.C. 101,
although a 35 U.S.C. 101 motion may be required to be combined with the
35 U.S.C. 112 motion. Each of these motions is currently limited to 25
pages in length, unless good cause is shown that the page limits are
unduly restrictive for a particular motion.
A petition requesting the institution of a trial proceeding would
be similar to motions currently filed with the Board. Specifically,
petitions to institute a trial seek a final written decision that the
challenged claims are unpatentable, where derivation is a form of
unpatentability. Accordingly, a petition to institute a trial based on
prior art would, under current practice, be limited to 25 pages, and by
consequence, a petition raising unpatentability based on prior art and
unpatentability under 35 U.S.C. 101 and/or 112 would be limited to 50
pages.
Under the proposed rules, an inter partes review petition would be
based upon any grounds identified in 35 U.S.C. 311(b), as amended,
i.e., only a ground that could be raised under 35 U.S.C. 102 or 103 and
only on the basis of patents or printed publications. Generally, under
current practice, a party is limited to filing a single prior art
motion, limited to 25 pages in length. The proposed rule would provide
up to 50 pages in length for a motion requesting inter partes review.
Thus, as the proposed page limit doubles the default page limit
currently set for a motion before the Board, a 50 page limit is
considered sufficient in all but exceptional cases and is consistent
with the considerations provided in 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as amended.
Under the proposed rules, a post-grant review petition would be
based upon any grounds identified in 35 U.S.C. 321(b), e.g., failure to
comply with 35 U.S.C. 101, 102, 103, and 112 (except best mode). Under
current practice, a party would be limited to filing two or three
motions, each limited to 25 pages, for a maximum of 75 pages. Where
there is more than one motion for unpatentability based upon different
statutory grounds, the Board's experience is that the motions contain
similar discussions of technology and claim constructions. Such overlap
is unnecessary where a single petition for unpatentability is filed.
Thus, the proposed 70 page limit is considered sufficient in all but
exceptional cases.
Covered business method patent review is similar in scope to that
of post-grant review, as there is substantial overlap in the statutory
grounds permitted for review. Thus, the proposed page limit for
proposed covered business method patent reviews is 70 pages, which is
the same as that proposed for post-grant review.
Petitions to institute derivation proceedings raise a subset of
issues that are currently raised in interferences in a motion for
judgment on priority of invention. Currently, motions for judgment on
priority of invention, including issues such as conception,
corroboration, and diligence, are generally limited to 50 pages. Thus,
the proposed 50 page limit is considered sufficient in all but
exceptional cases.
The proposed rule would provide that petitions to institute a trial
must comply with the stated page limits but may be accompanied by a
motion that seeks to waive the page limits. The petitioner must show in
the motion how a waiver of the page limits is in the interests of
justice. A copy of the desired non-page limited petition must accompany
the motion. Generally, the Board would decide the motion prior to
deciding whether to institute the trial.
Current Board practice provides a limit of 25 pages for other
motions and 15 pages for miscellaneous motions. The Board's experience
is that such page limits are sufficient for the parties filing them and
do not unduly burden the opposing party or the Board. Petitions to
institute a trial would generally replace the current practice of
filing motions for unpatentability, as most motions for relief are
expected to be similar to the current interference miscellaneous motion
practice. Accordingly, the proposed 15 page limit is considered
sufficient for most motions but may be adjusted where the limit is
determined to be unduly restrictive for the relief requested.
Proposed Sec. 42.24(b) would provide page limits for oppositions
filed in response to motions. Current contested case practice provides
an equal number of pages for an opposition as its corresponding motion.
This is generally consistent with motions practice in federal courts.
The proposed rule would continue the current practice.
Proposed Sec. 42.24(c) would provide page limits for replies.
Current contested case practice provides a 15 page limit for priority
motion replies, a 5 page limit for miscellaneous (procedural) motion
replies, and a 10 page limit for all other motions. The proposed rule
is consistent with current contested case practice for procedural
motions. The proposed rule would provide a 15 page limit for reply to
petitions requesting a trial, which the Office believes is sufficient
based on current practice. Current contested case practice has shown
that such page limits do not unduly restrict the parties and, in fact,
have provided sufficient flexibility to parties to not only reply to
the motion but also help to focus on the issues. Thus, it is
anticipated that default page limits would minimize the economic impact
on small entities by focusing on the issues in the trials.
The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act requires that the Director, in
prescribing rules for the inter partes, post-grant, and covered
business method patent reviews, consider the effect of the rules on the
economy, the integrity of the patent system, the efficient
administration of the Office, and the ability of the Office to complete
timely the instituted proceedings. See 35 U.S.C. 316(b), as amended,
and 35 U.S.C. 326(b). In view of the actual results of the duration of
proceedings in inter partes reexamination (without page limits) and
contested cases (with page limits), proposing procedures with
reasonable page limits would be consistent with the objectives set
forth in the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act. Based on our experience
on the time needed to complete a non-page limited proceeding, the
option of non-page limited proceedings was not adopted.
Fee Setting: 35 U.S.C. 311(a), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 321(a)
require the Director to establish fees to be paid
[[Page 6900]]
by the person requesting the review in such amounts as the Director
determines to be reasonable, considering the aggregate costs of the
review. In contrast to current 35 U.S.C. 311(b) and 312(c), the Leahy-
Smith America Invents Act requires the Director to establish more than
one fee for reviews based on the total cost of performing the reviews,
and does not provide for refund of any part of the fee when the
Director determine that the review should not be initiated.
35 U.S.C. 312(a)(1), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 322(a)(1) further
require that the fee established by the Director under 35 U.S.C.
311(a), as amended, or 35 U.S.C. 321 accompany the petition on filing.
Accordingly, in interpreting the fee setting authority in 35 U.S.C.
311(a), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 321(a), it is reasonable that the
Director should set a number of fees for filing a petition based on the
anticipated aggregate cost of conducting the review depending on the
complexity of the review, and require payment of the fee upon filing of
the petition.
Based on experience with contested cases and inter partes
reexamination proceedings, the following characteristics of requests
were considered as potential factors for fee setting as each would
likely impact the cost of providing the new services. The Office also
considered the relative difficulty in administrating each option in
selecting the characteristics for which different fees should be paid
for requesting review.
I. Adopted Option. Number of claims for which review is requested.
The number of claims often impacts the complexity of the request and
increases the demands placed on the deciding officials. Cf. In re Katz
Interactive Call Processing Patent Litig., 639 F.3d 1303, 1309 (Fed.
Cir. 2011) (limiting number of asserted claims is appropriate to manage
a patent case efficiently). Moreover, the number of claims for which
review is requested can be easily determined and administered, which
avoids delays in the Office and the impact on the economy or patent
system that would occur if an otherwise meritorious request is refused
due to improper fee payment. Any subsequent petition would be time
barred in view 35 U.S.C. 315(b), as amended, or 35 U.S.C. 325.
II. Alternative Option I. Number of grounds for which review is
requested. The Office has experience with large numbers of cumulative
grounds being presented in inter partes reexaminations which often add
little value to the proceedings. Allowing for a large number of grounds
to be presented on payment of an additional fee(s) is not favored.
Determination of the number of grounds in a request may be contentious
and difficult and may result in a large amount of high-level petition
work. As such, the option would have a negative impact on small
entities. Moreover, interferences instituted in the 1980s and early
1990s suffered from this problem as there was no page limit for motions
and the parties had little incentive to focus the issues for decision.
The resulting interference records were often a collection of disparate
issues and evidence. This led to lengthy and unwarranted delays in
deciding interference cases as well as increased costs for parties and
the Office. Accordingly, this alternative is inconsistent with
objectives of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act that the Director, in
prescribing rules for the inter partes, post-grant, and covered
business method patent reviews, consider the effect of the rules on the
economy, the integrity of the patent system, the efficient
administration of the Office, and the ability of the Office to complete
timely the instituted proceedings.
III. Alternative Option II. Pages of argument. The Office has
experience with large requests in inter partes reexamination in which
the merits of the proceedings could have been resolved in a shorter
request. Allowing for unnecessarily large requests on payment of an
additional fee(s) is not favored. Moreover, determination of what
should be counted as ``argument'' as compared with ``evidence'' has
often proven to be contentious and difficult as administered in the
current inter partes reexamination appeal process.
In addition, the trial section of the Board recently experimented
with motions having a fixed page limit for the argument section and an
unlimited number of pages for the statement of facts. Unlimited pages
for the statement of facts led to a dramatic increase in the number of
alleged facts and pages associated with those facts. For example, one
party used approximately 10 pages for a single ``fact'' that merely cut
and pasted a portion of a declarant's cross-examination. Based upon the
trial section's experience with unlimited pages of facts, the Board
recently reverted back to a fixed page limit for the entire motion
(argument and facts). Accordingly, this alternative is inconsistent
with objectives of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act that the
Director, in prescribing rules for the inter partes, post-grant, and
covered business method patent reviews, consider the effect of the
rules on the economy, the integrity of the patent system, the efficient
administration of the Office, and the ability of the Office to complete
timely the instituted proceedings.
IV. Alternative Option III. The Office considered an alternative
fee setting regime in which fees would be charged at various steps in
the review process, a first fee on filing of the petition, a second fee
if instituted, a third fee on filing a motion in opposition to amended
claims, etc. The alternative fee setting regime would hamper the
ability of the Office to complete timely reviews, would result in
dismissal of pending proceedings with patentability in doubt due to
non-payment of required fees by third parties, and would be
inconsistent with 35 U.S.C. 312, as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 322 that
require the fee established by the Director be paid at the time of
filing the petition. Accordingly, this alternative is inconsistent with
objectives of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act that the Director, in
prescribing rules for the inter partes, post-grant, and covered
business method patent reviews, consider the effect of the rules on the
economy, the integrity of the patent system, the efficient
administration of the Office, and the ability of the Office to complete
timely the instituted proceedings.
V. Alternative Option IV. The Office considered setting reduced
fees for small and micro entities and to provide refunds if a review is
not instituted. The Office shall set the fee to recover the cost of
providing the services under 35 U.S.C. 41(d)(2)(a). Fees set under this
authority are not reduced for small entities, see 35 U.S.C. 42(h)(1),
as amended. Moreover, the Office does not have authority to refund fees
that were not paid by mistake or in excess of that owed. See 35 U.S.C.
42(d).
Discovery: The Office considered a procedure for discovery similar
to the one available during district court litigation. Discovery of
that scope has been criticized sharply, particularly when attorneys use
discovery tools as tactical weapons, which hinder the ``just, speedy,
and inexpensive determination of every action and proceedings.'' See
Introduction to An E-Discovery Model Order, available at https://www.cafc.uscourts.gov/images/stories/announcements/Ediscovery_Model_Order.pdf. Accordingly, this alternative would have been inconsistent
with objectives of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act that the
Director, in prescribing rules for the inter partes, post-grant, and
covered business method patent reviews, consider the effect of the
rules on the economy, the integrity of the patent
[[Page 6901]]
system, the efficient administration of the Office, and the ability of
the Office to complete timely the instituted proceedings.
Additional discovery increases trial costs and increases the
expenditures of time by the parties and the Board. The Board's
experience in contested cases, however, is that such showings are often
lacking and authorization for additional discovery is expected to be
rare. While an interests-of-justice standard would be employed in
granting additional discovery in inter partes reviews and derivation
proceedings, the post-grant review and covered business method patent
review would employ a good cause standard in granting additional
discovery.
To promote effective discovery, the proposed rule would require a
showing that additional requested discovery would be productive in
inter partes reviews and derivation proceedings. An interests-of-
justice standard for additional discovery is proposed for inter partes
reviews and derivation proceedings. This standard is consistent with
the considerations identified in 35 U.S.C. 316(b) and 135(b), as
amended, including the efficient administration of the Board and the
Board's ability to complete timely trials. Further, the proposed
interests-of-justice standard is consistent with 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(5),
as amended, which states that discovery other than depositions of
witnesses submitting affidavits and declarations be what is otherwise
necessary in the interests of justice.
Good cause and interests of justice are closely related standards,
but the interests-of-justice standard is slightly higher than good
cause. While a good cause standard requires a party to show a specific
factual reason to justify the needed discovery, under the interests-of-
justice standard, the Board would look at all relevant factors.
Specifically, to show good cause, a party would be required to make a
particular and specific demonstration of fact. Under the interests-of-
justice standard, the moving party would also be required to show that
it was fully diligent in seeking discovery and that there is no undue
prejudice to the non-moving party. The interests-of-justice standard
covers considerable ground, and in using such a standard, the Board
expects to consider whether the additional discovery is necessary in
light of the totality of the relevant circumstances.
The Office is proposing a default scheduling order to provide
limited discovery as a matter of right and provide parties with the
ability to seek additional discovery on a case-by-case basis. In
weighing the need for additional discovery, should a request be made,
the Board would consider the economic impact on the opposing party.
This would tend to limit additional discovery where a party is a small
entity.
Pro Hac Vice: The Office considered whether to allow counsel to
appear pro hac vice. In certain cases, highly skilled, but non-
registered, attorneys have appeared satisfactorily before the Board in
contested cases. The Board may recognize counsel pro hac vice during a
proceeding upon a showing of good cause. The Board may impose
conditions in recognizing counsel pro hac vice, including an agreement
that counsel is bound by the Office's Code of Professional
Responsibility. Proceedings before the Office can be technically
complex. The grant of a motion to appear pro hac vice is a
discretionary action taking into account the specifics of the
proceedings. Similarly, the revocation of pro hac vice is a
discretionary action taking into account various factors, including
incompetence, unwillingness to abide by the Office's Code of
Professional Responsibility, prior findings of misconduct before the
Office in other proceedings, and incivility.
The Board's past practice has required the filing of a motion by a
registered patent practitioner seeking pro hac vice representation
based upon a showing of: (1) How qualified the unregistered
practitioner is to represent the party in the proceeding when measured
against a registered practitioner, and, (2) whether the party has a
genuine need to have the particular unregistered practitioner represent
it during the proceeding. This practice has proven effective in the
limited number of contested cases where such requests have been
granted. The proposed rule, if adopted, would allow for this practice
in the new proceedings authorized by the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act.
The proposed rules would provide a limited delegation to the Board
under 35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2) and 32 to regulate the conduct of counsel in
Board proceedings. The proposed rule would delegate to the Board the
authority to conduct counsel disqualification proceedings while the
Board has jurisdiction over a proceeding. The rule would also delegate
to the Chief Administrative Patent Judge the authority to make final a
decision to disqualify counsel in a proceeding before the Board for the
purposes of judicial review. This delegation would not derogate from
the Director the prerogative to make such decisions, nor would it
prevent the Chief Administrative Patent Judge from further delegating
authority to an administrative patent judge.
The Office considered broadly permitting practitioners not
registered to practice by the Office to represent parties in trial as
well as categorically prohibiting such practice. A prohibition on the
practice would be inconsistent with the Board's experience, and more
importantly, might result in increased costs particularly where a small
entity has selected its district court litigation team for
representation before the Board and has a patent review filed after
litigation efforts have commenced. Alternatively, broadly making the
practice available would create burdens on the Office in administering
the trials and in completing the trial within the established time
frame, particularly if the selected practitioner does not have the
requisite skill. In weighing the desirability of admitting a
practitioner pro hac vice, the economic impact on the party in interest
would be considered which would tend to increase the likelihood that a
small entity could be represented by a non-registered practitioner.
Accordingly, the alternatives to eliminate pro hac vice practice or to
permit it more broadly would have been inconsistent with objectives of
the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act that the Director, in prescribing
rules for the inter partes, post-grant, and covered business method
patent reviews, consider the effect of the rules on the economy, the
integrity of the patent system, the efficient administration of the
Office, and the ability of the Office to complete timely the instituted
proceedings.
Threshold for Instituting a Review: The Office considered whether
the threshold for instituting a review could be set as low as or lower
than the threshold for ex parte reexamination. This alternative could
not be adopted in view of the statutory requirements in 35 U.S.C. 314,
as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 324.
Default Electronic Filing: The Office considered a paper filing
system and a mandatory electronic filing system (without any
exceptions) as alternatives to the proposed requirement that all papers
are to be electronically filed, unless otherwise authorized.
Based on the Office's experience, a paper based filing system
increases delay in processing papers, delay in public availability, and
the chance that a paper may be misplaced or made available to an
improper party if confidential. Accordingly, the alternative of a paper
based filing system would have been inconsistent with objectives of the
Leahy-Smith
[[Page 6902]]
America Invents Act that the Director, in prescribing rules for the
inter partes, post-grant, and covered business method patent reviews,
consider the effect of the rules on the economy, the integrity of the
patent system, the efficient administration of the Office, and the
ability of the Office to complete timely the instituted proceedings.
An electronic filing system (without any exceptions) that is
rigidly applied would result in unnecessary cost and burdens,
particularly where a party lacks the ability to file electronically. By
contrast, if the proposed option is adopted, it is expected that the
entity size and sophistication would be considered in determining
whether alternative filing methods would be authorized.
6. Identification, to the Extent Practicable, of All Relevant
Federal Rules Which May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the
Proposed Rules:
37 CFR 1.99 provides for the submission of information after
publication of a patent application during examination by third
parties.
37 CFR 1.171-1.179 provide for applications to reissue a patent to
correct errors, including where a claim in a patent is overly broad.
37 CFR 1.291 provides for the protest against the issuance of a
patent during examination.
37 CFR 1.321 provides for the disclaimer of a claim by a patentee.
37 CFR 1.501 and 1.502 provide for ex parte reexamination of
patents. Under these rules, a person may submit to the Office prior art
consisting of patents or printed publications that are pertinent to the
patentability of any claim of a patent, and request reexamination of
any claim in the patent on the basis of the cited prior art patents or
printed publications. Consistent with 35 U.S.C. 302-307, ex parte
reexamination rules provide a different threshold for initiation,
require the proceeding to be conducted by an examiner with a right of
appeal to the Patent Trial and Appeal Board, and allow for limited
participation by third parties.
37 CFR 1.902-1.997 provide for inter partes reexamination of
patents. Similar to ex parte reexamination, inter partes reexamination
provides a procedure in which a third party may request reexamination
of any claim in a patent on the basis of the cited prior art patents
and printed publication. The inter partes reexamination practice will
be eliminated, except for requests filed before the effective date,
September 16, 2012. See Sec. 6(c)(3)(C) of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act.
Other countries have their own patent laws, and an entity desiring
a patent in a particular country must make an application for patent in
that country, in accordance with the applicable law. Although the
potential for overlap exists internationally, this cannot be avoided
except by treaty (such as the Paris Convention for the Protection of
Industrial Property, or the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT)).
Nevertheless, the Office believes that there are no other duplicative
or overlapping foreign rules.
The notice also proposes changes to the rule of practice to
consolidate the procedure for notifying the Office and other parties in
the proceeding when a party seeks judicial review of a Board decision.
In fiscal year 2010, the Board issued 7,312 decisions, and only 61
notices of appeal were filed with the Office and no civil action was
commenced. In fiscal year 2011, the Board issued 7,551 decisions, and
only 100 notices of appeal were filed with the Office and 7 civil
actions were commenced. As such, the average rate for fiscal years 2010
and 2011 was 1.13% ((61/7,312 + 107/7,551)/2 x 100). Based on current
projections with additional resources, it is anticipated that the Board
will issue 10,500 decisions in fiscal year 2013. Thus, it is estimated
that 137 notices of appeal (and notices of election) would be filed
with the Office. Historically, one third of inter partes reexamination
proceedings have been appealed to the Board. Based on an assumption
that the appeal rate from the Board for the new proceedings will be 50%
of the historic rate, 57 additional notices of appeal will be filed
based on the new trials sought in fiscal year 2013. Based on the
percentage of small entity owned patents that were the subject of inter
partes reexamination (32.79%) and the percentage of small entity owned
patent applications or patents that were the subject of an interference
declared in fiscal year 2010 (19.62%), it is estimated that 63 small
entities will be required to file notices of appeal and notices of
elections.
The proposed rule also requires that a copy of the notice of appeal
or notice of election and complaint be provided to the Board, thus an
additional 194 (137 + 57) copies would be required.
C. Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review): This
rulemaking has been determined to be significant for purposes of
Executive Order 12866 (Sept. 30, 1993), as amended by Executive Order
13258 (Feb. 26, 2002) and Executive Order 13422 (Jan. 18, 2007).
The Office estimates that the aggregate burden of the proposed
rules for implementing the new review procedures is approximately $80.6
million for fiscal year 2013. The USPTO considered several factors in
making this estimate.
Based on the petition and other filing requirements for initiating
a review proceeding, the USPTO initially estimated the burden of the
proposed rules on the public to be $209,131,529 in fiscal year 2013,
which represents the sum of the estimated total annual (hour)
respondent cost burden ($190,280,456) plus the estimated total annual
non-hour respondent cost burden ($18,851,073) provided in Item (O)(II)
of the Rulemaking Considerations section of this notice, infra.
However, since the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act also eliminates
inter partes reexamination practice (except for requests filed before
the effective date of September 16, 2012) and interference practice as
to applications and patents that have an effective filing date on or
after March 16, 2013, (with a few exceptions), the burden of the
proposed rules should be offset by the eliminations of these
proceedings and their associated burdens.
It is estimated that 460 new requests for inter partes
reexamination would have been filed in FY 2012 if the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act had not been enacted. This estimate is based on the
number of proceedings filed in fiscal years 2011 (374), 2010 (280), and
2009 (258). Elimination of 460 proceedings reduces the public's burden
to pay filing fees by $4,048,000 (460 filings with an $8,800 filing fee
due) and the public's burden to prepare requests by $21,160,000 (460
filings with $46,000 average cost to prepare). Based on the assumption
that 93% of the requests would be ordered (consistent with the fiscal
year 2011 grant rate), the burden to conduct the proceeding until close
of prosecution will reduce the public's burden by $89,880,000 (428
proceedings that would be estimated to be granted reexamination
multiplied by $210,000 which is average cost cited in the AIPLA Report
of the Economic Survey 2011 per party cost until close of prosecution
reduced by the $46,000 request preparation cost). Additionally, the
burden on the public to appeal to the Board would be reduced by
$5,358,000 (based on an estimate that 141 proceedings would be appealed
to the Board which is estimated based on the number of granted
proceedings (428) and the historical rate of appeal to the Board (\1/
3\) and an average public cost of $38,000). Thus, $120,446,000 in
public burden will be eliminated by the elimination of new filings of
inter partes reexamination (the sum of $4,048,000 (the filing fees),
$21,160,000 (the cost of
[[Page 6903]]
preparing requests), $89,880,000 (the prosecution costs), plus
$5,358,000 (the burden to appeal to the Board)).
The public burden due to a reduction in the number of interferences
declared, from 64 to 51, is estimated at $9,484,400 based on the
assumption that the current percentage of interferences decided in the
preliminary phase (80%) would continue on the lower number of
proceedings instituted and based on cost to the public. To calculate
this public burden due to a reduction in the number of interferences
declared ($9,484,400), the following information was used. The average
public burden for a two party interference decided in the preliminary
phase reported in the AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey 2011 is
$644,000 (if decided in the preliminary phase) and $1,262,000 (if
decided after the preliminary phase). It is estimated that had the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act not been enacted, 52 interferences
would have been decided in the preliminary phase, and 12 would have
been decided after the preliminary phase, equating to a public burden
of $48,632,000 ((52 multiplied by $644,000 equals $33,488,000), plus
(12 multiplied by $1,262,000 equals $15,144,000) for a total of
$48,632,000). It is estimated that 51 interferences will be instituted
in fiscal year 2013, at an average public burden of $767,600 (80% of
$644,000 plus 20% of $ 1,262,000) per interference, or a total of
$39,147,600 (51 multiplied by $767,600). Accordingly, it is estimated
that burden to the public due to the reduction of interferences would
be the total public burden for interferences of $48,632,000 minus total
public burden for estimated interferences for fiscal year 2013 of
$39,147,600, or $9,484,400.
Thus, a total of $129,930,400 in public burden will be eliminated
by the reduction in the number of interferences that would be declared
and by eliminating new filings of inter partes reexamination (this
total is a sum of the following identified above: Elimination of filing
fees ($4,048,000), cost of preparing requests ($21,160,000),
prosecution costs until close of prosecution ($89,880,000), burden to
appeal to the Board ($5,358,000) in new inter partes reexamination
proceedings, and the reduction in interference burden ($9,484,400)).
Therefore, the estimated aggregate burden of the proposed rules for
implementing the new review proceedings would be $79,201,129
($209,131,529 minus $129,930,400) in fiscal year 2013.
The USPTO expect several benefits to flow from the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act and these proposed rules. It is anticipated that
the proposed rules will reduce the time for reviewing patents at the
USPTO. Specifically, 35 U.S.C. 316(a), as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 326(a)
provide that the Director prescribe regulations requiring a final
determination by the Board within one year of initiation, which may be
extended for up to six months for good cause. In contrast, currently
for inter partes reexamination, the average time from the filing to the
publication of a certificate ranged from 28.9 to 41.7 months during
fiscal years 2009-2011. See Reexaminations--FY 2011, https://www.uspto.gov/patents/Reexamination_operational_statistic_through_FY2011Q4.pdf.
Likewise, it is anticipated that the proposed rules will minimize
duplication of efforts. In particular, the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act provides more coordination between district court infringement
litigation and inter partes review to reduce duplication of efforts and
costs. For instance, 35 U.S.C. 315(b), as amended, will require that a
petition for inter partes review be filed within one year of the date
of service of a complaint alleging infringement of a patent. By
requiring the filing of an inter partes review petition earlier than a
request for inter partes reexamination, and by providing shorter
timelines for inter partes review compared with reexamination, it is
anticipated that the current high level of duplication between
litigation and reexamination will be reduced.
The AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey 2011 reports that the total
cost of patent litigation where the damages at risk are less than
$1,000,000 average $916,000, where the damages at risk are between
$1,000,000 and $25,000,000 average $2,769,000, and where the damages at
risk exceed $25,000,000 average $6,018,000. There may be a significant
reduction in overall burden if, as intended, the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act and the proposed rules reduce the overlap between review at
the USPTO of issued patents and validity determination during patent
infringement actions. Data from the United States district courts
reveals that 2,830 patent cases were filed in 2006, 2,896 in 2007,
2,909 in 2008, 2,792 in 2009, and 3,301 in 2010. See U.S. Courts,
Judicial Business of the United States Courts, www.uscourts.gov/uscourts/Statistics/JudicialBusiness/2010/appendices/C02ASep10.pdf
(last visited Nov. 11, 2011) (hosting annual reports for 1997 through
2010). Thus, the Office estimates that no more than 3,300 patent cases
(the highest number of yearly filings between 2006 and 2010 rounded to
the nearest 100) are likely to be filed annually. The aggregate burden
estimate above ($79,201,056) was not offset by a reduction in burden
based on improved coordination between district court patent litigation
and the new inter partes review proceedings.
D. Executive Order 13563 (Improving Regulation and Regulatory
Review): The Office has complied with Executive Order 13563.
Specifically, the Office has, to the extent feasible and applicable:
(1) Made a reasoned determination that the benefits justify the costs
of the rule; (2) tailored the rule to impose the least burden on
society consistent with obtaining the regulatory objectives; (3)
selected a regulatory approach that maximizes net benefits; (4)
specified performance objectives; (5) identified and assessed available
alternatives; (6) involved the public in an open exchange of
information and perspectives among experts in relevant disciplines,
affected stakeholders in the private sector, and the public as a whole,
and provided online access to the rule making docket; (7) attempted to
promote coordination, simplification, and harmonization across
government agencies and identified goals designed to promote
innovation; (8) considered approaches that reduce burdens and maintain
flexibility and freedom of choice for the public; and (9) ensured the
objectivity of scientific and technological information and processes.
E. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism): This rulemaking does not
contain policies with federalism implications sufficient to warrant
preparation of a Federalism Assessment under Executive Order 13132
(Aug. 4, 1999).
F. Executive Order 13175 (Tribal Consultation): This rulemaking
will not: (1) Have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian
tribes; (2) impose substantial direct compliance costs on Indian tribal
governments; or (3) preempt tribal law. Therefore, a tribal summary
impact statement is not required under Executive Order 13175 (Nov. 6,
2000).
G. Executive Order 13211 (Energy Effects): This rulemaking is not a
significant energy action under Executive Order 13211 because this
rulemaking is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the
supply, distribution, or use of energy. Therefore, a Statement of
Energy Effects is not required under Executive Order 13211 (May 18,
2001).
H. Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform): This rulemaking
meets applicable standards to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity,
and reduce burden as set forth in sections
[[Page 6904]]
3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988 (Feb. 5, 1996). This
rulemaking carries out a statute designed to lessen litigation. See
H.R. Rep. No. 112-98, at 45-48.
I. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of Children): This rulemaking
does not concern an environmental risk to health or safety that may
disproportionately affect children under Executive Order 13045 (Apr.
21, 1997).
J. Executive Order 12630 (Taking of Private Property): This
rulemaking will not effect a taking of private property or otherwise
have taking implications under Executive Order 12630 (Mar. 15, 1988).
K. Congressional Review Act: Under the Congressional Review Act
provisions of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (5 U.S.C. 801-808), prior to issuing any final rule, the United
States Patent and Trademark Office will submit a report containing the
final rule and other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S.
House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the Government
Accountability Office. The changes in this notice are not expected to
result in an annual effect on the economy of 100 million dollars or
more, a major increase in costs or prices, or significant adverse
effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity,
innovation, or the ability of United States-based enterprises to
compete with foreign based enterprises in domestic and export markets.
Therefore, this notice is not expected to result in a ``major rule'' as
defined in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
L. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995: The changes proposed in
this notice do not involve a Federal intergovernmental mandate that
will result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments,
in the aggregate, of 100 million dollars (as adjusted) or more in any
one year, or a Federal private sector mandate that will result in the
expenditure by the private sector of 100 million dollars (as adjusted)
or more in any one year, and will not significantly or uniquely affect
small governments. Therefore, no actions are necessary under the
provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995. See 2 U.S.C.
1501-1571.
M. National Environmental Policy Act: This rulemaking will not have
any effect on the quality of the environment and is thus categorically
excluded from review under the National Environmental Policy Act of
1969. See 42 U.S.C. 4321-4370h.
N. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act: The
requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) are not applicable because
this rulemaking does not contain provisions which involve the use of
technical standards.
O. Paperwork Reduction Act: The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44
U.S.C. 3501-3549) requires that the USPTO consider the impact of
paperwork and other information collection burdens imposed on the
public. This proposed rulemaking involves information collection
requirements which are subject to review by the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C.
3501-3549). The collection of information involved in this notice has
been submitted to OMB under OMB control number 0651-00xx. The proposed
collection will be available at the OMB's Information Collection Review
Web site at: www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.
The USPTO is submitting the information collection to OMB for its
review and approval because this notice of proposed rulemaking will add
the following to a collection of information:
(1) Petitions to institute an inter partes review (Sec. Sec. 42.5,
42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(1), 42.63,
42.65, and 42.101 through 42.105);
(2) Petitions to institute a post-grant review (Sec. Sec. 42.5,
42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(2), 42.63,
42.65, and 42.201 through 42.205);
(3) Petitions to institute a covered business method patent review
(Sec. Sec. 42.5, 42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22,
42.24(a)(3), 42.63, 42.65, 42.203, 42.205, and 42.302 through 42.304);
(4) Petitions to institute a derivation proceeding (Sec. Sec.
42.5, 42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.20, 42.21, 42.22, 42.24(a)(4),42.63,
42.65, and 42.402 through 42.406);
(5) Motions (Sec. Sec. 42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.21, 42.22,
42.24(a)(5), 42.51, through 42.54, 42.63, 42.64, 42.65, 42.121, 42.221,
42.123, and 42.223);
(6) Oppositions (Sec. Sec. 42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13, 42.21, 42.23,
42.24(b), 42.51, 42.52, 42.53, 42.54, 42.63, 42.64, 42.65, 42.107,
42.120, 42.207, and 42.220);
(7) Replies provided for in 35 U.S.C. 135 and 311-318, as amended,
and new 35 U.S.C. 319 and 321-329 (Sec. Sec. 42.6, 42.8, 42.11, 42.13,
42.21, 42.23, 42.24(c), 42.51, 42.52, 42.53, 42.54, 42.63, and 42.65);
and
(8) Notices of judicial review of a Board decision, including
notices of appeal and notices of election provided for 35 U.S.C. 141,
142, 145 and 146 (Sec. Sec. 90.1 through 90.3).
The proposed rules also permit filing requests for oral argument
(Sec. 42.70) provided for in 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(10), as amended, and 35
U.S.C. 326(a)(10), requests for rehearing (Sec. 42.71(c)), requests
for adverse judgment (Sec. 42.73(b)), requests that a settlement be
treated as business confidential (Sec. 42.74(b) and 42.409) provided
for in 35 U.S.C. 317, as amended, and 35 U.S.C. 327, and arbitration
agreements and awards (Sec. 42.410) to a collection of information.
I. Abstract: The USPTO is required by 35 U.S.C. 131 and 151 to
examine applications and, when appropriate, issue applications as
patents.
Chapter 31 of title 35, United States Code, in effect on September
16, 2012, provides for inter partes review proceedings allowing third
parties to petition the USPTO to review the patentability of an issued
patent under 35 U.S.C. 102 and 103 based on patents and printed
publications. If a trial is initiated by the USPTO based on the
petition, as authorized by the USPTO, additional motions may be filed
by the petitioner. A patent owner may file a response to the petition
and if a trial is instituted, as authorized by the USPTO, may file
additional motions.
Chapter 32 of title 35 U.S.C. in effect on September 16, 2012,
provides for post-grant review proceeding allowing third parties to
petition the USPTO to review the patentability of an issued patent
under any ground authorized under 35 U.S.C. 282(b)(2). If a trial is
initiated by the USPTO based on the petition, as authorized by the
USPTO, additional motions may be filed by the petitioner. A patent
owner may file a response to the petition and if a trial is instituted,
as authorized by the USPTO, may file additional motions.
Section 18 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act provides for a
transitional program for covered business method patents, which will
employ the standards and procedures of the post-grant review proceeding
with a few exceptions. 35 U.S.C. 135 in effect on March 16, 2013,
provides for petitions to institute a derivation proceeding at the
USPTO for certain applications. The new rules for initiating and
conducting these proceedings are proposed in this notice as new part 42
of title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
In estimating the number of hours necessary for preparing a
petition to institute an inter partes review, the USPTO considered the
estimated cost of preparing a request for inter partes reexamination
($46,000), the median billing rate ($340/hour), and the observation
that the cost of inter partes
[[Page 6905]]
reexamination has risen the fastest of all litigation costs since 2009
in the AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey 2011. It was estimated that
a petition for an inter partes review and an inter partes reexamination
request would cost the same to the preparing party ($46,000). Since
additional grounds are provided in post-grant review or covered
business method patent review, the Office estimates the cost of
preparing a petition to institute a review will be 33.333% more than
the estimated cost of preparing a request for inter partes
reexamination, or $61,333.
In estimating the number of hours necessary for preparing motions
after instituting and participating in the review, the USPTO considered
in the AIPLA Report of the Economic Survey 2011 which reported the
average cost of a party to a two-party interference to the end of the
preliminary motion phase ($322,000) and inclusive of all costs
($631,000). The Office considered that the preliminary motion phase is
a good proxy for patentability reviews since that is the period of
current contested cases before the trial section of the Board where
most patentability motions are currently filed.
The USPTO also reviewed recent contested cases before the trial
section of the Board to make estimates on the average number of motions
for any matter including priority, the subset of those motions directed
to non-priority issues, the subset of those motions directed to non-
priority patentability issues, and the subset of those motions directed
to patentability issues based on a patent or printed publication on the
basis of 35 U.S.C. 102 or 103. The review of current contested cases
before the trial section of the Board indicated that approximately 15%
of motions were directed to prior art grounds, 18% of motions were
directed to other patentability grounds, 27% were directed to
miscellaneous issues, and 40% were directed to priority issues. It was
estimated that the cost per motion to a party in current contested
cases before the trial section of the Board declines because of overlap
in subject matter, expert overlap, and familiarity with the technical
subject matter. Given the overlap of subject matter, a proceeding with
fewer motions will have a somewhat less than proportional decrease in
costs since the overlapping costs will be spread over fewer motions.
It is estimated that the cost of an inter partes review would be
60% of the cost of current contested cases before the trial section of
the Board to the end of the preliminary motion period. An inter partes
review should have many fewer motions since only one party will have a
patent that is the subject of the proceeding (compared with each party
having at least a patent or an application in current contested cases
before the trial section of the Board). Moreover, fewer issues can be
raised since inter partes review will not have priority-related issues
that must be addressed in current contested cases before the trial
section of the Board. Consequently, a 60% weighting factor should
capture the typical costs of an inter partes review.
It is estimated that the cost of a post-grant review or covered
business method patent review would be 75% of the cost of current
contested cases before the trial section of the Board to the end of the
preliminary motion period. The basis for this estimate is similar to
the basis for the inter partes review estimate. Since more
patentability issues may be raised in the petition, the cost for these
trials is expected to be somewhat higher. Again, a 75% weighting factor
should capture the typical costs of a post-grant review or a covered
business method patent review.
Derivations will be more like current contested cases before the
trial section of the Board inasmuch as they may have a period which
sets the stage for determining derivation and a derivation period. One
half of derivations are anticipated to end in the preliminary motion
period, while the other half are anticipated to proceed to decision on
derivation. While it is recognized that fewer than half of all current
contested cases before the trial section of the Board proceed to a
priority decision, derivation contests are often more protracted than
other current contested cases before the trial section of the Board.
The costs associated with derivations through the preliminary motion
period and through the derivation period should be comparable to the
corresponding costs of current contested cases before the trial section
of the Board.
The title, description, and respondent description of the
information collection are shown below with an estimate of the annual
reporting burdens. Included in this estimate is the time for reviewing
instructions, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing
and reviewing the collection of information. The principal impact of
the proposed changes in this notice of proposed rulemaking is to
implement the changes to Office practice necessitated by Sec. Sec.
3(i), 6, and 18 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act.
The public uses this information collection to request review and
derivation proceedings and to ensure that the associated fees and
documentation are submitted to the USPTO.
II. Data
Needs and Uses: The information supplied to the USPTO by a petition
to institute a review or derivation as well as the motions authorized
following the institution is used by the USPTO to determine whether to
initiate a review under 35 U.S.C. 314, as amended, or 35 U.S.C. 324 or
derivation proceeding under 35 U.S.C. 135, as amended, and to prepare a
final decision under 35 U.S.C. 135 or 318, as amended, or 35 U.S.C.
328.
OMB Number: 0651-00xx.
Title: Patent Review and Derivation Proceedings.
Form Numbers: None.
Type of Review: New Collection.
Likely Respondents/Affected Public: Individuals or households,
businesses or other for profit, not-for-profit institutions, farms,
Federal Government, and state, local, or tribal governments.
Estimated Number of Respondents/Frequency of Collection: 1120
respondents and 4,967 responses per year.
Estimated Time per Response: The USPTO estimates that it will take
the public from 0.1 to 180.4 hours to gather the necessary information,
prepare the documents, and submit the information to the USPTO.
Estimated Total Annual Respondent Burden Hours: 559,648.4 hours per
year.
Estimated Total Annual (Hour) Respondent Cost Burden: $190,280,456
per year. The USPTO expects that the information in this collection
will be prepared by attorneys. Using the professional rate of $340 per
hour for attorneys in private firms, the USPTO estimates that the
respondent cost burden for this collection will be approximately
$190,280,456 per year (559,648.4 hours per year multiplied by $340 per
hour).
Estimated Total Annual Non-Hour Respondent Cost Burden: $18,851,073
per year. There are no capital start-up or maintenance costs associated
with this information collection. However, this collection does have
annual (non-hour) costs in the form of filing fees and postage costs
where filing via mail is authorized. It is estimated that filing via
mail will be authorized in one inter partes review petition filing and
3 subsequent papers. There are filing fees associated with petitions
for inter partes review, post-grant review, and covered business method
patent review and for requests to treat a settlement as business
confidential. The total filing fees for this collection are calculated
in the
[[Page 6906]]
accompanying table. The USPTO estimates that filings authorized to be
filed via mail will be mailed to the USPTO by Express Mail using the
U.S. Postal Service's flat rate envelope, which can accommodate varying
submission weights, estimated in this case to be 16 ounces for the
petitions and two ounces for the other papers. The cost of the flat
rate envelope is $18.30. The USPTO estimates that the total postage
cost associated with this collection will be approximately $73 per
year. The USPTO estimates that the total fees associated with this
collection will be approximately $18,851,073 per year.
Therefore, the total cost burden in fiscal year 2013 is estimated
to be $209,131,529 (the sum of the estimated total annual (hour)
respondent cost burden ($190,280,456) plus the estimated total annual
non-hour respondent cost burden ($18,851,073)).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated time Estimated Estimated
Item for response annual annual burden
(in hours) responses hours
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Petition for inter partes review............................... 135.3 460 62,238
Petition for post-grant review or covered business method 180.4 50 9,020
patent review.................................................
Petition for derivation........................................ 180.4 50 9,020
Reply to initial inter partes review petition.................. 100 406 40,600
Reply to initial post-grant review or covered business method 100 45 4,500
patent review.................................................
Request for Reconsideration.................................... 80 146 11,680
Motions, replies and oppositions after institution in inter 140 2,453 343,420
partes review.................................................
Motions, replies and oppositions after institution in post- 130 342 44,460
grant review or covered business method patent review.........
Motions, replies and oppositions in derivation proceeding...... 120 210 25,200
Request for oral hearing....................................... 20 466 9,320
Request to treat a settlement as business confidential......... 2 20 40
Request for adverse judgment, default adverse judgment or 1 103 103
settlement....................................................
Arbitration agreement and award................................ 4 2 8
Request to make a settlement agreement available............... 1 20 20
Notice of judicial review of a Board decision (e.g., notice of 0.1 hour 194 19.4
appeal under 35 U.S.C. 142)...................................
------------------------------------------------
Totals..................................................... ............... 4,967 559,648.4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated Estimated
Item annual Fee amount annual filing
responses costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Petition for inter partes review................................ 460 $35,800 $16,468,000
Petition for post-grant review or covered business method patent 50 47,100 2,355,000
review.........................................................
Petition for derivation......................................... 50 400 20,000
Reply to inter partes review petition........................... 406 0 0
Reply to post-grant review or covered business method patent 45 0 0
review petition................................................
Request for Reconsideration..................................... 146 0 0
Motions, replies and oppositions after initiation in inter 2,453 0 0
partes review..................................................
Motions, replies and oppositions after initiation in post-grant 342 0 0
review or covered business method patent review................
Motions, replies and oppositions in derivation proceeding....... 210 0 0
Request for oral hearing........................................ 466 0 0
Request to treat a settlement as business confidential.......... 20 0 0
Request for adverse judgment, default adverse judgment or 103 0 0
settlement.....................................................
Arbitration agreement and awards................................ 2 0 0
Request to make a settlement agreement available................ 20 400 8,000
Notice of judicial review of a Board decision (e.g., notice of 194 0 0
appeal under 35 U.S.C. 142)....................................
-----------------------------------------------
Totals...................................................... 4,967 .............. 18,851,000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. Solicitation
The agency is soliciting comments to: (1) Evaluate whether the
proposed information requirement is necessary for the proper
performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the
information will have practical utility; (2) evaluate the accuracy of
the agency's estimate of the burden; (3) enhance the quality, utility,
and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) minimize the
burden of collecting the information on those who are to respond,
including by using appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or
other technological collection techniques or other forms of information
technology.
Interested persons are requested to send comments regarding this
information collection by April 9, 2012, to: (1) The Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget,
New Executive Office Building, Room 10202, 725 17th Street NW.,
Washington, DC 20503, Attention: Nicholas A. Fraser, the Desk Officer
for the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and via email at
nfraser@omb.eop.gov; and (2) The Board of Patent Appeals and
Interferences by electronic mail message over the Internet addressed to
patent_trial_rules@uspto.gov, or by mail addressed to: Mail Stop
Patent Board, Director of the United States Patent and Trademark
Office, P.O. Box 1450, Alexandria, VA 22313-1450, marked to the
attention of ``Lead Judge Michael Tierney, Patent Trial Proposed
Rules.''
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required
to respond
[[Page 6907]]
to nor shall a person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply
with a collection of information subject to the requirements of the
Paperwork Reduction Act unless that collection of information displays
a currently valid OMB control number.
List of Subjects
37 CFR Part 42
Administrative practice and procedure, Inventions and patents,
Lawyers.
37 CFR Part 90
Administrative practice and procedure, Inventions and patents,
Lawyers.
Proposed Amendments to the Regulatory Text
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Under Secretary of
Commerce for Intellectual Property and Director of the United States
Patent and Trademark Office proposes to amend 37 CFR chapter I as
follows:
1. Add part 42 to read as follows:
PART 42--TRIAL PRACTICE BEFORE THE PATENT TRIAL AND APPEAL BOARD
Sec.
Subpart A--Trial Practice and Procedure
General
42.1 Policy.
42.2 Definitions.
42.3 Jurisdiction.
42.4 Notice of trial.
42.5 Conduct of the proceeding.
42.6 Filing of documents, including exhibits; service.
42.7 Management of the record.
42.8 Mandatory notices.
42.9 Action by patent owner.
42.10 Counsel.
42.11 Duty of candor.
42.12 Sanctions.
42.13 Citation of authority.
42.14 Public availability.
Fees
42.15 Fees.
Petition and Motion Practice
42.20 Generally.
42.21 Notice of basis for relief.
42.22 Content of petitions and motions.
42.23 Oppositions and replies.
42.24 Page limits for petitions, motions, oppositions and replies.
42.25 Default filing times.
Testimony and Production
42.51 Discovery.
42.52 Compelling testimony and production.
42.53 Taking testimony.
42.54 Protective order.
42.55 Confidential information in a petition.
42.56 Expungement of confidential information.
42.61 Admissibility.
42.62 Applicability of the Federal Rules of Evidence.
42.63 Form of evidence.
42.64 Objection; motion to exclude; motion in limine.
42.65 Expert testimony; tests and data.
Oral Argument, Decision, and Settlement
42.70 Oral argument.
42.71 Decision on petitions or motions.
42.72 Termination of trial.
42.73 Judgment.
42.74 Settlement.
Certificate
42.80 Certificate.
Subpart B--[Reserved]
Authority: 35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2), 6, 21, 23, 41, 135, 311, 312,
316, 321-326 and Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, Pub. L. 112-29,
sections 6(c), 6(f) and 18, 125 Stat. 284, 304, 311, and 329 (2011).
Subpart A--Trial Practice and Procedure
General
Sec. 42.1 Policy.
(a) Scope. Part 42 governs proceedings before the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board. Sections 1.4, 1.7, 1.14, 1.16, 1.22, 1.23, 1.25, 1.26,
1.32, 1.34, and 1.36 of this chapter also apply to proceedings before
the Board, as do other sections of part 1 of this chapter that are
incorporated by reference into this part.
(b) Construction. This part shall be construed to secure the just,
speedy, and inexpensive resolution of every proceeding.
(c) Decorum. Every party must act with courtesy and decorum in all
proceedings before the Board, including in interactions with other
parties.
(d) Evidentiary standard. The default evidentiary standard is a
preponderance of the evidence.
Sec. 42.2 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to this part:
Affidavit means affidavit or declaration under Sec. 1.68 of this
chapter. A transcript of an ex parte deposition or a declaration under
28 U.S.C. 1746 may be used as an affidavit.
Board means the Patent Trial and Appeal Board. Board means a panel
of the Board or a member or employee acting with the authority of the
Board.
Business day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal
holiday within the District of Columbia.
Confidential information means trade secret or other confidential
research, development or commercial information.
Final means final for the purpose of judicial review. A decision is
final only if it disposes of all necessary issues with regard to the
party seeking judicial review, and does not indicate that further
action is required.
Hearing means consideration of the trial.
Involved means an application, patent, or claim that is the subject
of the proceeding.
Judgment means a final written decision by the Board.
Motion means a request for relief other than by petition.
Office means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
Panel means at least three members of the Board.
Party means at least the petitioner and the patent owner and, in a
derivation proceeding, any applicant.
Petition is a request that a trial be instituted.
Petitioner means the party filing a petition requesting that a
trial be instituted.
Preliminary Proceeding begins with the filing of a petition for
instituting a trial and ends with a written decision as to whether a
trial will be instituted.
Proceeding means a trial or preliminary proceeding.
Rehearing means reconsideration.
Trial means a contested case instituted by the Board based upon a
petition. A trial begins with a written decision notifying the
petitioner and patent owner of the institution of the trial. The term
trial specifically includes a derivation proceeding under 35 U.S.C.
135; an inter partes review under Chapter 31 of title 35, United States
Code; a post-grant review under Chapter 32 of title 35, United States
Code; and a transitional business-method review under section 18 of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act. Patent interferences are administered
under part 41 and not under part 42 of this title, and therefore are
not trials.
Sec. 42.3 Jurisdiction.
(a) The Board may exercise exclusive jurisdiction within the Office
over every involved application and patent during the proceeding, as
the Board may order.
(b) A petition to institute a trial must be filed with the Board in
a timely manner.
Sec. 42.4 Notice of trial.
(a) Institution of trial. The Board institutes the trial on behalf
of the Director.
(b) Notice of a trial will be sent to every party to the
proceeding. The entry of the notice institutes the trial.
(c) The Board may authorize additional modes of notice, including:
[[Page 6908]]
(1) Sending notice to another address associated with the party, or
(2) Publishing the notice in the Official Gazette of the United
States Patent and Trademark Office or the Federal Register.
Sec. 42.5 Conduct of the proceeding.
(a) The Board may determine a proper course of conduct in a
proceeding for any situation not specifically covered by this part and
may enter non-final orders to administer the proceeding.
(b) The Board may waive or suspend a requirement of parts 1, 41,
and 42 and may place conditions on the waiver or suspension.
(c) Times--(1) Setting times. The Board may set times by order.
Times set by rule are default and may be modified by order. Any
modification of times will take any applicable statutory pendency goal
into account.
(2) Extension of time. A request for an extension of time must be
supported by a showing of good cause.
(3) Late action. A late action will be excused on a showing of good
cause or upon a Board decision that consideration on the merits would
be in the interests of justice.
(d) Ex parte communications. Communication regarding a specific
proceeding with a Board member defined in 35 U.S.C. 6(a) is not
permitted unless both parties have an opportunity to be involved in the
communication.
Sec. 42.6 Filing of documents, including exhibits; service.
(a) General format requirements. (1) Page size must be 8\1/2\ inch
x 11 inch except in the case of exhibits that require a larger size in
order to preserve details of the original.
(2) In documents, including affidavits, created for the proceeding:
(i) Markings must be in black or must otherwise provide an
equivalent dark, high-contrast image;
(ii) Either a proportional or monospaced font may be used:
(A) The proportional font must be 14-point or larger, and
(B) The monospaced font must not contain more than 4 characters per
centimeter (10 characters per inch);
(iii) Double spacing must be used except in headings, tables of
contents, tables of authorities, indices, signature blocks, and
certificates of service. Block quotations may be 1.5 spaced, but must
be indented from both the left and the right margins; and
(iv) Margins must be at least 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) on all
sides.
(3) Incorporation by reference; combined documents. Arguments must
not be incorporated by reference from one document into another
document. Combined motions, oppositions, replies, or other combined
documents are not permitted.
(4) Signature; identification. Documents must be signed in
accordance with Sec. Sec. 1.33 and 11.18(a) of this title, and should
be identified by the trial number (where known).
(b) Modes of filing--(1) Electronic filing. Unless otherwise
authorized, submissions are to be made to the Board electronically via
the Internet according to the parameters established by the Board and
published on the Web site of the Office.
(2)(i) Filing by means other than electronic filing. A document
filed by means other than electronic filing must:
(A) Be accompanied by a motion requesting acceptance of the
submission; and
(B) Identify a date of transmission where a party seeks a filing
date other than the date of receipt at the Board.
(ii) Mailed correspondence shall be sent to: Mail Stop PATENT
BOARD, Patent Trial and Appeal Board, United States Patent and
Trademark Office, P.O. Box 1450, Alexandria, Virginia 22313-1450.
(c) Exhibits. Each exhibit must be filed with the first document in
which it is cited except as the Board may otherwise order.
(d) Previously filed paper. A document already in the record of the
proceeding must not be filed again, not even as an exhibit or an
appendix, without express Board authorization.
(e) Service--(1) Simultaneous with filing. Each document filed with
the Board, if not previously served, must be served simultaneously on
each opposing party.
(2) Counsel of record. If a party is represented by counsel of
record in the proceeding, service must be on counsel.
(3) Certificate of service. (i) Each document, other than an
exhibit, must include a certificate of service at the end of that
document. Any exhibit filed with the document may be included in the
certification for the document.
(ii) For an exhibit filed separately, a transmittal letter
incorporating the certificate of service must be filed. If more than
one exhibit is filed at one time, a single letter should be used for
all of the exhibits filed together. The letter must state the name and
exhibit number for every exhibit filed with the letter.
(iii) The certificate of service must state:
(A) The date and manner of service; and
(B) The name and address of every person served.
Sec. 42.7 Management of the record.
(a) The Board may expunge any paper directed to a proceeding or
filed while an application or patent is under the jurisdiction of the
Board that is not authorized under this part or in a Board order or
that is filed contrary to a Board order.
(b) The Board may vacate or hold in abeyance any non-Board action
directed to a proceeding while an application or patent is under the
jurisdiction of the Board unless the action was authorized by the
Board.
Sec. 42.8 Mandatory notices.
(a) Each notice listed in paragraph (b) of this section must be
filed with the Board:
(1) By the petitioner, as part of the petition;
(2) By the patent owner, or applicant in the case of derivation,
within 21 days of service of the petition; or
(3) By either party, within 21 days of a change of the information
listed in paragraph (b) of this section stated in an earlier paper.
(b) Each of the following notices must be filed as a separate paper
with a caption identical to the title of the paragraph:
(1) Real party-in-interest. Identify each real party-in-interest
for the party.
(2) Related matters. Identify any other judicial or administrative
matter that would affect, or be affected by, a decision in the
proceeding.
(3) Lead and back-up counsel. If the party is represented by
counsel, then counsel must be identified.
(4) Service information. Identify (if applicable):
(i) An electronic mail address;
(ii) A postal mailing address;
(iii) A hand-delivery address, if different than the postal mailing
address;
(iv) A telephone number; and
(v) A facsimile number.
Sec. 42.9 Action by patent owner.
(a) Entire interest. An owner of the entire interest in an involved
application or patent may act to the exclusion of the inventor (see
Sec. 3.73(b) of this title).
(b) Part interest. An owner of a part interest in the subject
patent may move to act to the exclusion of an inventor or a co-owner.
The motion must show the inability or refusal of an inventor or co-
owner to prosecute the proceeding or other cause why it is in the
interests of justice to permit the owner of a part interest to act in
the trial. In granting the
[[Page 6909]]
motion, the Board may set conditions on the actions of the parties.
Sec. 42.10 Counsel.
(a) If a party is represented by counsel, the party should
designate a lead counsel and a back-up counsel who can conduct business
on behalf of the lead counsel.
(b) A power of attorney must be filed with the designation of
counsel, except the patent owner should not file an additional power of
attorney if the designated counsel is already counsel of record in the
subject patent or application.
(c) The Board may recognize counsel pro hac vice during a
proceeding upon a showing of good cause, subject to such conditions as
the Board may impose.
(d) A panel of the Board may disqualify counsel for cause after
notice and opportunity for hearing. A decision to disqualify is not
final for the purposes of judicial review until certified by the Chief
Administrative Patent Judge.
(e) Counsel may not withdraw from a proceeding before the Board
unless the Board authorizes such withdrawal.
Sec. 42.11 Duty of candor.
Parties and individuals associated with the parties have a duty of
candor and good faith to the Office during the course of a proceeding.
Sec. 42.12 Sanctions.
(a) The Board may impose a sanction against a party for misconduct,
including:
(1) Failure to comply with an applicable rule or order in the
proceeding;
(2) Advancing a misleading or frivolous argument or request for
relief;
(3) Misrepresentation of a fact;
(4) Engaging in dilatory tactics;
(5) Abuse of discovery;
(6) Abuse of process; or
(7) Any other improper use of the proceeding, including actions
that harass or cause unnecessary delay or an unnecessary increase in
the cost of the proceeding.
(b) Sanctions include entry of:
(1) An order holding facts to have been established in the
proceeding;
(2) An order expunging, or precluding a party from filing a paper;
(3) An order precluding a party from presenting or contesting a
particular issue;
(4) An order precluding a party from requesting, obtaining, or
opposing discovery;
(5) An order excluding evidence;
(6) An order providing for compensatory expenses, including
attorney fees;
(7) An order requiring terminal disclaimer of patent term; or
(8) Judgment in the trial or dismissal of the petition.
Sec. 42.13 Citation of authority.
(a) For any United States Supreme Court decision, citation must be
to the United States Reports.
(b) For any decision other than a United States Supreme Court
decision, citation must be to the West Reporter System.
(c) Citations to authority must include pinpoint citations whenever
a specific holding or portion of an authority is invoked.
(d) Non-binding authority should be used sparingly. If the
authority is not an authority of the Office and is not reproduced in
the United States Reports or the West Reporter System, a copy of the
authority should be provided.
Sec. 42.14 Public availability.
The record of a proceeding, including documents and things, shall
be made available to the public, except as otherwise ordered. A party
intending a document or thing to be sealed shall file a motion to seal
concurrent with the filing of the document or thing to be sealed. The
document or thing shall be provisionally sealed on receipt of the
motion and remain so pending the outcome of the decision on the motion.
Fees
Sec. 42.15 Fees.
(a) On filing a petition for inter partes review of a patent,
payment of the following fee is due based upon the number of challenged
claims:
(1) 1 to 20 claims--$27,200.00.
(2) 21 to 30 claims--$34,000.00.
(3) 31 to 40 claims-- $40,800.00.
(4) 41 to 50 claims-- $54,400.00.
(5) 51 to 60 claims-- $68,000.00.
(6) Additional fee for each additional 10 claims or portion
thereof--$27,200.00.
(b) On filing a petition for post-grant review or covered business
method patent review of a patent, payment of the following fee is due
based upon the number of challenged claims:
(1) 1 to 20 claims--$35,800.00.
(2) 21 to 30 claims--$44,750.00.
(3) 31 to 40 claims--$53,700.00.
(4) 41 to 50 claims--$71,600.00.
(5) 51 to 60 claims--$89,500.00.
(6) Additional fee for each additional 10 claims or portion
thereof--$35,800.00.
(c) On the filing of a petition for a derivation proceeding a fee
of:--$400.00.
(d) Any request requiring payment of a fee under this part,
including a written request to make a settlement agreement available:--
$400.00.
Petition and Motion Practice
Sec. 42.20 Generally.
(a) Relief. Relief, other than a petition requesting the
institution of a trial, must be requested in the form of a motion.
(b) Prior authorization. A motion will not be entered without Board
authorization. Authorization may be provided in an order of general
applicability or during the proceeding.
(c) Burden of proof. The moving party has the burden of proof to
establish that it is entitled to the requested relief.
(d) Briefing. The Board may order briefing on any issue involved in
the trial.
Sec. 42.21 Notice of basis for relief.
(a) Notice of request for relief. The Board may require a party to
file a notice stating the relief it requests and the basis for its
entitlement to relief. A notice must include sufficient detail to place
the Board and each opponent on notice of the precise relief requested.
A notice is not evidence except as an admission by a party-opponent.
(b) Filing and service. The Board may set the times and conditions
for filing and serving notices required under this section. The Board
may provide for the notice filed with the Board to be maintained in
confidence for a limited time.
(c) Effect. If a notice under paragraph (a) of this section is
required:
(1) A failure to state a sufficient basis for relief may result in
a denial of the relief requested;
(2) A party will be limited to filing motions consistent with the
notice; and
(3) Ambiguities in the notice will be construed against the party.
(d) Correction. A party may move to correct its notice. The motion
should be filed promptly after the party becomes aware of the basis for
the correction. A correction filed after the time set for filing
notices will only be entered if entry would serve the interests of
justice.
Sec. 42.22 Content of petitions and motions.
(a) Each petition or motion must be filed as a separate paper and
must include:
(1) A statement of the precise relief requested;
(2) A statement of material facts (see paragraph (c) of this
section); and
(3) A full statement of the reasons for the relief requested,
including a detailed explanation of the significance of the evidence
including material facts, and the governing law, rules, and precedent.
(b) Relief requested. Where a rule in part 1 of this title
ordinarily governs the
[[Page 6910]]
relief sought, the petition or motion must make any showings required
under that rule in addition to any showings required in this part.
(c) Statement of material facts. Each material fact shall be set
forth as a separately numbered sentence with specific citations to the
portions of the record that support the fact.
(d) The Board may order additional showings or explanations as a
condition for authorizing a motion (see Sec. 42.20(b)).
Sec. 42.23 Oppositions and replies.
(a) Oppositions and replies must comply with the content
requirements for motions and must include a statement identifying
material facts in dispute. Any material fact not specifically denied
may be considered admitted.
(b) All arguments for the relief requested in a motion must be made
in the motion. A reply may only respond to arguments raised in the
corresponding opposition.
Sec. 42.24 Page limits for petitions, motions, oppositions, and
replies.
(a) Petitions and motions. (1) The following page limits for
petitions and motions apply and include the required statement of facts
in support of the petition or motion. The page limit does not include a
table of contents, a table of authorities, a certificate of service, or
appendix of exhibits.
(i) Petition requesting inter partes review: 50 pages
(ii) Petition requesting post-grant review: 70 pages
(iii) Petition requesting covered business method patent review: 70
pages
(iv) Petition requesting derivation proceeding: 50 pages
(v) Motions: 15 pages.
(2) Petitions to institute a trial must comply with the stated page
limits but may be accompanied by a motion to waive the page limits. The
petitioner must show in the motion how a waiver of the page limits is
in the interests of justice and must append a copy of proposed petition
exceeding the page limit to the motion. If the motion is not granted,
the proposed petition exceeding the page limit may be expunged or
returned. Any other motion to waive page limits must be granted in
advance of filing a motion, opposition or reply for which the waiver is
necessary.
(b) Oppositions. The page limits for oppositions are the same as
those for corresponding petitions or motions. The page limits do not
include a listing of facts which are admitted, denied, or cannot be
admitted or denied.
(c) Replies. The following page limits for replies apply and
include the required statement of facts in support of the reply. The
page limits do not include a table of contents, a table of authorities,
a listing of facts which are admitted, denied, or cannot be admitted or
denied, a certificate of service, or appendix of exhibits.
(1) Replies to patent owner responses to petitions: 15 pages
(2) Replies to motions: 5 pages.
Sec. 42.25 Default filing times.
(a) A motion may only be filed according to a schedule set by the
Board. The default times for acting are:
(1) An opposition is due one month after service of the motion; and
(2) A reply is due one month after service of the opposition.
(b) A party should seek relief promptly after the need for relief
is identified. Delay in seeking relief may justify a denial of relief
sought.
Testimony and Production
Sec. 42.51 Discovery.
(a) Limited discovery. A party is not entitled to discovery except
as authorized in this subpart. The parties may agree to discovery
between themselves at any time.
(b) Routine discovery. Except as the Board may otherwise order:
(1) Unless previously served, any exhibit cited in a paper or in
testimony must be served with the citing paper or testimony.
(2) Cross examination of affidavit testimony is authorized within
such time period as the Board may set.
(3) Unless previously served, noncumulative information that is
inconsistent with a position advanced by the patent owner or petitioner
during the proceeding. The information is to be filed as soon as
practicable in a motion identifying supplemental information or as part
of a petition, motion, opposition, reply, preliminary patent owner
response to petition, or patent owner response to petition. The party
submitting the information must specify the relevance of the
information, including where the information is presented in a document
and, where applicable, how the information is pertinent to the claims.
(c) Additional discovery. (1) A party may move for additional
discovery. Except in post-grant reviews, the moving party must show
that such additional discovery is in the interests of justice. The
Board may specify conditions for such additional discovery.
(2) When appropriate, a party may obtain production of documents
and things during cross examination of an opponent's witness or during
authorized compelled testimony under Sec. 42.52.
Sec. 42.52 Compelling testimony and production.
(a) Authorization required. A party seeking to compel testimony or
production of documents or things must file a motion for authorization.
The motion must describe the general relevance of the testimony,
document, or thing, and must:
(1) In the case of testimony, identify the witness by name or
title; and
(2) In the case of a document or thing, the general nature of the
document or thing.
(b) Outside the United States. For testimony or production sought
outside the United States, the motion must also:
(1) In the case of testimony. (i) Identify the foreign country and
explain why the party believes the witness can be compelled to testify
in the foreign country, including a description of the procedures that
will be used to compel the testimony in the foreign country and an
estimate of the time it is expected to take to obtain the testimony;
and
(ii) Demonstrate that the party has made reasonable efforts to
secure the agreement of the witness to testify in the United States but
has been unsuccessful in obtaining the agreement, even though the party
has offered to pay the travel expenses of the witness to testify in the
United States.
(2) In the case of production of a document or thing. (i) Identify
the foreign country and explain why the party believes production of
the document or thing can be compelled in the foreign country,
including a description of the procedures that will be used to compel
production of the document or thing in the foreign country and an
estimate of the time it is expected to take to obtain production of the
document or thing; and
(ii) Demonstrate that the party has made reasonable efforts to
obtain the agreement of the individual or entity having possession,
custody, or control of the document or thing to produce the document or
thing in the United States but has been unsuccessful in obtaining that
agreement, even though the party has offered to pay the expenses of
producing the document or thing in the United States.
Sec. 42.53 Taking testimony.
(a) Form. Uncompelled direct testimony must be submitted in the
form of an affidavit. All other testimony, including testimony
compelled under 35 U.S.C. 24, must be in the form of a deposition
transcript. In addition, the
[[Page 6911]]
Board may authorize or require live or video-recorded testimony.
(b) Time and location. (1) Uncompelled direct testimony may be
taken at any time to support a petition, motion, opposition, or reply;
otherwise, testimony may only be taken during a testimony period set by
the Board.
(2) Except as the Board otherwise orders, during the testimony
period, deposition testimony may be taken at any reasonable time and
location within the United States before any disinterested official
authorized to administer oaths at that location.
(3) Deposition testimony outside the United States may only be
taken as the Board specifically directs.
(c) Notice of deposition. (1) Prior to the taking of deposition
testimony, all parties to the proceeding must agree on the time and
place for taking testimony. If the parties cannot agree, the party
seeking the testimony must initiate a conference with the Board to set
a time and place.
(2) Cross-examination should ordinarily take place after any
supplemental evidence relating to the direct testimony has been filed
and more than a week before the filing date for any paper in which the
cross-examination testimony is expected to be used. A party requesting
cross-examination testimony of more than one witness may choose the
order in which the witnesses are to be cross-examined.
(3) In the case of direct deposition testimony, at least 3 business
days prior to the conference in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the
party seeking the direct testimony must serve:
(i) A list and copy of each document under the party's control and
on which the party intends to rely; and
(ii) A list of, and proffer of reasonable access to, anything other
than a document under the party's control and on which the party
intends to rely.
(4) The party seeking the deposition must file a notice of the
deposition at least 2 business days before a deposition.
(5) Scope and content--(i) For direct deposition testimony, the
notice limits the scope of the testimony and must list:
(A) The time and place of the deposition;
(B) The name and address of the witness;
(C) A list of the exhibits to be relied upon during the deposition;
and
(D) A general description of the scope and nature of the testimony
to be elicited.
(ii) For cross-examination testimony, the scope of the examination
is limited to the scope of the direct testimony.
(iii) The notice must list the time and place of the deposition.
(6) Motion to quash--Objection to a defect in the notice is waived
unless the objecting party promptly seeks authorization to file a
motion to quash.
(d) Deposition in a foreign language. If an interpreter will be
used during the deposition, the party calling the witness must initiate
a conference with the Board at least 5 business days before the
deposition.
(e) Manner of taking deposition testimony. (1) Before giving
deposition testimony, each witness shall be duly sworn according to law
by the officer before whom the deposition is to be taken. The officer
must be authorized to take testimony under 35 U.S.C. 23.
(2) The testimony shall be taken in answer to interrogatories with
any questions and answers recorded in their regular order by the
officer, or by some other disinterested person in the presence of the
officer, unless the presence of the officer is waived on the record by
agreement of all parties.
(3) Any exhibits used during the deposition must be numbered as
required by Sec. 42.63(b), and must, if not previously served, be
served at the deposition. Exhibits objected to shall be accepted
pending a decision on the objection.
(4) All objections made at the time of the deposition to the
qualifications of the officer taking the deposition, the manner of
taking it, the evidence presented, the conduct of any party, and any
other objection to the deposition shall be noted on the record by the
officer.
(5) When the testimony has been transcribed, the witness shall read
and sign (in the form of an affidavit) a transcript of the deposition
unless:
(i) The parties otherwise agree in writing;
(ii) The parties waive reading and signature by the witness on the
record at the deposition; or
(iii) The witness refuses to read or sign the transcript of the
deposition.
(6) The officer shall prepare a certified transcript by attaching a
certificate in the form of an affidavit signed and sealed by the
officer to the transcript of the deposition. Unless the parties waive
any of the following requirements, in which case the certificate shall
so state, the certificate must state:
(i) The witness was duly sworn by the officer before commencement
of testimony by the witness;
(ii) The transcript is a true record of the testimony given by the
witness;
(iii) The name of the person who recorded the testimony and, if the
officer did not record it, whether the testimony was recorded in the
presence of the officer;
(iv) The presence or absence of any opponent;
(v) The place where the deposition was taken and the day and hour
when the deposition began and ended;
(vi) The officer has no disqualifying interest, personal or
financial, in a party; and
(vii) If a witness refuses to read or sign the transcript, the
circumstances under which the witness refused.
(7) The officer must promptly provide a copy of the transcript to
all parties. The testimony must be filed by proponent as an exhibit.
(8) Any objection to the content, form, or manner of taking the
deposition, including the qualifications of the officer, is waived
unless made on the record during the deposition and preserved in a
timely filed motion to exclude.
(f) Costs. Except as the Board may order or the parties may agree
in writing, the proponent of the direct testimony shall bear all costs
associated with the testimony, including the reasonable costs
associated with making the witness available for the cross-examination.
Sec. 42.54 Protective order.
(a) A party or any person from whom discovery of confidential
information is sought may file a motion to seal where the motion to
seal contains a proposed protective order. The motion must include a
certification that the moving party has in good faith conferred or
attempted to confer with other affected parties in an effort to resolve
the dispute. The Board may, for good cause, issue an order to protect a
party or person from disclosing confidential information, including,
but not limited to, one or more of the following:
(1) Forbidding the disclosure or discovery;
(2) Specifying terms, including time and place, for the disclosure
or discovery;
(3) Prescribing a discovery method other than the one selected by
the party seeking discovery;
(4) Forbidding inquiry into certain matters, or limiting the scope
of disclosure or discovery to certain matters;
(5) Designating the persons who may be present while the discovery
is conducted;
(6) Requiring that a deposition be sealed and opened only by order
of the Board;
(7) Requiring that a trade secret or other confidential research,
development, or commercial information not be revealed or be revealed
only in a specified way; and
[[Page 6912]]
(8) Requiring that the parties simultaneously file specified
documents or information in sealed envelopes, to be opened as the Board
directs.
(b) [Reserved].
Sec. 42.55 Confidential information in a petition.
A petitioner filing confidential information with a petition may,
concurrent with the filing of the petition, file a motion to seal with
a proposed protective order as to the confidential information. The
petitioner may serve the confidential information under seal. The
patent owner may only access the sealed confidential information prior
to the institution of the trial by agreeing to the terms of the
proposed protective order. The institution of the requested trial will
constitute a grant of the motion to seal unless otherwise ordered by
the Board.
Sec. 42.56 Expungement of confidential information.
After denial of a petition to institute a trial or after final
judgment in a trial, a party may file a motion to expunge confidential
information from the record.
Sec. 42.61 Admissibility.
(a) Evidence that is not taken, sought, or filed in accordance with
this subpart is not admissible.
(b) Records of the Office. Certification is not necessary as a
condition to admissibility when the evidence to be submitted is a
record of the Office to which all parties have access.
(c) Specification and drawings. A specification or drawing of a
United States patent application or patent is admissible as evidence
only to prove what the specification or drawing describes. If there is
data in the specification or a drawing upon which a party intends to
rely to prove the truth of the data, an affidavit by an individual
having first-hand knowledge of how the data was generated must be
filed.
Sec. 42.62 Applicability of the Federal Rules of Evidence.
(a) Generally. Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the
Federal Rules of Evidence shall apply to a proceeding.
(b) Exclusions. Those portions of the Federal Rules of Evidence
relating to criminal proceedings, juries, and other matters not
relevant to proceedings under this subpart shall not apply.
(c) Modifications in terminology. Unless otherwise clear from
context, the following terms of the Federal Rules of Evidence shall be
construed as indicated:
Appellate court means United States Court of Appeals for the
Federal Circuit.
Civil action, civil proceeding, and action mean trial.
Courts of the United States, U.S. Magistrate, court, trial court,
trier of fact, and judge mean Board.
Hearing means as defined in Federal Rule of Evidence 804(a)(5), the
time for taking testimony.
Judicial notice means official notice.
Trial or hearing in Federal Rule of Evidence 807 means the time for
taking testimony.
(d) In determining foreign law, the Board may consider any relevant
material or source, including testimony, whether or not submitted by a
party or admissible under the Federal Rules of Evidence.
Sec. 42.63 Form of evidence.
(a) Exhibits required. Evidence consists of affidavits, transcripts
of depositions, documents, and things. All evidence must be filed in
the form of an exhibit.
(b) Translation required. When a party relies on a document or is
required to produce a document in a language other than English, a
translation of the document into English and an affidavit attesting to
the accuracy of the translation must be filed with the document.
(c) Exhibit numbering. Each party's exhibits must be uniquely
numbered sequentially in a range the Board specifies. For the
petitioner, the range is 1001-1999, and for the patent owner, the range
is 2000-2999.
(d) Exhibit format. An exhibit must conform with the requirements
for papers in Sec. 42.6 and the requirements of this paragraph.
(1) Each exhibit must have an exhibit label.
(i) An exhibit filed with the petition must include the
petitioner's name followed by a unique exhibit number.
(ii) For exhibits not filed with the petition, the exhibit label
must include the party's name followed by a unique exhibit number, the
names of the parties, and the trial number.
(2) When the exhibit is a paper:
(i) Each page must be uniquely numbered in sequence; and
(ii) The exhibit label must be affixed to the lower right corner of
the first page of the exhibit without obscuring information on the
first page or, if obscuring is unavoidable, affixed to a duplicate
first page.
(e) Exhibit list. Each party must maintain an exhibit list with the
exhibit number and a brief description of each exhibit. If the exhibit
is not filed, the exhibit list should note that fact.
Sec. 42.64 Objection; motion to exclude; motion in limine.
(a) Cross-examination deposition. An objection to the admissibility
of deposition evidence must be made during the deposition. Evidence to
cure the objection must be provided during the deposition, unless the
parties to the deposition stipulate otherwise on the deposition record.
(b) Other than cross-examination deposition. For evidence other
than cross-examination deposition evidence:
(1) Objection. Any objection to evidence submitted during a
preliminary proceeding must be served within 10 business days of the
institution of the trial. Once a trial has been instituted, any
objection must be served within 5 business days of service of evidence
to which the objection is directed. The objection must identify the
grounds for the objection with sufficient particularity to allow
correction in the form of supplemental evidence.
(2) Supplemental evidence. The party relying on evidence to which
an objection is timely served may respond to the objection by serving
supplemental evidence within ten business days of service of the
objection.
(c) Motion to exclude. A motion to exclude evidence must be filed
to preserve any objection. The motion must identify the objections in
the record in order and must explain the objections.
(d) Motion in limine. A party may file a motion in limine for a
decision on the admissibility of evidence.
Sec. 42.65 Expert testimony; tests and data.
(a) Expert testimony that does not disclose the underlying facts or
data on which the opinion is based is entitled to little or no weight.
Testimony on United States patent law or patent examination practice
will not be admitted.
(b) If a party relies on a technical test or data from such a test,
the party must provide an affidavit explaining:
(1) Why the test or data is being used;
(2) How the test was performed and the data was generated;
(3) How the data is used to determine a value;
(4) How the test is regarded in the relevant art; and
(5) Any other information necessary for the Board to evaluate the
test and data.
Oral Argument, Decision, and Settlement
Sec. 42.70 Oral argument.
(a) Request for oral argument. A party may request oral argument on
an issue raised in a paper at a time set by the
[[Page 6913]]
Board. The request must be filed as a separate paper and must specify
the issues to be argued.
(b) Demonstrative exhibits must be served at least 5 business days
before the oral argument and filed no later than the time of the oral
argument.
Sec. 42.71 Decision on petitions or motions.
(a) Order of consideration. The Board may take up petitions or
motions for decisions in any order, may grant, deny, or dismiss any
petition or motion, and may enter any appropriate order.
(b) Interlocutory decisions. A decision on a motion without a
judgment is not final for the purposes of judicial review. A panel
decision on an issue will govern the trial. If a decision is not a
panel decision, the party may request that a panel rehear the decision.
When rehearing a non-panel decision, a panel will review the decision
for an abuse of discretion.
(c) Rehearing. A party dissatisfied with a decision may file a
request for rehearing. The burden of showing a decision should be
modified lies with the party challenging the decision. The request must
specifically identify all matters the party believes the Board
misapprehended or overlooked, and the place where each matter was
previously addressed in a motion, an opposition, or a reply. A request
for rehearing does not toll times for taking action. Any request must
be filed:
(1) Within 14 days of the entry of non-final decision; or
(2) Within 30 days of the entry of a final decision.
Sec. 42.72 Termination of trial.
The Board may terminate a trial without rendering judgment, where
appropriate, including where the trial is consolidated with another
proceeding or pursuant to a joint request under 35 U.S.C. 317(a) or
327(a).
Sec. 42.73 Judgment.
(a) A judgment disposes of all issues that were, or by motion could
have properly been, raised and decided.
(b) Request for adverse judgment. A party may request judgment
against itself at any time during a proceeding. Actions construed to be
a request for adverse judgment include:
(1) Disclaimer of the involved application or patent;
(2) Cancellation or disclaimer of a claim such that the party has
no remaining claim in the trial;
(3) Concession of unpatentability or derivation of the contested
subject matter; and
(4) Abandonment of the contest.
(c) Recommendation. The judgment may include a recommendation for
further action by an examiner or by the Director.
(d) Estoppel--(1) Petitioner other than in derivation proceeding. A
petitioner, or the real party in interest or privy of the petitioner,
is estopped in the Office from taking an action that is inconsistent
with a judgment as to any ground that the petitioner raised or
reasonably could have raised during the trial, except that estoppel
shall not apply to a petitioner, or to the real party in interest or
privy of the petitioner who has settled under 35 U.S.C. 317 or 327.
(2) In a derivation, the losing party who could have properly moved
for relief on an issue, but did not so move, may not take action in the
Office after the judgment that is inconsistent with that party's
failure to move, except that a losing party shall not be estopped with
respect to any contested subject matter for which that party was
awarded a favorable judgment.
(3) Patent applicant or owner. A patent applicant or owner whose
claim is canceled is precluded from taking action inconsistent with the
adverse judgment, including obtaining in any patent:
(i) A claim to substantially the same invention as the finally
refused or cancelled claim;
(ii) A claim that could have been filed in response to any properly
raised ground of unpatentability for a finally refused or cancelled
claim; or
(iii) An amendment of a specification or of a drawing that was
denied during the trial proceeding.
Sec. 42.74 Settlement.
(a) Board role. The parties may agree to settle any issue in a
proceeding, but the Board is not a party to the settlement and may
independently determine any question of jurisdiction, patentability, or
Office practice.
(b) Agreements in writing. Any agreement or understanding between
the parties made in connection with, or in contemplation of, the
termination of a proceeding shall be in writing and a true copy shall
be filed with the Board before the termination of the trial.
(c) Request to keep separate. A party to a settlement may request
that the settlement be treated as business confidential information and
be kept separate from the files of an involved patent or application.
The request must be filed with the settlement. If a timely request is
filed, the settlement shall only be available:
(1) To a Government agency on written request to the Board; or
(2) To any other person upon written request to the Board to make
the settlement agreement available, along with the fee specified in
Sec. 42.15(d) and on a showing of good cause.
Certificate
Sec. 42.80 Certificate.
After the Board issues a final written decision in an inter partes
review, post-grant review, or covered business method patent review and
the time for appeal has expired or any appeal has terminated, the
Office will issue and publish a certificate canceling any claim of the
patent finally determined to be unpatentable, confirming any claim of
the patent determined to be patentable, and incorporating in the patent
any new or amended claim determined to be patentable by operation of
the certificate.
2. Part 90 is added to read as follows:
PART 90--JUDICIAL REVIEW OF PATENT TRIAL AND APPEAL BOARD DECISIONS
Sec.
90.1 Scope.
90.2 Notice; service.
90.3 Time for appeal or civil action.
Authority: 35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2).
Sec. 90.1 Scope.
The provisions herein govern judicial review for Patent Trial and
Appeal Board decisions under chapter 13 of title 35, United States
Code. Judicial review of decisions arising out of inter partes
reexamination proceedings that are requested under 35 U.S.C. 311, and
where available, judicial review of decisions arising out of
interferences declared pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 135 continue to be
governed by the pertinent regulations in effect on July 1, 2012.
Sec. 90.2 Notice; service.
(a) For an appeal under 35 U.S.C. 141. (1) In all appeals, the
notice of appeal required by 35 U.S.C. 142 must be filed with the
Director of the United States Patent and Trademark Office as provided
in Sec. 104.2 of this title. A copy of the notice of appeal must also
be filed with the Patent Trial and Appeal Board in the appropriate
manner provided in Sec. 41.10(a), 41.10(b), or 42.6(b).
(2) In all appeals, the party initiating the appeal must comply
with the requirements of the Federal Rules of Appellate Procedure and
Rules for the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit,
including:
(i) Serving the requisite number of copies on the Court; and
(ii) Paying the requisite fee for the appeal.
(3) Additional requirements. (i) In appeals arising out of an ex
parte reexamination proceeding ordered
[[Page 6914]]
pursuant to Sec. 1.525, notice of the appeal must be served as
provided in Sec. 1.550(f) of this title.
(ii) In appeals arising out of an inter partes review, a post-grant
review, a covered business method patent review, or a derivation
proceeding, notice of the appeal must be served as provided in Sec.
42.6(e) of this title.
(b) For a notice of election under 35 U.S.C. 141(d) to proceed
under 35 U.S.C. 146. (1) Pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 141(d), if an adverse
party elects to have all further review proceedings conducted under 35
U.S.C. 146 instead of under 35 U.S.C. 141, that party must file a
notice of election with the United States Patent and Trademark Office
as provided in Sec. 104.2.
(2) A copy of the notice of election must also be filed with the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board in the manner provided in Sec. 42.6(b).
(3) A copy of the notice of election must also be served where
necessary pursuant to Sec. 42.6(e).
(c) For a civil action under 35 U.S.C. 146. The party initiating an
action under 35 U.S.C. 146 must file a copy of the complaint no later
than five business days after filing the complaint in district court
with the Patent Trial and Appeal Board in the manner provided in Sec.
42.6(b), and the Office of the Solicitor pursuant to Sec. 104.2.
Failure to comply with this requirement can result in further action
within the United States Patent and Trademark Office consistent with
the final Board decision.
Sec. 90.3 Time for appeal or civil action.
(a) Filing deadline--(1) For an appeal under 35 U.S.C. 141. The
notice of appeal filed pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 142 must be filed with the
Director of the United States Patent and Trademark Office no later than
sixty-three (63) days after the date of the final Board decision. Any
notice of cross-appeal is controlled by Rule 4(a)(3) of the Federal
Rules of Appellate Procedure, and any other requirement imposed by the
Rules of the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.
(2) For a notice of election under 35 U.S.C. 141(d). The time for
filing a notice of election under 35 U.S.C. 141(d) is governed by 35
U.S.C. 141(d).
(3) For a civil action under 35 U.S.C. 145 or 146. (i) A civil
action must be commenced no later than sixty-three (63) days after the
date of the final Board decision.
(ii) The time for commencing a civil action pursuant to a notice of
election under 35 U.S.C. 141(d) is governed by 35 U.S.C. 141(d).
(b) Time computation--(1) Rehearing. A timely request for rehearing
will reset the time for appeal or civil action to no later than sixty-
three (63) days after action on the request. Any subsequent request for
rehearing from the same party in the same proceeding will not reset the
time for seeking judicial review, unless the additional request is
permitted by order of the Board.
(2) Holidays. If the last day for filing an appeal or civil action
falls on a Federal holiday in the District of Columbia, the time is
extended pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 21(b).
(c) Extension of time. (1) The Director, or his designee, may
extend the time for filing an appeal, or commencing a civil action,
upon written request if:
(i) Requested before the expiration of the period for filing an
appeal or commencing a civil action, and upon a showing of good cause;
or
(ii) Requested after the expiration of the period for filing an
appeal of commencing a civil action, and upon a showing that the
failure to act was the result of excusable neglect.
(2) The request must be filed as provided in Sec. 104.2 of this
title.
Dated: January 31, 2012.
David J. Kappos,
Under Secretary of Commerce for Intellectual Property and Director of
the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
[FR Doc. 2012-2525 Filed 2-8-12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-16-P